2020 nissan rogue | owner's manual and maintenance ... › ... › 2020 ›...

2020 ROGUEOWNER’S MANUAL

and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

Owner’s Manual Supplement

The information contained within this supplement revises or adds to the followinginformation within the 2019 Qashqai, 2020 Altima and 2020 Rogue Owner’s Manual:

∙ “WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS” in the “Illustrated table of contents” section∙ “WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS” in the “Instruments

and controls” section∙ “WARNING LIGHTS” in the “WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE

REMINDERS” section in the “Instruments and controls” section∙ “INDICATOR LIGHTS” in the “WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE

REMINDERS” section in the “Instruments and controls” section

Read carefully and keep in vehicle.

Printing: August 2019Publication No. SU20EA 0T32U0

SchulzH

Rectangle

or

Brake warninglight (red)

2

or

Electronic parkingbrake warninglight (yellow) (if soequipped)

3

or Brake warning light (red)

or Electronic parkingbrake warning light(yellow) (if so equipped)

WARNING LIGHTSor Brake warning

light (red)This light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator (if so equipped)

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light comes on when the park-ing brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brake fluidlevel. If the light comes on while the engine isrunning with the parking brake not applied,stop the vehicle and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brakefluid as necessary. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Brake fluid” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, havethe warning system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

WARNING∙ Your brake system may not be work-

ing properly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If youjudge it to be safe, drive carefully tothe nearest service station for repairs.Otherwise, have your vehicle towedbecause driving it could bedangerous.

∙ Pressing the brake pedal with the en-gine stopped and/or a low brake fluidlevel may increase your stopping dis-tance and braking will require greaterpedal effort as well as pedal travel.

∙ If the brake fluid level is below theMINIMUM or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTSAND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

SchulzH

Rectangle

or Electronic parkingbrake warninglight (yellow) (if soequipped)

The electronic parking brake system warn-ing light functions for the electronic park-ing brake system. If the warning light illumi-nates, it may indicate the electronicparking brake system is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

For additional information, refer to “Parkingbrake” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.

INDICATOR LIGHTSor Electronic parking

brake indicatorlight (red) (if soequipped)

This light illuminates when the electronicparking brake system is operating.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the electronic parking brakewarning light illuminates. When the engineis started and the parking brake is released,the warning light turns off.

If the parking brake is not released, theelectronic parking brake warning light re-mains illuminated. Ensure the electronicparking brake warning light has turned offbefore driving.

If the electronic parking brake warning lightilluminates or flashes while the electronicparking brake system warning lightor (yellow) illuminates, it may indicatethat the electronic parking brake system isnot functioning properly. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.For additional information, refer to “Parkingbrake” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.

SchulzH

Rectangle

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGWARNING

Operating, servicing and maintaining a passengervehicle or off-highwaymotor vehicle can expose you tochemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoidbreathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except asnecessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated areaand wear gloves or wash your hands frequently whenservicing your vehicle. For more information go towww.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

This manual was prepared to help you un-derstand the operation and maintenanceof your vehicle so that you may enjoy manymiles (kilometers) of driving pleasure.Please read through this manual beforeoperating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Book-let explains details about the warrantiescovering your vehicle. The “Maintenanceand schedules” section of this manualexplains details about maintaining andservicing your vehicle. Additionally, aseparate Customer Care/Lemon LawBooklet (U.S. only) will explain how to re-solve any concerns you may have withyour vehicle, and clarify your rights un-der your state’s lemon law.

When you require any service or have anyquestions, a NISSAN dealer will be glad toassist you with the extensive resourcesavailable to them.

In addition to factory-installed options,your vehicle may also be equipped withadditional accessories installed prior to de-livery. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for details concerning theparticular accessories with which your ve-hicle is equipped. It is important that youfamiliarize yourself with all disclosures,

warnings, cautions and instructions con-cerning proper use of such accessoriesprior to operating the vehicle and/or ac-cessory. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for details concerning theparticular accessories with which your ve-hicle is equipped.

Before driving your vehicle, please read thisOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenancerequirements, assisting you in the safe op-eration of your vehicle.

WARNINGIMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

∙ NEVER drive under the influence of al-cohol or drugs.

∙ ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast forconditions.

∙ ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehicle fea-tures or taking other actions thatcould distract you.

∙ ALWAYS use your seat belts and ap-propriate child restraint systems. Pre-teen children should be seated in therear seat.

FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY

∙ ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safety fea-tures to all occupants of the vehicle.

∙ ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manualfor important safety information.

For descriptions specified for all-wheeldrive models, an AWD mark is placed at thebeginning of the applicablesections/items.

As with other vehicles with features foroff-road use, failure to operate all-wheeldrive models correctly may result in lossof control or an accident. For additionalinformation, refer to “Driving safety pre-cautions” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD DRIVINGThis vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passen-ger car because it has a higher centerof gravity for off-road use. As withother vehicles with features of thistype, failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly may result in loss of controlor an accident.

For additional information, refer to“On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions”, “Avoiding collision androllover” and “Driving safety precau-tions” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect itsperformance, safety, emissions or du-rability and may even violate govern-mental regulations. In addition, dam-age or performance problemsresulting from modifications may notbe covered under NISSAN warranties.

WARNINGInstalling an aftermarket On-Board Di-agnostic (OBD) plug-in device that usesthe port during normal driving, for ex-ample remote insurance companymonitoring, remote vehicle diagnostics,telematics or engine reprogramming,may cause interference or damage tovehicle systems. We do not recommendor endorse the use of any aftermarketOBD plug-in devices, unless specificallyapproved by NISSAN. The vehicle war-ranty may not cover damage caused byany aftermarket plug-in device.

This manual includes information for allfeatures and equipment available on thismodel. Features and equipment in your ve-hicle may vary depending on model, trimlevel, options selected, order, date of pro-duction, region or availability. Therefore,you may find information about features orequipment that are not included or in-stalled on your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect at thetime of printing. NISSAN reserves the right tochange specifications, performance, designor component suppliers without notice andwithout obligation. From time to time,NISSAN may update or revise this manual toprovide Owners with the most accurate in-formation currently available. Please care-fully read and retain with this manual all re-vision updates sent to you by NISSAN toensure you have access to accurate and up-to-date information regarding your vehicle.Current versions of vehicle Owner’s Manualsand any updates can also be found in theOwner section of the NISSAN website athttps://owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/navigation/manualsGuide. If you havequestions concerning any information inyour Owner’s Manual, contact NISSAN Con-sumer Affairs. For contact information, re-

fer to the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PRO-GRAM page in this Owner’s Manual.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNINGThis is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause death or seri-ous personal injury. To avoid or reducethe risk, the procedures must be fol-lowed precisely.

CAUTIONThis is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damage toyour vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followedcarefully.

If you see this symbol, it means “Do not dothis” or “Do not let this happen.”

If you see a symbol similar to these in anillustration, it means the arrow points tothe front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thesecall attention to an item in the illustration.

APD1005

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATEADVISORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-teries, may contain perchlorate material.The following advisory is provided: “Per-chlorate Material – special handling mayapply. For additional information, refer towww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/”.

© 2019 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in anyform, or by any means, electronic, me-chanical, photocopying, recording or oth-erwise, without the prior written permis-sion of Nissan North America, Inc.

NISSAN CARES . . .

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourNISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and serviceneeds.However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide NISSAN directlywith comments or questions, please con-tact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Depart-ment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:

– Your name, address, and telephonenumber

– Vehicle identification number (attachedto the top of the instrument panel on thedriver’s side)

– Date of purchase

– Current odometer reading

– Your NISSAN dealer’s name

– Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the informa-tion at:

For U.S. customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers)orwww.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

Table ofContents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

Index

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

0 Illustrated table of contents

Air bags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . 0-2Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4Passenger compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9

1. Supplemental air bags (P. 1-46)2. Occupant classification sensor

(weight sensor) (P. 1-46)3. Front seat belt with pretensioner(s)

and shoulder height adjuster(if so equipped) (P. 1-12, 1-46)

4. Head restraints/headrests (P. 1-8)5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact

and rollover supplemental air bag(P. 1-46)

6. 2nd row center position top tetherstrap (located on ceiling) (P. 1-24)

7. 2nd row outboard seat top tetherstrap anchor (located on bottomof seatback) (P. 1-24)

8. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) (P. 1-24)

9. Folding 2nd row bench (P. 1-2)10. Front seat-mounted side-impact

supplemental air bag (P. 1-46)11. Seats (P. 1-2)Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LII2549

AIR BAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILDRESTRAINTS

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

1. Engine hood (P. 3-25)2. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-45)

Wiper blades (P. 8-20)3. Windshield (P. 8-20)

Windshield-washer fluid (P. 8-11)4. Front camera (if so equipped)

(P. 5-35, 5-40, 5-124, 5-132)5. Power windows (P. 2-71)6. Door locks (P. 3-5)

NISSAN Intelligent Key®(if so equipped) (P. 3-10)Remote Keyless Entry (P. 3-2, 3-8)Keys (P. 3-2)

7. Mirrors (P. 3-38)Side view camera (if so equipped)(P. 4-11)

8. Tire pressure (P. 8-32)Flat tire (P. 6-3)Tire chains (P. 8-32)

9. Fog light switch (if so equipped)(P. 2-48)

10. Headlight and turn signal switch(P. 2-48)Replacing bulbs (P. 8-28)LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)system (P. 2-48)

11. Front view camera (if so equipped)(P. 4-11)Front radar (P. 5-124, 5-132)

Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.LII2612

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

1. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-45)2. Child safety rear door lock (P. 3-5)3. Fuel-filler door (P. 3-33)

Fuel-filler cap (P. 3-33)Fuel recommendation (P. 10-2)

4. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-28)5. Rearview camera (P. 4-3, 4-11)6. Liftgate release (P. 3-26)Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LII2541

EXTERIOR REAR


1. Glove box (P. 2-63)2. Map lights (P. 2-75)3. Power panoramic moonroof

(if so equipped) (P. 2-73)4. Console box (P. 2-63)5. Luggage hooks (P. 2-63)6. Center armrest (P. 1-2)7. Cup holders (P. 2-63)8. Sun visors (P. 3-37)

Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LIC3720

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


1. Vent (P. 4-28)2. Headlight/fog light

(if so equipped)/turn signal switch(P. 2-48)

3. Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)Warning and indicator lights(P. 2-11)Vehicle information display (P. 2-21)

4. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-45)Rear wiper washer switch (P. 2-45)

5. Ignition switch (if so equipped)(P. 5-14)Push-button ignition switch(if so equipped) (P. 5-15)

6. Hazard warning flasher switch(P. 6-2)

7. Radio*Navigation system(if so equipped)*

8. Front passenger supplemental airbag (P. 1-46)

9. Glove box (P. 2-63)10. Heater and air conditioning

controls (P. 4-29, 4-37)11. Power outlet (P. 2-60)12. Shift lever (P. 5-24)13. Auxiliary jack*

USB port*LII2516

INSTRUMENT PANEL


14. Front passenger air bag statuslight (P. 1-46)

15. Cruise control switches(if so equipped) (P. 5-65)Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-67)Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem*ProPILOT Assist switch(if so equipped) (P. 5-91)

16. Driver supplemental air bag(P. 1-46)Horn (P. 2-55)

17. Tilt and telescopic steering (P. 3-36)18. Control panel and vehicle informa-

tion display switches (P. 2-21)19. Hood release (P. 3-25)20. Fuel door release (P. 3-33)

SPORT mode switch (P. 5-34)ECO mode switch (P. 5-34)Liftgate instrument panel switch(P. 3-26)All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-58)Steering Assist switch (for vehicleswith ProPILOT Assist)(if so equipped) (P. 2-57)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (P. 2-58)Dynamic driver assistance switch(for vehicles without ProPILOTAssist) (if so equipped) (P. 2-57)Heated steering wheel switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-56)

21. Instrument brightness control(P. 2-48)Twin trip odometer reset switch(P. 2-5)

*: Refer to the separate NissanConnect®Owner’s Manual.



QR25DE engine1. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-4)2. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-6)3. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-10)4. Battery (P. 8-13)5. Air cleaner (P. 8-18)6. Fuse/Fusible link box (P. 8-23)7. Radiator cap (P. 8-4)8. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-6)9. Drive belt location (P. 8-17)10. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

(P. 8-11)Engine cover removed for clarity.


LDI2809

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


Warninglight

Name Page

or

Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

2-12

Automatic Emer-gency Braking(AEB) systemwarning light (if soequipped)

2-12

Automatic Emer-gency Braking(AEB) with Pedes-trian Detectionsystem warninglight (if soequipped)

2-12

or

Brake warninglight (red)

2-13

Warninglight

Name Page

Charge warninglight

2-13

or

Electronic parkingbrake warninglight (yellow) (if soequipped)

2-13

Low tire pressurewarning light

2-14

Master warninglight

2-15

Power steeringwarning light

2-16

Rear AutomaticBraking (RAB) sys-tem warning light(if so equipped)

2-16

Seat belt warninglight and chime

2-17

Warninglight

Name Page

Supplemental airbag warning light

2-17

Indicatorlight

Name Page

All-Wheel Drive(AWD) LOCK indi-cator light (if soequipped)

2-17

Automatic brakehold indicatorlight (green) (if soequipped)

2-18

Automatic brakehold indicatorlight (white) (if soequipped)

2-18

or

Electronic parkingbrake indicatorlight (red) (if soequipped)

2-18

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


Indicatorlight

Name Page

Front fog light in-dicator light (if soequipped)

2-18

Front passengerair bag statuslight

2-18

High Beam Assistindicator light(green) (if soequipped)

2-18

High beam indi-cator light (blue)

2-18

Malfunction Indi-cator Light (MIL)

2-19

Security indicatorlight

2-19

Side light andheadlight indica-tor light (green)

2-20

Indicatorlight

Name Page

Slip indicator light 2-20

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

2-20

Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) OFFindicator light

2-20


1 Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Front manual seat adjustment(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3Front power seat adjustment(if so equipped for driver’s seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Rear bench seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Flexible seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7

Head restraints/headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Adjustable head restraint/headrestcomponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Non-adjustable head restraint/headrest components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10Install. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12Seat belt warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15Three-point type seat belt withretractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15

Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21

Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29Rear-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-31Forward-facing child restraintinstallation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34Forward-facing child restraintinstallation using the seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). . . . . . . . . . . 1-46Precautions on SRS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-46Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . 1-65Supplemental air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . 1-66

WARNING∙ Do not ride in a moving vehicle when

the seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

∙ For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback and upright in the seat with bothfeet on the floor and adjust the seatproperly. For additional information,refer to “Precautions on seat belt us-age” in this section.

∙ After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securely locked.

∙ Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls ormake the vehicle move. Unattendedchildren could become involved in se-rious accidents.

∙ To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do notleave children, people who require theassistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quickly be-come high enough to cause a signifi-cant risk of injury or death to peopleand pets.

∙ Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation. The seat maymove suddenly and could cause lossof control of the vehicle.

∙ The seatback should not be reclinedany more than needed for comfort.Seat belts are most effective when thepassenger sits well back and straightup in the seat. If the seatback is re-clined, the risk of sliding under the lapbelt and being injured is increased.

ARS1152

SEATS

1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

CAUTIONWhen adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or damage.

FRONT MANUAL SEATADJUSTMENT (if so equipped)Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manu-ally. For additional information about ad-justing the seats, refer to the steps outlinedin this section.

Forward and backwardPull the center of the bar up and hold itwhile you slide the seat forward or back-ward to the desired position. Release thebar to lock the seat in position.

RecliningTo recline the seatback, pull the lever upand lean back. To bring the seatback for-ward, pull the lever up and lean your bodyforward. Release the lever to lock the seat-back in position.The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to help obtainproper seat belt fit. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Precautions on seat belt us-age” in this section. Also, the seatback canbe reclined to allow occupants to restwhen the vehicle is stopped and the shiftlever is in the P (Park) position.

LRS2160 LRS2161

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Seat lifter (driver’s seat)Pull up or push down the adjusting lever toadjust the seat height until the desired po-sition is achieved.

FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT(if so equipped for driver’s seat)Operating tips

∙ The power seat motor has an auto-reset overload protection circuit. If themotor stops during operation, wait30 seconds then reactivate the switch.

∙ Do not operate the power seat switchfor a long period of time when the en-gine is off. This will discharge the bat-tery.

Forward and backwardMoving the switch as shown will slide theseat forward or backward to the desiredposition.

RecliningMove the recline switch as shown until thedesired angle is obtained.

The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to help obtainproper seat belt fit. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Precautions on seat belt us-age” in this section. Also, the seatback can

LRS3217 LRS2662


be reclined to allow occupants to restwhen the vehicle is stopped and the shiftlever is in P (Park).

Seat lifterMove the switch as shown to adjust theangle and height of the seat cushion.

Lumbar supportThe lumbar support feature provides ad-justable lower back support to the driver.Move the switch as shown to adjust theseatback lumbar area.

LRS2784 LRS2270


REAR BENCH SEAT ADJUSTMENTForward and backwardPull the center of the bar �1 up and hold itwhile you slide the seat forward or back-ward to the desired position. Release thebar to lock the seat in position.

RecliningTo recline the seatback, pull up on the lever�2 and lean back. To bring the seatbackforward, pull the lever �2 up and lean yourbody forward. Release the lever to lock theseatback in position.

The recline feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to help obtainproper seat belt fit. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Precautions on seat belt us-age” in this section. Also, the seatback canbe reclined to allow occupants to restwhen the vehicle is stopped and the shiftlever is in P (Park).

WARNING∙ After adjustment, gently rock in the

seat to make sure it is securely locked.

∙ Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

∙ For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback and upright in the seat with bothfeet on the floor and adjust the seatbelt properly. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Precautions on seat beltusage” in this section.

ARMRESTSThe rear bench center armrest is locked inthe up position. To lower the armrest, pullthe armrest down as shown.

To return the armrest to the up position,push up on the armrest until it is in the fullup position.

Outboard seatsLRS2717 LRS2713


FLEXIBLE SEATING

WARNING∙ Never allow anyone to ride in the

cargo area or on the rear seats whenthey are in the fold-down position. In acollision, people riding in these areaswithout proper restraints are morelikely to be seriously injured or killed.

∙ Do not allow people to ride in any areaof your vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts. Be sure ev-eryone in your vehicle is in a seat andusing a seat belt properly.

∙ Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.

∙ Do not fold down the rear seats whenoccupants are in the rear seat area orany luggage is on the rear seats.

– Make sure that the seat path isclear before moving the seat.

– Be careful not to allow hands orfeet to get caught or pinched in theseat.

∙ Head restraints/headrests should beadjusted properly as they may pro-vide significant protection against in-jury in an accident. Always replaceand adjust them properly if they havebeen removed for any reason.

∙ If the head restraints/headrests areremoved for any reason, they shouldbe securely stored to prevent themfrom causing injury to passengers ordamage to the vehicle in case of sud-den braking or an accident.

∙ When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latched po-sition. If they are not completely se-cured, passengers may be injured inan accident or sudden stop.

∙ Properly secure all cargo to help pre-vent it from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or collision,unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

Folding the rear bench seatTo fold the rear bench seat flat for maxi-mum cargo hauling:

1. Lower or remove the rear headrestraints/headrests and store themproperly so they are not loose in thevehicle. For additional information, referto “Head restraints/headrests” in thissection.

2. Stow the rear seat belts in the seat belthooks found on the sides of the vehicle.

LRS2754


3. Lift up on the seatback release lever �Aon the top of the outboard seats to foldthe seatbacks flat.

4. To return the rear bench seats to aseating position, push up on the seat-back until it latches in place.

WARNINGHead restraints/headrests supplementthe other vehicle safety systems. Theymay provide additional protectionagainst injury in certain rear end colli-sions. Adjustable headrestraints/headrests must be adjustedproperly, as specified in this section.Check the adjustment after someoneelse uses the seat. Do not attach any-thing to the head restraint/headreststalk, except for genuine NISSAN acces-sories specifically tested for use withthe vehicle’s head restraint/headreststalk. Do not remove the headrestraint/headrest. Do not use the seatif the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved. If the head restraint/headrestwas removed, reinstall and properly ad-just the head restraint/headrest beforean occupant uses the seating position.Failure to follow these instructions canreduce the effectiveness of the headrestraints/headrests. This may in-crease the risk of serious injury or deathin a collision.

The illustration shows the seating posi-tions equipped with headrestraints/headrests.

� Indicates the seating position isequipped with a head restraint.

� Indicates the seating position is equippedwith a headrest.

+ Indicates the seating position is notequipped with a head restraint or headrest(if applicable).

∙ Your vehicle is equipped with a headrestraint/headrest that may be inte-grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

LRS2403

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS


∙ Adjustable head restraints/headrestshave multiple notches along the stalk(s)to lock them in a desired adjustmentposition.

∙ The non-adjustable head restraints/headrests have a single locking notchto secure them to the seat frame.

∙ Proper Adjustment:

– For the adjustable type, align thehead restraint/headrest so the cen-ter of your ear is approximately levelwith the center of the headrestraint/headrest.

– If your ear position is still higher thanthe recommended alignment, placethe head restraint/headrest at thehighest position.

∙ If the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved, ensure that it is reinstalledand locked in place before riding in thatdesignated seating position.

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEADRESTRAINT/HEADRESTCOMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

LRS2300 LRS2299


REMOVEUse the following procedure to remove thehead restraint/headrest:

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up tothe highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrestfrom the seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrestproperly in a secure place so it is notloose in the vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position.

INSTALL1. Align the head restraint/headrest

stalks with the holes in the seat. Makesure that the head restraint/headrest isfacing the correct direction. The stalkwith the notch (notches) �1 must beinstalled in the hole with the lock knob�2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses theseating position.

LRS2302 LRS2303


ADJUSTFor adjustable head restraint/headrest

Adjust the head restraint/headrest so thecenter is level with the center of your ears. Ifyour ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest position.

For non-adjustable head restraint/headrest

Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

RaiseTo raise the head restraint/headrest, pull itup.


WRS0134 LRS2351 LRS2305


LowerTo lower, push and hold the lock knob andpush the head restraint/headrest down.


PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted and you are sitting upright andwell back in your seat with both feet on thefloor, your chances of being injured or killedin a collision and/or the severity of injurymay be greatly reduced. NISSAN stronglyencourages you and all of your passengersto buckle up every time you drive, even ifyour seating position includes a supple-mental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

LRS2306 SSS0136

SEAT BELTS


WARNING∙ Every person who drives or rides in

this vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be in therear seats and in an appropriaterestraint.

WARNING∙ The seat belt should be properly ad-

justed to a snug fit. Failure to do somay reduce the effectiveness of theentire restraint system and increasethe chance or severity of injury in anaccident. Serious injury or death canoccur if the seat belt is not wornproperly.

SSS0134 SSS0016


WARNING∙ Always route the shoulder belt over

your shoulder and across your chest.Never put the belt behind your back,under your arm or across your neck.The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

∙ Position the lap belt as low and snugas possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOTTHE WAIST. A lap belt worn too highcould increase the risk of internal inju-ries in an accident.

∙ Be sure the seat belt tongue is se-curely fastened to the proper buckle.

∙ Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

∙ Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.

∙ Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.

∙ If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isplaced in the ON position with alldoors closed and all seat belts fas-tened, it may indicate a malfunction inthe system. Have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

∙ No changes should be made to theseat belt system. For example, do notmodify the seat belt, add material, orinstall devices that may change theseat belt routing or tension. Doing somay affect the operation of the seatbelt system. Modifying or tamperingwith the seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

∙ Once seat belt pretensioner(s) haveactivated, they cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with theretractor. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

∙ All seat belt assemblies, including re-tractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any colli-sion. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.NISSAN recommends that all seat beltassemblies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision was mi-nor and the belts show no damageand continue to operate properly.Seat belt assemblies not in use duringa collision should also be inspectedand replaced if either damage or im-proper operation is noted.

∙ All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s inspection in-structions and replacement recom-mendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they aredamaged.

SSS0014


SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHTBoth the driver’s and passenger’s frontseats are equipped with a seat belt warn-ing light. The warning light, located on theinstrument panel, will show the status ofthe driver and passenger seat belt.

NOTE:

The front passenger seat belt warninglight will not light up if the seat is notoccupied.

For additional information, refer to “Warn-ing lights, indicator lights and audible re-minders” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

PREGNANT WOMENNISSAN recommends that pregnantwomen use seat belts. The seat belt shouldbe worn snug and always position the lapbelt as low as possible around the hips, notthe waist. Place the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Never runthe lap/shoulder belt over your abdominalarea. Contact your doctor for specific rec-ommendations.

INJURED PERSONSNISSAN recommends that injured personsuse seat belts. Check with your doctor forspecific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING∙ Every person who drives or rides in

this vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be in therear seats and in an appropriaterestraint.

∙ Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

∙ For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, the seatshould be upright. Always sit wellback and upright in the seat with bothfeet on the floor and adjust the seatbelt properly.

LRS0786


∙ Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If theseat belt becomes wrapped around achild’s neck with the ALR mode acti-vated, the child can be seriously in-jured or killed if the seat belt retractsand becomes tight. This can occureven if the vehicle is parked. Unbucklethe seat belt to release the child. If theseat belt cannot be unbuckled or isalready unbuckled, release the childby cutting the seat belt with a suitabletool (such as a knife or scissors) torelease the seat belt.

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. For additional informa-

tion, refer to “Seats” in this section.

Manual front seat shown (if so equipped)LRS2160


2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the re-tractor and insert the tongue into thebuckle �A until you hear and feel thelatch engage.

∙ The retractor is designed to lockduring a sudden stop or on impact.A slow pulling motion permits theseat belt to move and allows yousome freedom of movement in theseat.

∙ If the seat belt cannot be pulledfrom its fully retracted position,firmly pull the belt and release it.Then smoothly pull the belt out ofthe retractor.

Power front seat shown (if so equipped)LRS2662 LRS2674


3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips �B as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion towardthe retractor to take up extra slack �C .Be sure the shoulder belt is routed overyour shoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rearseating positions’ three-point seat beltshave two modes of operation:

∙ Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

∙ Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The ELR mode allows the seat belt to ex-tend and retract to allow the driver andpassengers some freedom of movementin the seat. The ELR locks the seat beltwhen the vehicle slows down rapidly orduring certain impacts.

The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locksthe seat belt for child restraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated, the seatbelt cannot be extended again until theseat belt tongue is detached from thebuckle and fully retracted. The seat belt re-turns to the ELR mode after the seat beltfully retracts. For additional information, re-fer to “Child restraints” in this section.

The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During nor-mal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALRmode should not be activated. If it is ac-tivated, it may cause uncomfortable seatbelt tension. It can also change the op-eration of the front passenger air bag.For additional information, refer to“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” in this section.

WARNINGWhen fastening the seat belts, be cer-tain that the seatbacks are completelysecured in the latched position. If theyare not completely secured, passengersmay be injured in an accident or suddenstop.

LRS2675


Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, press the buttonon the buckle �1 . The seat belt automati-cally retracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lockseat belt movement by two separatemethods:

∙ When the seat belt is pulled quickly fromthe retractor

∙ When the vehicle slows down rapidly

To increase your confidence in the seatbelts, check the operation as follows:

∙ Grasp the shoulder belt and pull for-ward quickly. The retractor should lockand restrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck, get the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service or to learn more about seat beltoperation.

Shoulder belt height adjustment(front seats)The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. Foradditional information, refer to “Precau-tions on seat belt usage” in this section. Toadjust, pull out the adjustment button �1and move the shoulder belt anchor to thedesired position �2 , so the belt passes overthe center of the shoulder. The belt shouldbe away from your face and neck, but notfalling off your shoulder. Release the ad-justment button to lock the shoulder beltanchor into position.

WRS0139 LRS0242


WARNING∙ After adjustment, release the adjust-

ment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and down tomake sure it is securely fixed inposition.

∙ The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so may re-duce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in anaccident.

Seat belt hookWhen the seat belt is not in use and whenfolding down the rear seats, hook the rearseat belts on the seat belt hooks as shown.Perform a visual check to ensure the seatbelt is not obstructing the rear seatbacklatch prior to folding up the rear seat.

WARNINGBefore folding up the rear seats, ensurethe seat belts are not obstructing therear seatback latches to avoid damageto the seat belt webbing.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSIf, because of body size or driving position, itis not possible to properly fit thelap/shoulder belt and fasten it, an extenderthat is compatible with the installed seatbelts is available for purchase. The ex-tender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm)of length and may be used for either thedriver or front passenger seating position.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for assistance with purchasing anextender if an extender is required.

WARNING∙ Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,

made by the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, should be used with NISSANseat belts.

∙ Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personal injuryin the event of an accident.

LRS2851


∙ Never use seat belt extenders to in-stall child restraints. If the child re-straint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE∙ To clean the seat belt webbing, apply

a mild soap solution or any solution rec-ommended for cleaning upholstery orcarpet. Then wipe with a cloth and allowthe seat belts to dry in the shade. Do notallow the seat belts to retract until theyare completely dry.

∙ If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, theseat belts may retract slowly. Wipe theshoulder belt guide with a clean, drycloth.

∙ Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, suchas buckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors, work properly. Ifloose parts, deterioration, cuts or otherdamage on the webbing is found, theentire seat belt assembly should be re-placed.

WARNINGDo not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomestight. This can occur even if the vehicleis parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to re-lease the child. If the seat belt cannot beunbuckled or is already unbuckled, re-lease the child by cutting the seat beltwith a suitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protectthem. They need to be properly re-strained.

In addition to the general information inthis manual, child safety information isavailable from many other sources, includ-ing doctors, teachers, government trafficsafety offices, and community organiza-tions. Every child is different, so be sure tolearn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of child re-straint systems:

∙ Rear-facing child restraints

∙ Forward-facing child restraints

∙ Booster seats

The proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants up to about 1 yearand less than 20 lbs. (9 kg) should be placedin rear-facing child restraints. Forward-facing child restraints are available for chil-dren who outgrow rear-facing child re-straints and are at least 1 year old. Boosterseats are used to help position a vehiclelap/shoulder belt on a child who can nolonger use a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNINGInfants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may notfit them properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperly fit-ting seat belt could cause serious or fa-tal injury. Always use appropriate childrestraints.

CHILD SAFETY


All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. Foradditional information, refer to “Child re-straints” in this section.

A child restraint may be secured in the ve-hicle by using either the LATCH (Lower An-chors and Tethers for CHildren) system orwith the vehicle seat belt. For additionalinformation, refer to “Child restraints” in thissection.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rearseat. Studies show that children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.

This is especially important becauseyour vehicle has a supplemental re-straint system (air bag system) for thefront passenger. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS)” in this section.

INFANTSInfants up to at least 1 year old should beplaced in a rear-facing child restraint.NISSAN recommends that infants beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or

Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.You should choose a child restraint that fitsyour vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation anduse.

SMALL CHILDRENChildren that are over 1 year old and weighat least 20 lbs. (9 kg) should remain in arear-facing child restraint as long as pos-sible up to the height or weight limit of thechild restraint. Children who outgrow theheight or weight limit of the rear-facingchild restraint and are at least 1 year oldshould be secured in a forward-facing childrestraint with a harness. Refer to the manu-facturer’s instructions for minimum andmaximum weight and height recommen-dations. NISSAN recommends that smallchildren be placed in child restraints thatcomply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle and al-ways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENChildren should remain in a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness until theyreach the maximum height or weight limitallowed by the child restraint manufac-turer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weightlimit of the harness-equipped forward-facing child restraint, NISSAN recommendsthat the child be placed in a commerciallyavailable booster seat to obtain properseat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, thebooster seat should raise the child so thatthe shoulder belt is properly positionedacross the chest and the top, middle por-tion of the shoulder. The shoulder beltshould not cross the neck or face andshould not fall off the shoulder. The lap beltshould lie snugly across the lower hips orupper thighs, not the abdomen. A boosterseat can only be used in seating positionsthat have a three-point type seat belt. Thebooster seat should fit the vehicle seat andhave a label certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

A booster seat should be used until thechild can pass the seat belt fit test below:


∙ Are the child’s back and hips against thevehicle seatback?

∙ Is the child able to sit without slouch-ing?

∙ Do the child’s knees bend easily overthe front edge of the seat with feet flaton the floor?

∙ Can the child safely wear the seat belt(lap belt low and snug across the hipsand shoulder belt across mid-chestand shoulder)?

∙ Is the child able to use the properly ad-justed head restraint/headrest?

∙ Will the child be able to stay in positionfor the entire ride?

If you answered no to any of these ques-tions, the child should remain in a boosterseat using a three-point type seat belt.

NOTE:

Laws in some communities may followdifferent guidelines. Check local andstate regulations to confirm your child isusing the correct restraint system beforetraveling.

WARNINGNever let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo area. The child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a sudden stop orcollision.

LRS2690


PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING∙ Failure to follow the warnings and in-

structions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child orother passengers in a sudden stop orcollision:

– The child restraint must be usedand installed properly. Always fol-low all of the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

– Infants and children should neverbe held on anyone’s lap. Even thestrongest adult cannot resist theforces of a collision.

– Do not put a seat belt around botha child and another passenger.

– NISSAN recommends that all childrestraints be installed in the rearseat. Studies show that childrenare safer when properly restrainedin the rear seat than in the frontseat. If you must install a forward-facing child restraint in the frontseat, refer to “Forward-facing childrestraint installation using the seatbelts” in this section.

– Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating air bag could se-riously injure or kill a child. A rear-facing child restraint must only beused in the rear seat.

– Be sure to purchase a child re-straint that will fit the child and ve-hicle. Some child restraints maynot fit properly in your vehicle.

ARS1098 WRS0256

CHILD RESTRAINTS


– Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used to at-tach adult seat belts, or other itemsor equipment to the vehicle. Doingso could damage the child re-straint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly in-stalled using the damagedanchorage, and a child could be se-riously injured or killed in acollision.

– Never use the anchor points foradult seat belts, or other items.

– A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in thefront passenger seat.

– Keep seatbacks as upright as pos-sible after fitting the childrestraint.

– Infants and children should alwaysbe placed in an appropriate childrestraint while in the vehicle.

∙ When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with the LATCH systemor a seat belt. In a sudden stop or col-lision, loose objects can injure occu-pants or damage the vehicle.

CAUTIONA child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seatingsurface and buckles before placing achild in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universalchild restraint anchor system, referred toas the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) system. Some child restraintsinclude rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to these an-chors. For additional information, refer to“LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system” in this section.

If you do not have a LATCH compatiblechild restraint, the vehicle seat belts can beused.

Several manufacturers offer child re-straints for infants and children of varioussizes. When selecting any child restraint,keep the following points in mind:

∙ Choose only a restraint with a label cer-tifying that it complies with Federal Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Cana-dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

∙ Check the child restraint in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with the vehi-cle’s seat and seat belt system.

∙ If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in the childrestraint and check the various adjust-ments to be sure the child restraint iscompatible with your child. Choose achild restraint that is designed for yourchild’s height and weight. Always followall recommended procedures.

∙ If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is less than 65 lbs.(29.5 kg), you may use either the LATCHanchors or the seat belt to install thechild restraint (not both at the sametime).

∙ If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is greater than 65 lbs.(29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (notthe lower anchors) to install the childrestraint.


∙ Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for installa-tion.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approvedchild restraint at all times while the ve-hicle is being operated. Canadian law re-quires the top tether strap on forward-facing child restraints be secured to thedesignated anchor point on the vehicle.

LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren) SYSTEMYour vehicle is equipped with special an-chor points that are used with LATCH sys-tem compatible child restraints. This sys-tem may also be referred to as the ISOFIXor ISOFIX compatible system. With this sys-tem, you do not have to use a vehicle seatbelt to secure the child restraint unless thecombined weight of the child and child re-straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and child restraintis greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the ve-

hicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) toinstall the child restraint. Be sure to followthe child restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation.

The LATCH lower anchor points are pro-vided to install child restraints in the follow-ing positions only:

∙ Rear bench seat – outboard seating po-sitions

LATCH lower anchor

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child orother passengers in a sudden stop orcollision:

– Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the loca-tions shown in the illustration.

– Do not secure a child restraint inthe rear bench center position us-ing the LATCH system anchors. Thechild restraint will not be securedproperly.

LATCH system lower anchor locations -bench seat

LRS3222


– Inspect the lower anchors by in-serting your fingers into the loweranchor area. Feel to make surethere are no obstructions over theanchors such as seat belt webbingor seat cushion material. The childrestraint will not be secured prop-erly if the lower anchors areobstructed.

– Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used to at-tach adult seat belts, or other itemsor equipment to the vehicle. Doingso could damage the child re-straint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly in-stalled using the damagedanchorages, and a child could beseriously injured or killed in acollision.

LATCH lower anchor locationThe LATCH lower anchors are located asshown. A label is attached to the seatbackto help you locate the LATCH lower an-chors.

LATCH lower anchor locationLRS3036

LATCH label locations rear benchLRS2977


Installing child restraint LATCHlower anchor attachmentsLATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to two an-chors located at certain seating positionsin your vehicle. With this system, you do nothave to use a vehicle seat belt to secure thechild restraint. Check your child restraint fora label stating that it is compatible withLATCH. This information may also be in theinstructions provided by the child restraintmanufacturer.

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.

Top tether anchor

WARNING∙ Do not allow cargo to contact the top

tether strap when it is attached to thetop tether anchor. Properly secure thecargo so it does not contact the toptether strap. Cargo that is not properlysecured or cargo that contacts the toptether strap may damage it during acollision. A child could be seriously in-jured or killed in a collision if the toptether strap is damaged.

∙ Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. Thechild restraint will not be properly in-stalled using the damaged anchor-ages, and a child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision.

LATCH webbing-mounted attachmentLRS0661

LATCH rigid-mounted attachmentLRS0662


�1 Top tether strap

�2 Anchor point

Top tether anchor point locationsAnchor points are located in the followinglocations:

∙ Rear bench on the bottom of the seat-back in the seating positions shown.

∙ Roof above the rear cargo area.

The top tether anchor located in the roof isonly to be used for a child restraint locatedin the center position of the rear benchseat.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING LATCHFor additional information, refer to all Warn-ings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and“Child restraints” sections of this manualbefore installing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the com-bined weight of the child and the child re-straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), usethe vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint. Be sureto follow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint in the rear bench seats usingthe LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.

Rear bench seatLRS2714


2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-tachments to the LATCH lower an-chors. Check to make sure the LATCHattachment is properly attached to thelower anchors.

3. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your hand to com-press the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

Rear-facing webbing-mounted – step 2LRS2997

Rear-facing rigid-mounted – step 2LRS2996

Rear-facing – step 3LRS0673


4. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm), fromside to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the LATCH attachmentholds the restraint in place. If the re-straint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put therestraint in another seat and test itagain. You may need to try a differentchild restraint or try installing by using

the vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Notall child restraints fit in all types of ve-hicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeatsteps 2 through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING THE SEATBELTS

WARNINGThe three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALR mode will result inthe child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision.

For additional information, refer to all Warn-ings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and“Child restraints” sections of this manualbefore installing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belts inthe rear seats:



1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in thefront seat. Position the child restrainton the seat. Always follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forbelt routing.

3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt isfully extended. At this time, the seat beltretractor is in the ALR mode (child re-straint mode). It reverts to the ELRmode when the seat belt is fully re-tracted.

Rear-facing – step 1WRS0256




4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slackin the belt.

5. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint to compress the vehicle seatcushion and seatback while pulling upon the seat belt.

6. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side.Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. Ifthe restraint is not secure, tighten theseat belt as necessary, or put the re-straint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.





7. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to eachuse. If the seat belt is not locked, repeatsteps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHFor additional information, refer to all Warn-ings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and“Child restraints” sections of this manualbefore installing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint in the rear benchseats using the LATCH system:


Forward-facing webbing-mounted –step 2

LRS2995


2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-tachments to the LATCH lower an-chors. Check to make sure the LATCHattachment is properly attached to thelower anchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap tothe tether anchor point. For additionalinformation, refer to “Installing toptether strap” in this section.

Do not install child restraints that re-quire the use of a top tether strap inseating positions that do not have atop tether anchor.

3. The back of the child restraint shouldbe secured against the vehicle seat-back.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the cor-rect child restraint fit. If the headrestraint/headrest is removed, store itin a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint/headrest whenthe child restraint is removed. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

If the seating position does not havean adjustable head restraint/headrestand it is interfering with the properchild restraint fit, try another seatingposition or a different child restraint.

4. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your knee to com-press the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions to re-move any slack.

Forward-facing rigid-mounted – step 2LRS2994

Forward-facing – step 4LRS0671


6. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm), fromside to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the LATCH attachmentholds the restraint in place. If the re-straint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put therestraint in another seat and test itagain. You may need to try a differentchild restraint. Not all child restraints fitin all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeatsteps 2 through 6.


�2 Anchor point

Installing top tether strapThe child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraint withthe LATCH lower anchor attachments.

First, secure the child restraint with theLATCH lower anchors (rear outboard posi-tions only).

Forward-facing – step 6WRS0697

Rear seatsLRS3041


Rear bench seat

OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS

1. Remove the head restraint/headrestand store it in a secure place. Be sure toreinstall the head restraint/headrestwhen the child restraint is removed. Foradditional information, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

2. Position the top tether strap �1 asshown.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point �2 as shown.


If you have any questions when install-ing a top tether strap, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

WARNINGChild restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damage thechild restraint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly installed us-ing the damaged anchorage, and achild could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGTHE SEAT BELTS

WARNINGThe three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALR mode will result inthe child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the front pas-senger air bag. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Front passenger air bagand status light” in this section.


For additional information, refer to all Warn-ings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and“Child restraints” sections of this manualbefore installing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicle seatbelt in the rear seats or in the front passen-ger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Movethe seat to the rearmost position.Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction and,therefore, must not be used in thefront seat.


The back of the child restraint shouldbe secured against the vehicle seat-back.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the cor-rect child restraint fit. If the headrestraint/headrest is removed, store itin a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint/headrest whenthe child restraint is removed. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

If the seating position does not havean adjustable head restraint/headrestand it is interfering with the properchild restraint fit, try another seatingposition or a different child restraint.

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) –step 1

WRS0699


3. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forbelt routing.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap tothe tether anchor point (rear seat in-stallation only). For additional informa-tion, refer to “Installing top tether strap”in this section.

Do not install child restraints that re-quire the use of a top tether strap inseating positions that do not have atop tether anchor.

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt isfully extended. At this time, the seat beltretractor is in the ALR mode (child re-straint mode). It reverts to ELR modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.




5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slackin the belt.

6. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint with your knee to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatbackwhile pulling up on the seat belt.


8. After attaching the child restraint, testit before you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side.Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. Ifthe restraint is not secure, tighten theseat belt as necessary, or put the re-straint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.





9. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe seat belt is not locked, repeatsteps 2 through 8.

10. If the child restraint is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status lightshould illuminate. If this light is not illu-minated refer to “Front passenger airbag and status light” in this section.Move the child restraint to anotherseating position. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.


�2 Anchor point

Installing top tether strapThe child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraint withseat belts.

First, secure the child restraint with the seatbelt.


Rear seatsLRS2714


Rear bench seat

OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS


2. Position the top tether strap �1 asshown.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point �2 as shown.


CENTER SEATING POSITION


2. Open the top tether anchor �2 coverlocated on the ceiling.

3. Secure the tether strap �1 to the tetheranchor point �2 as shown.

4. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions to re-move any slack. Make sure the headrestraint/headrest does not contactthe top tether strap.

If you have any questions when install-ing a top tether strap, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

WARNINGChild restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damage thechild restraint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly installed us-ing the damaged anchorage, and achild could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

BOOSTER SEATSFor additional information on installing abooster seat in your vehicle, follow the in-structions outlined in this section.

Precautions on booster seats

WARNINGIf a booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a child beinginjured or killed in a sudden stop or col-lision greatly increases:

– Make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’sface and neck and the lap portionof the belt does not cross thestomach.

– Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under thechild’s arm.

– A booster seat must only be in-stalled in a seating position thathas a lap/shoulder belt.


A. Low back booster seatB. High back booster seat

Booster seats of various sizes are offeredby several manufacturers. When selectingany booster seat, keep the following pointsin mind:

∙ Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

∙ Check the booster seat in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with the vehi-cle’s seat and seat belt system.

∙ Make sure the child’s head will be prop-erly supported by the booster seat orvehicle seat. The seatback must be ator above the center of the child’s ears.For example, if a low back booster seatis chosen, the vehicle seatback must beat or above the center of the child’s ears.If the seatback is lower than the centerof the child’s ears, a high back boosterseat should be used.

LRS2479 LRS0453 LRS0464


∙ If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place the child in thebooster seat and check the various ad-justments to be sure the booster seat iscompatible with the child. Always followall recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approvedchild restraint at all times while the ve-hicle is being operated.

The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seatsor the front passenger seat.

Booster seat installation

WARNINGTo avoid injury to child, do not use thelap/shoulder belt in the AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode when us-ing a booster seat with the seat belts.

For additional information, refer to all Warn-ings and Cautions in the “Child safety,”“Child restraints” and “Booster seats” sec-tions of this manual before installing a childrestraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seatin the rear seats or in the front passengerseat:

1. If you must install a booster seat inthe front seat, move the seat to therearmost position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a front-facing direction.Always follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions.

WRS0699


3. The booster seat should be positionedon the vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the cor-rect booster seat fit. If the headrestraint/headrest is removed, store itin a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint/headrest whenthe booster seat is removed. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Headrestraints/headrests” in this section.

Front passenger positionLRS0454

Rear outboard positionLRS0452

Rear center positionLRS0451


If the seating position does not havean adjustable head restraint/headrestand it is interfering with the properbooster seat fit, try another seatingposition or a different booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Besure to follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions for adjusting theseat belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of theseat belt toward the retractor to takeup extra slack. Be sure the shoulderbelt is positioned across the top,middle portion of the child’s shoulder.Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for adjust-ing the seat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-structions for properly fastening a seatbelt shown in “Three-point type seatbelt with retractor” in this section.

7. If the booster seat is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The front pas-senger air bag status light may ormay not illuminate, depending on thesize of the child and the type of boosterseat being used. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Front passenger airbag and status light” in this section.

PRECAUTIONS ON SRSThis SRS section contains important infor-mation concerning the following systems:

∙ Driver and front passenger supplemen-tal front-impact air bag (NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System)

∙ Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag

∙ Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag

∙ Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (frontseats)

Supplemental front-impact air bag sys-tem

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the headand chest of the driver and front passengerin certain frontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impactforce to the chest area of the driver andfront passenger in certain side-impact col-lisions. The side air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle is im-pacted.

WRS0475

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM(SRS)


Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in front andrear outboard seating positions in certainside-impact collisions. The curtain air bagsare designed to inflate on the side wherethe vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, thecurtain air bags are designed to inflate andremain inflated for a short time.

The SRS is designed to supplement thecrash protection provided by the driver andfront passenger seat belts and is not asubstitute for them. Seat belts should al-ways be correctly worn and the occupantseated a suitable distance away from thesteering wheel, instrument panel and doorfinishers. For additional information, referto “Seat belts” in this section.

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position.

After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.

WARNING∙ The front air bags ordinarily will not

inflate in the event of a side impact,rear impact, rollover, or lower severityfrontal collision. Always wear yourseat belts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents

∙ The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bag statuslight is lit. For additional information,refer to “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” in this section.

WRS0031


∙ The seat belts and the front air bagsare most effective when you are sit-ting well back and upright in the seat.The front air bags inflate with greatforce. Even with the NISSAN AdvancedAir Bag System, if you are unre-strained, leaning forward, sitting side-ways or out of position in any way, youare at greater risk of injury or death ina crash. You may also receive seriousor fatal injuries from the front air bagif you are up against it when it inflates.Always sit back against the seatbackand as far away as practical from thesteering wheel or instrument panel.Always properly use the seat belts.

∙ The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped with sen-sors that detect if the seat belts arefastened. The NISSAN Advanced AirBag System monitors the severity of acollision and seat belt usage, then in-flates the air bags as needed. Failureto properly wear seat belts can in-crease the risk or severity of injury inan accident.

∙ The front passenger seat is equippedwith an occupant classification sen-sor (weight sensor) that turns thefront passenger air bag OFF undersome conditions. This sensor is onlyused in this seat. Failure to be properlyseated and wearing the seat belt canincrease the risk or severity of injury inan accident. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Front passenger air bagand status light” in this section.

∙ Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could increasethe risk that they are injured when thefront air bag inflates.


WARNING∙ Never let children ride unrestrained or

extend their hands or face out of thewindow. Do not attempt to hold themin your lap or arms. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the illustrations.

ARS1133 ARS1041


WARNING∙ Children may be severely injured or

killed when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain air bags inflate if theyare not properly restrained. Pre-teensand children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat, if possible.

ARS1042 ARS1043 ARS1044


WARNING∙ Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air

Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat.An inflating front air bag could seri-ously injure or kill your child. For addi-tional information, refer to “Child re-straints” in this section.

WARNINGFront seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bags:

∙ The side air bags and curtain air bagsordinarily will not inflate in the eventof a frontal impact, rear impact, orlower severity side collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to help reducethe risk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

ARS1045 ARS1046 WRS0431


WARNING∙ The seat belts, the side air bags and

curtain air bags are most effectivewhen you are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feet onthe floor. The side air bag and curtainair bag inflate with great force. Do notallow anyone to place their hand, legor face near the side air bag on theside of the seatback of the front seator near the side roof rails. Do not allowanyone sitting in the front seats orrear outboard seats to extend theirhand out of the window or leanagainst the door. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the previous illustrations.

WARNING∙ When sitting in the rear seat, do not

hold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the side air bag inflates, youmay be seriously injured. Be espe-cially careful with children, whoshould always be properly restrained.Some examples of dangerous ridingpositions are shown in theillustrations.

∙ Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withside air bag inflation.

LRS3119 WRS0032


SSS0162 SSS0159


NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)

1. Supplemental front-impact air bagmodules

2. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

3. Occupant classification sensor (weightsensor)

4. Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag modules

5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bags

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bag infla-tors

7. Satellite sensors (driver’s side shown,passengers side similar)

8. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (frontseats)

9. Pressure sensors in door (driver’s sideshown; front passenger side similar)

10. Crash zone sensor

LRS2817


WARNINGTo ensure proper operation of the pas-senger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-tem, please observe the followingitems.

∙ Do not allow a passenger in the rearbench seats to push or pull on theseatback pocket.

∙ Do not place heavy loads heavier than9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, headrestraint/headrest or in the seatbackpocket.

∙ Make sure that there is nothing press-ing against the rear of the seatback,such as a child restraint installed inthe rear seat or an object stored onthe floor.

∙ Make sure that there is no objectplaced under the front passengerseat.

∙ Make sure that there is no objectplaced between the seat cushion andcenter console or between the seatcushion and the door.

∙ If a forward-facing child restraint isinstalled in the front passenger seat,do not position the front passengerseat so the child restraint contacts theinstrument panel. If the child restraintdoes contact the instrument panel,the system may determine the seat isoccupied and the passenger air bagmay deploy in a collision. Also thefront passenger air bag status lightmay not illuminate. For additional in-formation, refer to “Child restraints” inthis section.

∙ Confirm the operating condition withthe front passenger air bag statuslight.

∙ If you notice that the front passengerair bag status light is not operating asdescribed in this section, get the oc-cupant classification system checked.It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

∙ Until you have confirmed with adealer that your passenger seat occu-pant classification system is workingproperly, position the occupants inthe rear seating positions.

∙ Do not position the front passengerseat so it contacts the rear seat. If thefront seat does contact the rear seat,the air bag system may determine asensor malfunction has occurred andthe front passenger air bag statuslight may illuminate and the supple-mental air bag warning light mayflash.

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is de-signed to meet certification requirementsunder U.S. regulations. It is also permitted inCanada. However, all of the information,cautions and warnings in this manualstill apply and must be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact airbag is located in the center of the steeringwheel. The front passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag is mounted in the dash-board above the glove box. The front air bagsare designed to inflate in higher severityfrontal collisions, although they may inflate ifthe forces in another type of collision aresimilar to those of a higher severity frontalimpact. They may not inflate in certain fron-tal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) isnot always an indication of proper front airbag system operation.


The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Systemmonitors information from the crash zonesensor, the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seatbelt buckle sensors and occupation classi-fication sensor (weight sensor). Inflator op-eration is based on the severity of a colli-sion and seat belt usage for the driver. Forthe front passenger, the occupant classifi-cation sensor is also monitored. Based oninformation from the sensor, only one frontair bag may inflate in a crash, depending onthe crash severity and whether the frontoccupants are belted or unbelted. Addi-tionally, the front passenger air bag may beautomatically turned off under some con-ditions, depending on the weight detectedon the front passenger seat and how theseat belt is used. If the front passenger airbag is OFF, the front passenger air bag sta-tus light will be illuminated. For additionalinformation, refer to “Front passenger airbag and status light” in this section. Onefront air bag inflating does not indicate im-proper performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your airbag system, it is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer to obtain informationabout the system. If you are consideringmodification of your vehicle due to a dis-ability, you may also contact NISSAN. Con-tact information is contained in the front ofthis Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by the re-lease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken to not inhale it, as it may cause irrita-tion and choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe face and chest of the front occupants.They can help save lives and reduce seri-ous injuries. However, an inflating front airbag may cause facial abrasions or otherinjuries. Front air bags do not provide re-straint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and thedriver and front passenger seated uprightas far as practical away from the steeringwheel or instrument panel. The front airbags inflate quickly in order to help protectthe front occupants. Because of this, theforce of the front air bag inflating can in-crease the risk of injury if the occupant istoo close to, or is against, the front air bagmodule during inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.

After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.


Front passenger air bag and status light

WARNINGThe front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF under someconditions. Read this section carefullyto learn how it operates. Proper use ofthe seat, seat belt and child restraints isnecessary for most effective protec-tion. Failure to follow all instructions inthis manual concerning the use ofseats, seat belts and child restraints canincrease the risk or severity of injury inan accident.

Status light

The front passenger seat is equipped withan occupant classification sensor (weightsensor) that turns the front passenger airbag on or off depending on the weight ap-plied to the front passenger seat. The sta-tus of the front passenger air bag (ON orOFF) is indicated by the front passenger airbag status light which is located onthe instrument panel.After the ignition switch is placed in the"ON" position, the front passenger air bagstatus light on the instrument panel illumi-nates for about 7 seconds and then turnsoff or remains illuminated depending onthe front passenger seat occupied status.The light operates as follows:

CONDITION DESCRIPTIONPASSENGER AIR BAG

STATUS LIGHT ( )FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS

Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Nobody/Somebody Bag or Child or Child Restraint orSmall Adult in front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED

In addition to the above, certain objectsplaced on the front passenger seat mayalso cause the light to operate as de-scribed above depending on their weight.

For additional information, refer to “Normaloperation” and “Troubleshooting” in thissection.

WRS0475


Front passenger air bag

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as de-scribed below in accordance with U.S. regu-lations. If the front passenger air bag is OFF,it will not inflate in a crash. The driver air bagand other air bags in your vehicle are notpart of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to helpreduce the risk of injury or death from aninflating air bag to certain front passengerseat occupants, such as children, by requir-ing the air bag to be automatically turnedOFF. Certain sensors are used to meet therequirements.

The occupant classification sensor in thisvehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed todetect an occupant and objects on theseat by weight. For example, if a child is inthe front passenger seat, the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System is designed to turnthe front passenger air bag OFF in accor-dance with the regulations. Also, if a childrestraint of the type specified in the regula-tions is on the seat, its weight and thechild’s weight can be detected and causethe air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants whoare properly seated and using the seat beltas outlined in this manual should notcause the front passenger air bag to beautomatically turned OFF. For small adultsit may be turned OFF, however if the occu-pant takes his/her weight off the seatcushion (for example, by not sitting upright,by sitting on an edge of the seat, or byotherwise being out of position), this couldcause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF.Always be sure to be seated and wearingthe seat belt properly for the most effectiveprotection by the seat belt and supple-mental air bag.

NISSAN recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rearseat. NISSAN also recommends that ap-propriate child restraints and boosterseats be properly installed in a rear seat. Ifthis is not possible, the occupant classifica-tion sensor is designed to operate as de-scribed above to turn the front passengerair bag OFF for specified child restraints asrequired by the regulations. Failing to prop-erly secure child restraints and to use theALR mode may allow the restraint to tip ormove in a collision or sudden stop. This canalso result in the passenger air bag inflat-ing in a crash instead of being OFF. For

additional information, refer to “Child re-straints” in this section.

If the front passenger seat is not occupied,the front passenger air bag is designed notto inflate in a crash. However, heavy objectsplaced on the seat could result in air baginflation, because of the object’s weight de-tected by the occupant classification sen-sor. Other conditions could also result in airbag inflation, such as if a child is standingon the seat, or if two children are on theseat, contrary to the instructions in thismanual. Always be sure that you and allvehicle occupants are seated and re-strained properly.

Using the front passenger air bag statuslight, you can monitor when the front pas-senger air bag is automatically turned OFF.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thefront passenger air bag status light is illu-minated (indicating that the air bag is OFF),it could be that the person is a small adult,or is not sitting on the seat properly or notusing the seat belt properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the frontseat, the front passenger air bag statuslight may or may not be illuminated, de-pending on the size of the child and thetype of child restraint being used. If the air


bag status light is not illuminated (indicat-ing that the air bag might inflate in a crash),it could be that the child restraint or seatbelt is not being used properly. Make surethat the child restraint is installed properly,the seat belt is used properly and the occu-pant is positioned properly. If the air bagstatus light is still not illuminated, reposi-tion the occupant or child restraint in a rearseat.

If the front passenger air bag status lightwill not illuminate even though you believethat the child restraint, the seat belts andthe occupant are properly positioned, it isrecommended that you take your vehicleto a NISSAN dealer. A NISSAN dealer cancheck system status by using a specialtool. However, until you have confirmedwith a dealer that your air bag is workingproperly, reposition the occupant or childrestraint in a rear seat.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System andfront passenger air bag status light willtake a few seconds to register a change inthe front passenger seat status. This is nor-mal system operation and does not indi-cate a malfunction.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passen-ger air bag system, the supplemental air

bag warning light , located in the me-ter and gauges area of the instrumentpanel, will be illuminated (blinking orsteadily lit). Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Normal operationIn order for the occupant classificationsensor system to classify the front passen-ger based on weight, please follow the pre-cautions and steps outlined below:

Precautions

∙ Make sure that there are no objectsweighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) hanging onthe seat or placed in the seatbackpocket.

∙ Make sure that a child restraint or otherobject is not pressing against the rearof the seatback.

∙ Make sure that a rear passenger is notpushing or pulling on the back of thefront passenger seat.

∙ Make sure that the front passengerseat or seatback is not forced backagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

∙ Make sure that there is no object placedunder the front passenger seat.

Steps

1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats”section of this manual. Sit upright, lean-ing against the seatback, and centeredon the seat cushion with your feet com-fortably extended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on yourlap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the“Seat belts” section of this manual.Front passenger seat belt buckle sta-tus is monitored by the occupant clas-sification system, and is used as an in-put to determine occupancy status. So,it is highly recommended that the frontpassenger fasten their seat belt.

4. Remain in this position for 30 secondsallowing the system to classify thefront passenger before the vehicle isput into motion.

5. Ensure proper classification by check-ing the front passenger air bag statuslight.


NOTE:

This vehicle’s occupant classificationsensor system generally keeps the clas-sification locked during driving, so it isimportant that you confirm that thefront passenger is properly classifiedprior to driving. However, the occupantclassification sensor may recalculate theweight of the occupant under some con-ditions (both while driving and whenstopped), so front passenger seat occu-pants should continue to remain seatedas outlined above.

Troubleshooting

If you think the front passenger air bagstatus light is incorrect:

1. If the light is ON with an adult occupyingthe front passenger seat:

∙ Occupant is a small adult — the air baglight is functioning as intended. Thefront passenger air bag is suppressed.

However, if the occupant is not a smalladult, then this may be due to the followingconditions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:

∙ Occupant is not sitting upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centered onthe seat cushion with his/her feet com-fortably extended to the floor.

∙ A child restraint or other object pressingagainst the rear of the seatback.

∙ A rear passenger pushing or pulling onthe back of the front passenger seat.

∙ Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

∙ An object placed under the front pas-senger seat.

∙ An object placed between the seatcushion and center console or betweenthe seat cushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions. Re-start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.

If the light is still ON after this, the personshould be advised not to ride in the frontpassenger seat and the vehicle should bechecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

2. If the light is OFF with a small adult,child or child restraint occupying thefront passenger seat.

This may be due to the following con-ditions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:

∙ Small adult or child is not sitting upright,leaning against the seatback, and cen-tered on the seat cushion with his/herfeet comfortably extended to the floor.

∙ The child restraint is not properly in-stalled, as outlined in the “Child re-straints” section of this manual.

∙ An object weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg)hanging on the seat or placed in theseatback pocket.

∙ A child restraint or other object pressingagainst the rear of the seatback.

∙ A rear passenger pushing or pulling onthe back of the front passenger seat.


∙ Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

∙ An object placed under the front pas-senger seat.

∙ An object placed between the seatcushion and center console.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions. Re-start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.

If the light is still OFF after this, the smalladult, child or child restraint should be re-positioned in the rear seat and the vehicleshould be checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

3. If the light is OFF with no front passen-ger and no objects on the front pas-senger seat, the vehicle should be

checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer as soon as pos-sible.

Other supplemental front-impact airbag precautions

WARNING∙ Do not place any objects on the steer-

ing wheel pad or on the instrumentpanel. Also, do not place any objectsbetween any occupant and the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel. Suchobjects may become dangerous pro-jectiles and cause injury if the front airbags inflate.

∙ Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system components willbe hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

∙ No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental air bag system. Thisis to prevent accidental inflation ofthe supplemental air bag or damageto the supplemental air bag system.

∙ Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front end struc-ture. This could affect proper opera-tion of the front air bag system.

∙ Tampering with the front air bag sys-tem may result in serious personal in-jury. Tampering includes changes tothe steering wheel and the instru-ment panel assembly by placing ma-terial over the steering wheel pad andabove the instrument panel or by in-stalling additional trim materialaround the air bag system.

∙ Removing or modifying the front pas-senger seat may affect the function ofthe air bag system and result in seri-ous personal injury.


∙ Modifying or tampering with the frontpassenger seat may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placing ma-terial on the seat cushion or by install-ing additional trim material, such asseat covers, on the seat that are notspecifically designed to assure properair bag operation. Additionally, do notstow any objects under the front pas-senger seat or the seat cushion andseatback. Such objects may interferewith the proper operation of the occu-pant classification sensor (weightsensor).

∙ No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe seat belt system. This may affectthe front air bag system. Tamperingwith the seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

∙ It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on and aroundthe front air bag. It is also recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor installation of electrical equip-ment. The Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) wiring harnesses*should not be modified or discon-nected. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the air bagsystem.

∙ A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualified re-pair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect the function of thesupplemental air bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the front airbag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’sManual.

Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag androof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplementalair bag systemsThe side air bags are located in the outsideof the seatback of the front seats. The cur-tain air bags are located in the side roofrails in both rows. All of the information,cautions and warnings in this manualapply and must be followed. The side airbags and curtain air bags are designed toinflate in higher severity side collisions, al-though they may inflate if the forces in an-

LRS2501


other type of collision are similar to those ofa higher severity impact. They are de-signed to inflate on the side where the ve-hicle is impacted. They may not inflate incertain side collisions.

Curtain air bags are also designed to inflatein certain types of rollover collisions or nearrollovers. As a result, certain vehicle move-ments (for example, during severe off-roading) may cause the curtain air bags toinflate.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not alwaysan indication of proper side air bag andcurtain air bag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by release of smoke. This smoke isnot harmful and does not indicate a fire.Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Thosewith a history of a breathing conditionshould get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe chest of the front occupants. Curtainair bags help to cushion the impact force tothe head of occupants in the front and rearoutboard seating positions in all rows. Theycan help save lives and reduce serious in-

juries. However, an inflating side air bag orcurtain air bag may cause abrasions orother injuries. Side air bags and curtain airbags do not provide restraint to the lowerbody.

The seat belts should be correctly wornand the driver and front passenger seatedupright as far as practical away from theside air bag. Rear seat passengers shouldbe seated as far away as practical from thedoor finishers and side roof rails. The sideair bags and curtain air bags inflate quicklyin order to help protect the occupants. Be-cause of this, the force of the side air bagsand curtain air bags inflating can increasethe risk of injury if the occupant is too closeto, or is against, these air bag modules dur-ing inflation. The side air bag will deflatequickly after the collision is over.

The curtain air bag will remain inflated for ashort time.

The side air bags and curtain air bagsoperate only when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-

mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.

WARNING∙ Do not place any objects near the

seatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front door fin-isher and the front seat. Such objectsmay become dangerous projectilesand cause injury if a side air baginflates.

∙ Right after inflation, several side airbag and curtain air bag system com-ponents will be hot. Do not touchthem; you may severely burn yourself.

∙ No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe side air bag and curtain air bagsystems. This is to prevent damage toor accidental inflation of the side airbag and curtain air bag systems.

∙ Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel. Thiscould affect proper operation of thecurtain air bag systems.


∙ Tampering with the side air bag sys-tem may result in serious personal in-jury. For example, do not change thefront seats by placing material nearthe seatbacks or by installing addi-tional trim material, such as seat cov-ers, around the side air bag.

∙ It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on and aroundthe side air bag and curtain air bag. Itis also recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for installation of elec-trical equipment. The SRS wiring har-nesses* should not be modified or dis-connected. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the side air bagor curtain air bag systems.

*The SRS wiring harness or connectorsare yellow or orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side airbags and curtain air bag system and guidethe buyer to the appropriate sections inthis Owner’s Manual.

Seat belt with pretensioner(s)(front seats)

WARNING∙ The pretensioner(s) cannot be reused

after activation. They must be re-placed together with the retractorand buckle as a unit.

∙ If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but pretensioner(s) are notactivated, be sure to have the preten-sioner system checked and, if neces-sary, replaced. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

∙ No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pretensioner system. This is toprevent damage to or accidental acti-vation of the pretensioner(s). Tamper-ing with the pretensioner system mayresult in serious personal injury.

∙ It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on and aroundthe pretensioner system. It is also rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for installation of electricalequipment. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the preten-sioner system.

∙ If you need to dispose of the preten-sioner(s) or scrap the vehicle, it is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. Incorrect dis-posal procedures could cause per-sonal injury.

The pretensioner system may activatewith the supplemental air bag system incertain types of collisions. Working with theseat belt retractor, the pretensioner(s) helptighten the seat belt when the vehicle be-comes involved in certain types of colli-sions, helping to restrain front seat occu-pants.

The pretensioner(s) are encased within theseat belt retractor and to the seat belt an-chor affixed to the floor of the vehicle.These seat belts are used the same way asconventional seat belts.


When pretensioner(s) activate, smoke is re-leased and a loud noise may be heard. Thissmoke is not harmful and does not indi-cate a fire. Care should be taken not toinhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh air promptly.After the pretensioner(s’) activation, loadlimiters allow the seat belt to release web-bing (if necessary) to reduce forces againstthe chest.

The supplemental air bag warninglight is used to indicate malfunctionsin the pretensioner system. For additionalinformation, refer to "Supplemental air bagwarning light" in this section. If the opera-tion of the supplemental air bag warninglight indicates there is a malfunction, havethe system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the preten-sioner system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’sManual.

1. SRS Air Bag Warning Labels

The warning labels are located on thesurface of the sun visor.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELSWarning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag system are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

WARNINGDo not use a rear-facing child restrainton a seat protected by an air bag infront of it. If the air bag deploys, it maycause serious injury or death.

WRS0885


SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits for the air bag sys-tems, pretensioner(s) and all related wiring.When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the system isoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand pretensioner systems need servicing:

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag,side air bag, curtain air bag or pretensionersystems may not operate properly. Theymust be checked and repaired. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand/or pretensioner systems will notoperate in an accident. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have yourvehicle checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Repair and replacementprocedureThe front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags and pretensioner(s) are designed toinflate on a one-time-only basis. As a re-minder, unless it is damaged, the supple-mental air bag warning light remains illu-minated after inflation has occurred. Thesesystems should be repaired and/or re-placed as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags,curtain air bags, pretensioner(s) and re-lated parts should be pointed out to theperson performing the maintenance. Theignition switch should always be placed inthe LOCK position when working under thehood or inside the vehicle.

LRS0100


WARNING∙ Once a front air bag, side air bag, or

curtain air bag has inflated, the airbag module will not function againand must be replaced. Additionally,the activated pretensioner(s) mustalso be replaced. The air bag moduleand pretensioner(s) should be re-placed. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.However, the air bag module and pre-tensioner(s) cannot be repaired.

∙ The front air bag, side air bag, curtainair bag systems and the pretensionersystem should be inspected if there isany damage to the front end or sideportion of the vehicle. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

∙ If you need to dispose of the supple-mental air bag or pretensioner sys-tems or scrap the vehicle, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer. Incorrect disposal procedurescould cause personal injury.

∙ If there is an impact to your vehiclefrom any direction, your OccupantClassification Sensor (OCS) should bechecked to verify it is still functioningcorrectly. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.The OCS should be checked even if noair bags deploy as a result of the im-pact. Failure to verify proper OCSfunction may result in an improper airbag deployment resulting in injury ordeath.


2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Distance To Empty (DTE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Compass (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Compass display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11

Checking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

Vehicle information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21How to use the vehicle informationdisplay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Resetting the drive computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Vehicle information display warningsand indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34

Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 2-44

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Rear switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46

Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48

Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Instrument brightness control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Heated seat switches (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) . . 2-56Dynamic driver assistance switch(for vehicles without ProPILOT Assist)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Steering Assist switch (for vehicles withProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch. . . . . . 2-58All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58Rear Door Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59E-call (SOS) button (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60

12v outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63

Front-door pockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64Overhead sunglasses storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65Divide-N-Hide® adjustable floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67Luggage hooks (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68Cargo cover (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68Roof rack (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71

Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71Power moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75

Console light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76Personal lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77Room light (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77Luggage compartment light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78

Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81Operating the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81Clearing the programmed information . . . . . . 2-82Reprogramming a single HomeLink®button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-82If your vehicle is stolen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-82

1. Vent (P. 4-28)2. Headlight/fog light (if so

equipped)/turn signal switch(P. 2-48)

3. Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)Warning and indicator lights(P. 2-11)Vehicle information display (P. 2-21)

4. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-45)Rear wiper washer switch (P. 2-45)

5. Ignition switch (if so equipped)(P. 5-14)Push-button ignition switch(if so equipped) (P. 5-15)

6. Hazard warning flasher switch(P. 6-2)

7. Radio*Navigation system(if so equipped)*

8. Front passenger supplemental airbag (P. 1-46)

9. Glove box (P. 2-63)10. Heater and air conditioning

controls (P. 4-29, 4-37)11. Power outlet (P. 2-60)12. Shift lever (P. 5-24)13. Auxiliary jack*

USB port*LII2516

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

14. Front passenger air bag statuslight (P. 1-46)

15. Cruise control switches(if so equipped) (P. 5-65)Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-67)Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem*ProPILOT Assist switch(if so equipped) (P. 5-91)

16. Driver supplemental air bag(P. 1-46)Horn (P. 2-55)

17. Tilt and telescopic steering (P. 3-36)18. Control panel and vehicle informa-

tion display switches (P. 2-21)19. Hood release (P. 3-25)20. Fuel door release (P. 3-33)

SPORT mode switch (P. 5-34)ECO mode switch (P. 5-34)Liftgate instrument panel switch(P. 3-26)All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-58)Steering Assist switch (for vehicleswith ProPILOT Assist)(if so equipped) (P. 2-57)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (P. 2-58)Dynamic driver assistance switch(for vehicles without ProPILOTAssist) (if so equipped) (P. 2-57)Heated steering wheel switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-56)

21. Instrument brightness control(P. 2-48)Twin trip odometer reset switch(P. 2-5)

*: Refer to the separate NissanConnect®Owner’s Manual.


Instruments and controls 2-3

1. Tachometer2. Warning and indicator lights3. Vehicle information display4. Speedometer5. Fuel gauge6. Engine coolant temperature gauge

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETERThis vehicle is equipped with a speedom-eter and odometer. The speedometer islocated on the right side of the meter clus-ter. The odometer is located within the ve-hicle information display.

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed.

LIC2627

LIC2255

METERS AND GAUGES


Odometer/Twin trip odometerThe odometer and the twin trip odometer�1 are displayed in the vehicle informationdisplay when the ignition switch is placedin the ON position.

The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the dis-tance of individual trips.

Changing the display

Push the TRIP RESET switch �2 on the leftside of the instrument panel to change thedisplay as follows:

ODO → Trip → Trip → ODO

Resetting the trip odometerPush the TRIP RESET switch �2 until thedesired trip odometer (Trip orTrip ) is displayed.

Push and hold the TRIP RESET switch �2 formore than 1 second to reset the currentlydisplayed trip odometer to zero.

Clock and outside temperaturedisplayClock

The clock is displayed at the top of thevehicle information display.

Outside temperature display

The outside temperature is displayed atthe top of the vehicle information display.The snowflake icon appears if the outsidetemperature is below 37°F (3°C). The tem-perature can be changed to display in Cel-sius or Fahrenheit. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Unit” in this section.

LIC3693 LIC4258


TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (rpm). Do not revengine into the red zone �1 .

CAUTIONWhen engine speed approaches the redzone, reduce engine speed. Operatingthe engine in the red zone may causeserious engine damage.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGEThe gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature. The engine coolant tempera-ture is within the normal range �1 whenthe gauge needle points within the zoneshown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varieswith the outside air temperature and driv-ing conditions.

CAUTIONIf the gauge indicates coolant tempera-ture near the hot (H) end of the normalrange, reduce vehicle speed to decreasetemperature. If the gauge is over thenormal range, stop the vehicle as soonas safely possible. If the engine is over-heated, continued operation of the ve-hicle may seriously damage the engine.For additional information, refer to “Ifyour vehicle overheats” in the “In caseof emergency” section of this manualfor immediate action required.

LIC2219 LIC2220


FUEL GAUGEThe gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during brak-ing, turning, acceleration, or going up ordown hills.

The gauge needle returns to 0 (Empty) af-ter the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

The low fuel warning message appears inthe vehicle information display when theamount of fuel in the tank is getting low.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge reg-isters 0 (Empty).The indicates that the fuel-filler dooris located on the passenger’s side of thevehicle.

CAUTION

∙ If the vehicle runs out of fuel, theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible.After a few driving trips. the lightshould turn off. If the light remains onafter a few driving trips, have the ve-hicle inspected. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

∙ For additional information, refer to“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” inthis section.

DISTANCE TO EMPTY (DTE)Displays the estimated distance the ve-hicle can be driven before refueling. Thevalue is calculated based on recent fueleconomy, the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank, and the actual fuel consump-tion.

Changes in driving patterns or conditionscan cause the DTE value to vary. As a result,the value displayed may differ from the ac-tual distance that can be driven.

DTE display will change to “---” when thefuel level in the tank is getting low, prior tothe fuel gauge reaching 0 (Empty).

NOTE:

∙ The DTE value after refill is estimatedbased on recent fuel economy andamount of fuel added.

∙ If a small amount of fuel is added, orthe ignition is on during refueling, thedisplay may not be updated.

∙ Conditions that affect the fueleconomy will also affect the esti-mated DTE value (city/highway driv-ing, idle time, remote start time, ter-rain, seasonal weather, added vehicleweight, added deflectors, roof racks,etc.).

LIC2222


This unit measures terrestrial magnetismand indicates the heading direction of thevehicle.

With the ignition switch in the ON position,press the button as described in thecharts below to activate various features ofthe automatic anti-glare rearview mirror.

Press and holdthebutton forabout:

Feature:(Press button again for about1 second to change settings)

1 second Compass display toggles on/off

8 secondsCompass zone can be changedto correct false compass read-ings

10 seconds Compass enters calibrationmode

For additional information about the auto-matic anti-glare feature, refer to “Auto-matic anti-glare rearview mirror” in the“Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec-tion of this manual.

COMPASS DISPLAY

Press the button for about one sec-ond when the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position to toggle the compass di-rection display �1 on or off. The display willindicate the direction that the vehicle isheading.N: NorthE: EastS: SouthW: West

If the display reads “C”, calibrate the com-pass by driving the vehicle in three com-plete circles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

You can also calibrate the compass by driv-ing your vehicle on your everyday route.The compass will be calibrated once it hastracked three complete circles.

LIC1487

COMPASS (if so equipped)


Zone variation change procedureThe difference between magnetic northand geographical north is known as vari-ance. In some areas, this difference cansometimes be great enough to cause falsecompass readings. Follow these instruc-tions to set the variance for your particularlocation if this happens:

1. Press and hold the button forabout 8 seconds. The current zonenumber will appear in the display. Re-lease the button.

2. Find your current location on the zonemap. Refer to the illustration.

3. Press the button repeatedly totoggle through the zone numbers untilthe desired number appears in the dis-play. Once you have selected a zonenumber, the display will show a com-pass direction within a few seconds.

Inaccurate compass directionThe compass display is equipped with au-tomatic correction function. If the correctdirection is not shown, follow this proce-dure.

WIC0355


1. With the display turned on, press andhold the for about 10 seconds.The “C” icon in the compass display willilluminate.

2. Calibrate the compass by driving thevehicle in three complete circles at amaximum speed of 5 mph (8 km/h).

3. After completing the circles, the displayshould return to normal.

CAUTION∙ Do not install a ski rack, antenna, etc.,

which are attached to the vehicle bymeans of a magnet. They affect theoperation of the compass.

∙ When cleaning the mirror, use a papertowel or similar material dampenedwith glass cleaner. Do not spray glasscleaner directly on the mirror as itmay cause the liquid cleaner to enterthe mirror housing.


or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) systemwarning light (if so equipped)

High Beam Assist indicator light (green)(if so equipped)

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) systemwarning light (if so equipped)

Seat belt warning light and chime High beam indicator light (blue)

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) withPedestrian Detection system warning light(if so equipped)

Supplemental air bag warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

or Brake warning light (red) All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicatorlight (if so equipped)

Security indicator light

Charge warning light Automatic brake hold indicator light(green) (if so equipped)

Side light and headlight indicator light(green)

or Electronic parking brake warn-ing light (yellow) (if so equipped)

Automatic brake hold indicator light(white) (if so equipped)

Slip indicator light

Low tire pressure warning light or Electronic parking brakeindicator light (red)(if so equipped)

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Master warning light Front fog light indicator light(if so equipped)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFindicator light

Power steering warning light Front passenger air bag status light

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTSAND AUDIBLE REMINDERS


CHECKING LIGHTSWith all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake, fasten the seat belts and place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. The following lights (ifso equipped) will come on:

PARKor (red), , , ,The following lights (if so equipped) comeon briefly and then go off:

or (red), or , ,

, , ,If any light fails to come on or operate in away other than described, it may indicate aburned-out bulb and/or a system mal-function. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Some indicators and warnings are also dis-played on the vehicle information displaybetween the speedometer and tachom-eter. For additional information, refer to “Ve-hicle information display” in this section.

WARNING LIGHTSFor additional information, refer to “Vehicleinformation display” in this section.

or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the ABS warning light illuminatesand then turns off. This indicates the ABS isoperational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates whilethe engine is running or while driving, itmay indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake systemthen operates normally but without anti-lock assistance. For additional information,refer to “Brake system” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB) systemwarning light (if soequipped)

This light comes on when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. It turnsoff after the engine is started.

This light illuminates when the AEB systemis set to OFF on the vehicle informationdisplay.

If the light illuminates when the AEB sys-tem is on, it may indicate that the system isunavailable. For additional information, re-fer to “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)”in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB) withPedestrian Detectionsystem warning light (if soequipped)



fThis light illuminates when the AEB withPedestrian Detection system is set to OFFin the vehicle information display.

If the light illuminates when the AEB withPedestrian Detection system is on, it mayindicate that the system is unavailable. Foradditional information, refer to “AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) with PedestrianDetection” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.

or Brake warninglight (red)

This light functions for the foot brake system.

Low brake fluid warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brake fluidlevel. If the light comes on while the engine isrunning with the parking brake not applied,stop the vehicle and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brakefluid as necessary. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Brake fluid” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, havethe warning system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

WARNING∙ Your brake system may not be work-

ing properly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If youjudge it to be safe, drive carefully tothe nearest service station for repairs.Otherwise, have your vehicle towedbecause driving it could bedangerous.

∙ Pressing the brake pedal with the en-gine stopped and/or a low brake fluidlevel may increase your stopping dis-tance and braking will require greaterpedal effort as well as pedal travel.

∙ If the brake fluid level is below theMINIMUM or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Charge warning light

If this light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the charging sys-tem is not functioning properly. Turn theengine off and check the generator belt. Ifthe belt is loose, broken, or missing, or if thelight remains on, have the system checked.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

CAUTION∙ Do not ground electrical accessories

directly to the battery terminal. Doingso will bypass the variable voltagecontrol system and the vehicle bat-tery may not charge completely. Foradditional information, refer to “Vari-able voltage control system” in the“Do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

∙ Do not continue driving if the genera-tor belt is loose, broken or missing.

or Electronic parkingbrake warninglight (yellow) (if soequipped)

The electronic parking brake system warn-ing light functions for the electronic park-ing brake system. If the warning light illumi-nates, it may indicate the electronicparking brake system is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.


For additional information, refer to “Parkingbrake” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.

Low tire pressure warninglight

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS) that moni-tors the tire pressure of all tires except thespare.

The low tire pressure warning light warnsof low tire pressure or indicates that theTPMS is not functioning properly.

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light illuminates for about1 second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illumi-nate. A “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air”warning also appears in the vehicle in-formation display.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjustthe tire pressure of all four tires to therecommended COLD tire pressure shownon the Tire and Loading Information la-bel located in the driver’s door opening.

The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is in-flated to the recommended pressure,the vehicle must be driven at speedsabove 16 mph (25 km/h) to activate theTPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure.

The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningappears each time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position as long as the lowtire pressure warning light remains illumi-nated.

For additional information, refer to “Vehicleinformation display” in this section and“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” inthe “Starting and driving” section and in the“In case of emergency” section of thismanual.

TPMS malfunction

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, thelow tire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. Thelight will remain on after 1 minute. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.The "Tire Pressure Low — Add Air" warning

does not appear if the low tire pressurewarning light illuminates to indicate aTPMS malfunction.

For additional information, refer to “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the“Starting and driving” section and “Tirepressure” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section ofthis manual.

WARNING∙ Radio waves could adversely affect

electric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should contactthe electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

∙ If the light does not illuminate withthe ignition switch placed in the ONposition, have the vehicle checked assoon as possible. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.


∙ If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Driving with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tires and in-crease the likelihood of tire failure. Se-rious vehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and could re-sult in serious personal injury ordeath. Check the tire pressure for allfour tires. Adjust the tire pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label located in the driver’sdoor opening to turn the low tire pres-sure warning light off. If the light stillilluminates while driving after adjust-ing the tire pressure, a tire may be flator the TPMS may be malfunctioning. Ifyou have a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible. If no tireis flat and all tires are properly in-flated, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tire pres-sure warning light will flash for ap-proximately 1 minute. The light will re-main on after 1 minute. Have yourtires replaced and/or TPMS systemreset as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor these services.

∙ Replacing tires with those not origi-nally specified by NISSAN could affectthe proper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION∙ The TPMS is not a substitute for the

regular tire pressure check. Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly.

∙ If the vehicle is being driven at speedsof less than 16 mph (25 km/h), theTPMS may not operate correctly.

∙ Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.

Master warning light

When the ignition is in the ON position, themaster warning light illuminates if any ofthe following are displayed on the vehicleinformation display.

∙ All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Tire Size IncorrectSee Owner’s Manual

∙ All-Wheel Drive (AWD) High Temp. Stopvehicle

∙ All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Error See Owner’sManual

∙ No key warning

∙ Low fuel warning

∙ Low windshield-washer fluid warning

∙ Parking brake release warning

∙ Door/liftgate open warning

∙ Loose fuel cap warning

If the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system mal-functions, or the diameter of the front andthe rear wheels are different, the masterwarning light will illuminate. For additionalinformation, refer to “All-Wheel Drive (AWD)”in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.


∙ If the warning light comes on while driv-ing there may be a malfunction in theAWD system. Reduce the vehicle speedand have your vehicle checked as soonas possible. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

CAUTION∙ If the master warning light was illumi-

nated while driving:

—AWD High Temp Stop vehicle

Pull off the road in a safe area and idlethe engine. The driving mode willchange to 2WD to prevent the AWD sys-tem from malfunctioning. If the warn-ing light turns off, you can drive again.

—Tire Size Incorrect See Owner’sManual

Pull off the road in a safe area and idlethe engine. Check that all tire sizes arethe same, tire pressure is correct andtires are not worn.

∙ If the warning light is still on after theabove operations, have your vehiclechecked as soon as possible. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Power steering warninglight

WARNING∙ If the engine is not running or is

turned off while driving, the power as-sist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

∙ When the power steering warninglight illuminates with the engine run-ning, there will be no power assist forthe steering. You will still have controlof the vehicle, but the steering will beharder to operate. Have the powersteering system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the power steering warning lightilluminates. After starting the engine, thepower steering warning light turns off. Thisindicates the power steering is operational.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the power steering is not function-ing properly and may need servicing. Havethe power steering checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, there willbe no power assist for the steering, but youwill still have control of the vehicle. At thistime, greater steering effort is required tooperate the steering wheel, especially insharp turns and at low speeds.

For additional information, refer to “Powersteering” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.

Rear Automatic Braking(RAB) system warning light(if so equipped)


This light illuminates when the RAB systemis turned off in the vehicle information dis-play.

If the light illuminates when the RAB sys-tem is on, it may indicate that the system isunavailable. For additional information, re-fer to “Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” in the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual.


Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fastenyour seat belts. The light illuminates when-ever the ignition switch is placed in the ONor START position and remains illuminateduntil the driver’s seat belt is fastened. At thesame time, the chime sounds for about6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt issecurely fastened.

The seat belt warning light may also illumi-nate if the front passenger’s seat belt is notfastened when the front passenger’s seatis occupied. For 7 seconds after the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position, the sys-tem does not activate the warning light forthe front passenger.

For additional information, refer to “Seatbelts” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section ofthis manual.

Supplemental air bagwarning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONor START position, the supplemental airbag warning light illuminates for about7 seconds and then turns off. This meansthe system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,and pretensioner seat belt systems needservicing:

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

∙ The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for these services.

Unless checked and repaired, the supple-mental restraint system (air bag system)and/or the pretensioner(s) may not func-tion properly. For additional information, re-fer to “Supplemental Restraint System(SRS)” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section ofthis manual.

WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand/or pretensioner systems will notoperate in an accident. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have yourvehicle checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

INDICATOR LIGHTSFor additional information, refer to “Vehicleinformation display” in this section.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCKindicator light (if soequipped)

When the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion, the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indica-tor light illuminates and then turns off.

When selecting AWD LOCK mode while theengine is running, the AWD LOCK indicatorlight illuminates.

CAUTIONDo not drive on dry hard surface roadsin the LOCK mode.


Automatic brake holdindicator light (green) (if soequipped)

The automatic brake hold indicator light(green) illuminates while the automaticbrake hold system is operating.

For additional information, refer to “Auto-matic brake hold” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of the Owner’s Manual.

Automatic brake holdindicator light (white) (if soequipped)

The automatic brake hold indicator (white)illuminates when the automatic brake holdsystem is on standby.

For additional information, refer to “Auto-matic brake hold” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section of the Owner’s Manual.

or Electronic parkingbrake indicatorlight (red) (if soequipped)

This light illuminates when the electronicparking brake system is operating.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the electronic parking brakewarning light illuminates. When the engineis started and the parking brake is released,the warning light turns off.

If the parking brake is not released, theelectronic parking brake warning light re-mains illuminated. Ensure the electronicparking brake warning light has turned offbefore driving.

If the electronic parking brake warning lightilluminates or flashes while the electronicparking brake system warning light(yellow) illuminates, it may indicate that theelectronic parking brake system is notfunctioning properly. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.For additional information, refer to “Parkingbrake” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.

Front fog light indicatorlight (if so equipped)

The front fog light indicator light illumi-nates when the front fog lights are on. Foradditional information, refer to “Fog lightswitch” in this section.

Front passenger air bagstatus light

The front passenger air bag status light willbe lit and the passenger front air bag will beoff depending on how the front passengerseat is being used.

For additional information, refer to “Frontpassenger air bag and status light” in the“Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemen-tal restraint system” section of this manual.

High Beam Assist indicatorlight (green) (if so equipped)

This indicator light illuminates when theheadlights come on while the headlightswitch is in the AUTO position with the highbeams selected. This indicates that thehigh beam assist is operational.

For additional information, refer to “Head-light and turn signal switch” in this section.

High beam indicator light(blue)

This blue light comes on when the head-light high beams are on and goes out whenthe low beams are selected.

The high beam indicator light also comeson when the passing signal is activated.


Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

If this indicator light comes on steady orblinks while the engine is running, it mayindicate a potential emission control mal-function.

The MIL may also come on steady if thefuel-filler cap is loose or missing, or if thevehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make surethe fuel-filler cap is installed and closedtightly, and that the vehicle has at least3 gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off if no other potential emis-sion control system malfunction exists.If this indicator light comes on steady for20 seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indicatesthat the vehicle is not ready for an emissioncontrol system inspection/maintenancetest. For additional information, refer to“Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance(I/M) test” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

Operation

The MIL will come on in one of two ways:

∙ MIL on steady — An emission controlsystem malfunction has been de-tected. Check the fuel-filler cap if theLoose Fuel Cap warning appears in thevehicle information display. If the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tighten orinstall the cap and continue to drive thevehicle. The light should turn offafter a few driving trips. If the lightdoes not turn off after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. You do not needto have your vehicle towed to thedealer.

∙ MIL blinking — An engine misfire hasbeen detected which may damage theemission control system. To reduce oravoid emission control system dam-age:

– do not drive at speeds above45 mph (72 km/h).

– avoid hard acceleration or decelera-tion.

– avoid steep uphill grades.

– if possible, reduce the amount ofcargo being hauled or towed.

The MIL may stop blinking and come onsteady. Have the vehicle inspected. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTIONContinued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, reducedfuel economy, and possible damage tothe emission control system.

Security indicator light

This light blinks when the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF or LOCK position.

The blinking security indicator light indi-cates that the security systems equippedon the vehicle are operational.

For additional information, refer to “Securitysystems” in this section.


Side light and headlightindicator light (green)

The side light and headlight indicator lightilluminates when the side light or headlightposition is selected. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Headlight and turn signalswitch” in this section.

Slip indicator light

This indicator light will blink when the VDCsystem is operating, thus alerting the driverto the fact that the road surface is slipperyand the vehicle is nearing its traction limits.

You may feel or hear the system working;this is normal.

The light will blink for a few seconds afterthe VDC system stops limiting wheel spin.

The indicator light also comes onwhen you place the ignition switch in theON position. The light will turn off after ap-proximately 2 seconds if the system is op-erational. If the light does not come onhave the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Turn signal/hazardindicator lights

The appropriate light flashes when the turnsignal switch is activated.

Both lights flash when the hazard switch isturned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light

This indicator light comes on when theVDC OFF switch is pushed to off. This indi-cates the VDC system has been turned off.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine and the system will operatenormally. For additional information, referto “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

The VDC OFF indicator light also comes onwhen you place the ignition switch in theON position. The light will turn off afterabout 2 seconds if the system is opera-tional. If the light stays on or comes onalong with the indicator light whileyou are driving, have the VDC systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

While the VDC system is operating, youmight feel a slight vibration or hear the sys-tem working when starting the vehicle oraccelerating, but this is normal.

AUDIBLE REMINDERSBrake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a disc brake pad requiresreplacement, it makes a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is in mo-tion, whether or not the brake pedal is de-pressed. Have the brakes checked as soonas possible if the warning sound is heard.

Key reminder chimeA chime sounds if the driver’s door isopened while the ignition switch is placedin the OFF position or placed in the OFF orLOCK position with the key left in the ve-hicle. Make sure the ignition switch isplaced in the LOCK position, and take thekey with you when leaving the vehicle.


Light reminder chimeWith the ignition switch placed in the OFFposition, a chime sounds when the driver’sdoor is opened if the headlights or parkinglights are on.

Turn the headlight control switch off beforeleaving the vehicle.

NISSAN Intelligent Key® doorbuzzer (if so equipped)The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds ifany one of the following improper opera-tions is found.

∙ The Intelligent Key is left inside the ve-hicle when locking the doors.

∙ Any doors are not closed securely whenlocking the doors.

When the buzzer sounds, be sure to checkboth the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. Foradditional information, refer to “NISSAN In-telligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checksand adjustments” section of this manual.

Driving aid chimes (if so equipped)An audible alert/chime may be heard if anyof the following systems are active:

∙ Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)

∙ Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)with Pedestrian Detection

∙ Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA)

∙ Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

∙ Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)

∙ Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

∙ ProPILOT Assist

∙ Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)

∙ Rear Sonar System (RSS)

For additional information, refer to the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

The vehicle information display is locatedto the left of the speedometer. It displayssuch items as:

∙ Vehicle settings∙ Drive computer information∙ Drive system warnings and settings∙ Cruise control system information∙ NISSAN Intelligent Key® operation infor-

mation∙ Chassis Control∙ Indicators and warnings∙ Tire Pressure information

LIC2630

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY


HOW TO USE THE VEHICLEINFORMATION DISPLAYThe vehicle information display can be

changed using the ,, and OK buttons located on the steer-

ing wheel.

�1 - Use thesebuttons to navigate the vehicle infor-mation display.

�2 OK - Change or select an item in thevehicle information display.

�3 — Returns to the previous menu.

The OK, and buttons alsocontrol audio and control panel functionsin some conditions. Most screens andmenus offer instruction prompts of thesteering switch buttons to indicate how tocontrol the vehicle information display. Anarrow on the bottom right side of the ve-hicle information display will appear if thereis more than one page of menu items. TheOK button changes the audio source andthe buttons also control voicerecognition manual mode. For additionalinformation, refer to the separateNissanConnect® Owner’s Manual.

STARTUP DISPLAYWhen the vehicle is placed in the ON posi-tion, the vehicle information display maydisplay the following screens:

∙ Home

∙ Drive Computer — Average Speed-Trip(Distance & Time)-Fuel Economy

∙ Compass or Navigation (if so equipped)

∙ Audio

∙ Intelligent Cruise or ProPILOT (if soequipped)

∙ Driving Aids

∙ Tire Pressures

∙ 4x4–i

∙ Chassis Control

∙ Warnings

∙ Settings

Warnings will only display if there are anypresent. For additional information, refer to“Vehicle information display warnings andindicators” in this section.

To control which items display in the ve-hicle information display, refer to “Metersettings” in this section.

LIC3566


RESETTING THE DRIVE COMPUTER

1. Press the or buttons untilyou reach the desired drive computermode.

NOTE:

Once you have a drive computer dis-played, you can use the andbuttons to switch between Drive Com-puter �1 or �2 .

2. Press the OK button.

3. Select one of the following items:

∙ “Cancel” — returns to the previousscreen without resetting the trip com-puter.

∙ Drive computer value

– “Average Speed” - resets the averagespeed of the selected drive com-puter.

– “Distance” - resets the distance andtime of the selected drive computer.

– “Fuel Economy” - resets the fueleconomy of the selected drive com-puter.

∙ “All” — resets all linked values for the se-lected drive computer. This includesdistance and time, average fueleconomy and average speed informa-tion for the selected drive computer.

NOTE:

Drive computer 2 will automatically reseteach time the ignition is placed in theOFF position.

SETTINGSThe setting mode allows you to change theinformation displayed in the vehicle infor-mation display:

∙ Driver Assistance

∙ Clock

∙ Meter Settings

∙ Vehicle Settings

∙ Maintenance

∙ Alarm

∙ Tire Pressures

∙ Unit

∙ Language

∙ Factory Reset


Driver AssistanceThe driver assistance menu allows the userto change the settings for driving, parking,and braking aids.

Menu item ResultDriving Aids Displays available driving aids.

Steering Assist (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the steering assist on or off.Emergency Brake Displays available emergency braking options.

Front Allows user to turn the front emergency braking system on or off. For additional information, refer to “AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB)” and “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection” in the “Startingand driving” section of your owner’s manual.

Rear (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the rear emergency braking system on or off. For additional information, refer to “Rear Emer-gency Braking (RAB)” in the “Starting and driving” section of your owner’s manual.

Lane (if so equipped) Displays available lane options.Warning (LDW) Allows user to turn the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) systems on or off. For

additional information, refer to “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)” and “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” in the“Starting and driving” section of this manual.

Prevention (LDP) Allows user to turn the Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system on or off. For additional information, refer to “Intel-ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.

Blind Spot Displays available blind spot options.Warning (BSW) Allows user to turn Blind Spot Warning (BSW) on or off. For additional information, refer to “Blind Spot Warning

(BSW)” in the “Starting and driving” section of your owner’s manual.Parking Aids Displays available parking aids.

Moving Object (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the Moving Object Detection (MOD) feature on or off. For additional information, refer to “Intelli-gent Around View Monitor” in the “Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems” section of yourowner’s manual.

Cross Traffic Allows user to turn the Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) feature on or off. For additional information, refer to “RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” in the “Starting and driving” section of your owner’s manual.

Rear Sensor (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the rear sensor on or off.Display (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the display on or off.


Menu item ResultVolume (if so equipped) Allows user to select sensor volume (High, Med. or Low).Range (if so equipped) Allows user to select the sensor range (Far, Mid. or Near).

Chassis Control Displays available chassis controls options.Trace Control Allows user to turn the trace control feature on or off. For additional information, refer to “Intelligent Trace Control

(I-TC)” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.Engine Brake Allows user to turn the engine brake feature on or off. For additional information, refer to “Intelligent Engine Brake

(I-EB)” in the “Starting and driving” section of this manual.

Clock

Menu item ResultClock Allows user to adjust the clock settings and time within the vehicle information display. Adjustments that

can be made include automatically setting the time, 12H/24H format, Daylight Saving Time, time zone, andmanually setting the time.The clock may also be set within the center display. For additional information, refer to the separateNissanConnect® Owner’s Manual.


Meter SettingsThe meter settings allow the user to change the settings for the vehicle information display.

Menu item ResultMain Menu Selection Displays the available options.

Home Allows user to turn the home screen on or off in the vehicle information display.Average Speed Allows user to turn the average speed screen on or off in the vehicle information display.Trip Allows user to turn the trip display on or off in the vehicle information display.Fuel Economy Allows user to turn the fuel economy display on or off in the vehicle information display.Navigation (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the navigation display on or off in the vehicle information display. For additional

information, refer to the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual.Audio Allows user to turn the audio screen on or off in the vehicle information display. For additional information,

refer to the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual.CRUISE (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the cruise control display on or off in the vehicle information display.Driving Aids Allows user to turn the driving aids display on or off in the vehicle information display. For additional

information, refer to “Driver Assistance” in this section.Tire Pressures Allows user to turn the tire pressure display on or off in the vehicle information display.4x4–i (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the 4x4–i display on or off in the vehicle information display.Chassis Control Allows user to turn the chassis control display on or off in the vehicle information display.

Body Color Allows user to select the color of the vehicle displayed in the vehicle information display.ECO Mode Settings Displays the available options for ECO mode settings.

ECO Indicator Allows the user to turn the ECO indicator on or off in the vehicle information display.DISP Mode Allows user to select how the ECO mode in displayed.

Pedal Select to have the ECO mode shown as a pedal display.Inst.FE Select to have the ECO mode shown as instant fuel economy.

ECO Drive Report Displays the available options for the ECO drive report.Display Allows user to turn the ECO drive report on or off.View History Allows user to view and reset ECO drive report history.

Welcome Effect Displays the available options for the welcome effect.Dial Effect Allows user to turn the dial effect on or off.Display Effect Allows user to turn the display effect on or off.


Vehicle SettingsThe vehicle settings allow the user tochange the settings for lights, wipers, lock-ing, keys, and other vehicle settings.

Menu item ResultLighting Displays the available lighting options.

Welcome Light Allows user to turn the welcome light on or off.Auto Room Lamp Allows user to turn the auto room lamp on or off.Light Sensitivity (if so equipped) Allows user to change when the lights illuminate based on the brightness outside the vehicle.Light Off Delay (if so equipped) Allows user to change the duration of time that the automatic headlights stay on after the vehicle is shut off.

Turn indicator Displays the available turn indicator options.3 Flash Pass Allows user to turn the 3 flash pass feature on or off.

Locking Displays the available locking options.I-Key Door Lock (if so equipped) Allows user to turn I-Key door lock on or off. When turned on, the request switch on the door is activated.Selective Unlock Allows user to turn selective unlock on or off. When turned on, only the driver’s door is unlocked after the

door unlock operation. When the door handle request switch on the driver’s or front passenger’s side door ispushed to be unlocked, only the corresponding door is unlocked first. All the doors can be unlocked if thedoor unlock operation is performed again within 5 seconds. When this item is turned off, all the doors will beunlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once.

Auto Door Unlock Displays the auto door unlock options.Ignition OFF Doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).Shift to Park Doors will unlock when the ignition is turned off.Off Doors will have to be manually unlocked.

Answer Bk. Horn Allows user to turn answer back horn on or off. When turned on, the horn will chirp and the hazard indicatorswill flash once when locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key.

Wipers Displays the available wiper options.Speed Dependent Allows user to turn wiper with speed on or off.Reverse Link (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the reverse link feature on or off.Drip Wipe Allows user to turn the drip wipe feature on or off.


Menu item ResultBattery Saver (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the battery saver on or off. When turned on, the battery saver automatically turns off the

ignition after a period of time when the ignition switch is left in the ON position.Driving Position (if so equipped) Displays the available driving position options.

Exit Seat Slide Allows the user to turn the exit seat slide on or off. When turned on, this feature will move the driver’s seatbackward for an easy exit when the ignition is turned off and the driver’s door is opened. After getting intothe vehicle and placing the ignition switch in the ON position, the driver’s seat will move to the previous setposition. For additional information, refer to “Automatic drive positioner” in the “Pre-driving checks and ad-justments” section of this manual.

Remote Start (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the Remote Engine Start on or off. When turned on, the engine can be restarted remotely.For additional information, refer to “Remote Engine Start” in the “Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sectionof this manual.

Rear Door Alert Displays the available Rear Door Alert options.Horn & Alert When selected, the alert is displayed; and the horn sounds.Alert Only When selected, only the alert is displayed.OFF When selected, no alert or horn will be active.


MaintenanceThe maintenance menu allows the user toset reminders for various vehicle mainte-nance items.

WARNINGThe tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, in-cluding tire pressure checks. For addi-tional information, refer to “Changingwheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself”section of this manual. Many factors in-cluding tire inflation, alignment, drivinghabits and road conditions affect tirewear and when tires should be re-placed. Setting the tire replacement in-dicator for a certain driving distancedoes not mean your tires will last thatlong. Use the tire replacement indicatoras a guide only and always performregular tire checks. Failure to performregular tire checks, including tire pres-sure checks could result in tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to a collision, which couldresult in serious personal injury ordeath.

Menu item ResultMaintenance Displays various maintenance reminder options.

Oil and Filter Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.Tire Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.Other Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.


AlarmThe alarm menu allows the user to set spe-cific alarms for various items on the vehicle.

Menu item ResultTimer Alert Allows user to set the timer alert alarm.Navigation (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the navigation alarm on or off.Phone Allows user to turn the phone alarm on or off.Mail Allows user to turn the mail alarm on or off.

Tire PressuresThe tire pressure menu allows the user tochange the units for the tire pressure dis-play.

Menu item ResultTire Pressure Unit Displays available units for tire pressure display.

UnitThe unit menu allows the user to custom-ize the information that appears in the ve-hicle information display.

Menu item ResultMileage Displays available mileage options shown in the vehicle information display.Tire Pressures (if so equipped) Displays available tire pressures options shown in the vehicle information display.Temperature Displays available temperature options shown in the vehicle information display.


LanguageThe language menu allows the user tochange the languages displayed in the ve-hicle information display.

Menu item ResultLanguage Displays available language options for the vehicle information display.

Factory ResetThe factory reset menu allows the user torestore the vehicle information display set-tings to factory status.

Menu item ResultFactory Reset Allows user to reset the vehicle information display settings to the original factory settings. Once selected,

the user can confirm or cancel the reset.


LIC4081


LIC4082


VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAYWARNINGS AND INDICATORS

1. Engine start operation

2. No Key Detected (if so equipped)

3. Shift to Park

4. Key Battery Low (if so equipped)

5. Engine start operation for IntelligentKey system (if I-Key battery level is low)(if so equipped)

6. Key ID incorrect (if so equipped)

7. Release Parking Brake

8. Low Fuel

9. Low Washer Fluid (if so equipped)

10. Door/liftgate Open

11. Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual(if so equipped)

12. Loose Fuel Cap

13. Tire Pressure Low — Add Air

14. Flat Tire — Visit dealer (if so equipped)

15. Low Oil Pressure Stop Vehicle

16. AWD Error: See Owner’s Manual (if soequipped)

17. AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle (if soequipped)

18. AWD Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

19. Battery Voltage Low Charge Battery

20. Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse

21. Power will turn off to save the battery

22. Power turned off to save the battery

23. Reminder: Turn OFF Headlights

24. Headlight System Error: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

25. Timer Alert — Time for a driver break?

26. Chassis Control System Error: SeeOwner’s Manual (if so equipped)

27. Cruise control indicator (if so equipped)

28. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) indica-tors (if so equipped)

29. Transmission Shift Position indicator

30. CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual

31. Malfunction: See Owner’s Manual (if soequipped)

32. Drive mode indicators

33. Unavailable: High Cabin Temp (if soequipped)

34. Unavailable: Road is slippery (if soequipped)

35. Unavailable: VDC OFF (if so equipped)

36. Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction (ifso equipped)

37. Side Radar Obstruction

38. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indica-tor (if so equipped)

39. Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) indi-cator (if so equipped)

40. Steering Assist indicator (if soequipped)

41. Not Available Poor Road Conditions (ifso equipped)

42. Currently not available (if so equipped)

43. Not Available Front Camera Ob-structed (if so equipped)

44. Steering Assist Currently unavailable (ifso equipped)

45. Not Available Front camera visibility im-paired (if so equipped)


46. Not Available Parking Brake On (if soequipped)

47. Not Available Seat Belt Not Fastened (ifso equipped)

48. Step on Brake Now (if so equipped)

49. Steering Assist Alert (if so equipped)

50. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)emergency warning indicator

51. Rear Door Alert is activated

52. Check Rear Seat for All Articles

53. Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) indicator(if so equipped)

54. Rear Sonar System (RSS) indicator (if soequipped)

55. Parking Sensor Error: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

56. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indicator

57. System Fault (if so equipped)

Engine start operation

This indicator appears when the shift leveris in the P (Park) position.

This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the ignition switch withthe brake pedal depressed. You can startthe engine from any position of the ignitionswitch.

No Key Detected (if so equipped)

This warning appears when the IntelligentKey is left outside the vehicle with the igni-tion switch in the ON position. Make surethe Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

For additional information about the Intel-ligent Key, refer to “NISSAN Intelligent Key®”in the “Pre-driving checks and adjust-ments” section of this manual.

Shift to Park

This warning illuminates when the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position and the shiftlever is not in the P (Park) position. Also, achime sounds when the ignition switch isin the OFF position.

If this warning illuminates, move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position and start theengine.

Key Battery Low (if so equipped)

This indicator illuminates when the Intelli-gent Key battery is running out of power.

If this indicator illuminates, replace the bat-tery with a new one. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Battery replacement” inthe “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

Engine start operation for IntelligentKey system (if I-Key battery level is low)(if so equipped)

This indicator appears when the battery ofthe Intelligent Key is low and when the In-telligent Key system and the vehicle are notcommunicating normally.

If this appears, touch the ignition switchwith the Intelligent Key while depressingthe brake pedal. For additional information,refer to “NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery dis-charge” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.

Key ID incorrect (if so equipped)

This warning appears when the ignitionswitch is placed from the OFF position andthe Intelligent Key is not recognized by thesystem. You cannot start the engine withan unregistered key.

For additional information, refer to “NISSANIntelligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checksand adjustments” section of this manual.


Release Parking Brake

This warning illuminates in the messagearea of the vehicle information displaywhen the parking brake is set and the ve-hicle is driven.

Low Fuel

This warning illuminates when the fuel levelin the fuel tank is getting low. Refuel assoon as it is convenient, preferably beforethe fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). Therewill be a small reserve of fuel in the tankwhen the fuel gauge needle reaches 0(Empty).

Low Washer Fluid (if so equipped)

This warning illuminates when thewindshield-washer fluid is at a low level.Add windshield-washer fluid as necessary.For additional information, refer to“Windshield-washer fluid” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

Door/liftgate Open

This warning illuminates when a door orthe liftgate has been opened.

Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual(if so equipped)

After the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, this light comes on for about2 seconds and then turns off.

The Key System Error message warns of amalfunction with the Intelligent Key sys-tem. If the light comes on while the engineis stopped, it may be impossible to startthe engine.

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, you can drive the vehicle. Howeverin these cases, contact a NISSAN dealer forrepair as soon as possible.

Loose Fuel Cap

This warning appears when the fuel-fillercap is not tightened correctly after the ve-hicle has been refueled. For additional in-formation, refer to “Fuel-filler cap” in the“Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec-tion of this manual.

Tire Pressure Low - Add Air

This warning appears when the low tirepressure warning light in the meter illumi-nates and low tire pressure is detected. Thewarning appears each time the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position as long

as the low tire pressure warning light re-mains illuminated. If this warning appears,stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pres-sures of all four tires to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. For additionalinformation, refer to “Low tire pressurewarning light” in this section and “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Flat Tire – Visit dealer (if so equipped)

This warning appears when the low tirepressure warning light in the meter illumi-nates and one or more flat tires are de-tected while driving. A chime also soundsfor approximately 10 seconds.

Low Oil Pressure Stop Vehicle

This warning appears in the message areaof the vehicle information display if low oilpressure is detected. This gauge is not de-signed to indicate low oil level. The low oilpressure warning is not designed to indi-cate a low oil level. Use the dipstick tocheck the oil level. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Engine oil” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.


AWD Error: See Owner’s Manual (if soequipped)

This warning appears when the all-wheeldrive system is not functioning properlywhile the engine is running.

AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle (if soequipped)

This warning may appear while trying tofree a stuck vehicle due to increased oiltemperature. The driving mode maychange to 2-Wheel Drive (2WD). If this warn-ing is displayed, stop the vehicle with theengine idling, as soon as it is safe to do so.Then if the warning turns off, you can con-tinue driving.

AWD Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

This warning may appear if there is a largedifference between the diameters of thefront and rear wheels. Pull off the road in asafe area, with the engine idling. Check thatall the tire sizes are the same, that the tirepressure is correct and that the tires arenot excessively worn.

Battery Voltage Low Charge Battery

This warning appears when the battery islow and needs to be charged.

Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse

This warning may appear if the extendedstorage switch is not pushed in. When thiswarning appears, push in the extendedstorage switch to turn off the warning. Foradditional information, refer to “Extendedstorage switch” in this section.

Power will turn off to save the battery

This warning appears in the message areaof the vehicle information display after aperiod of time if the shift lever has notmoved from the P (Park) position.

Power turned off to save the battery

This warning appears after the ignitionswitch is automatically turned off to savethe battery.

Reminder: Turn OFF Headlights

This warning appears when the headlightsare left in the ON position when exiting thevehicle. Place the headlight switch to OFFor AUTO position. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Headlight and turn signalswitch” in this section.

Headlight System Error: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

This warning illuminates when there is anerror with the system. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Headlight and turn signalswitch” in this section.

Timer Alert – Time for a driver break?

This indicator appears when the set time isreached. The time can be set up to sixhours. For additional information on set-ting the timer, refer to “Alarm” in this sec-tion.

Chassis Control System Error: See Own-er’s Manual (if so equipped)

This warning appears if the IntegratedDynamics-control Module detects an errorin the Intelligent Trace Control, IntelligentEngine Brake, or the Active Ride Controlsystems. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Chassis control” in the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Cruise control indicator (if so equipped)

This indicator shows the cruise control sys-tem status.


For additional information, refer to “Cruisecontrol” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) indica-tors (if so equipped)

These indicators show the IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) system status. The sta-tus is shown by color. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC)” in the “Starting and driving” section ofthis manual.

Transmission Shift Position Indicator

This indicator shows the transmission shiftposition.

CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual

This warning illuminates when there is aproblem with the CVT system. If this warn-ing comes on, have the system checked. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Malfunction: See Owner’s Manual (if soequipped)

This warning appears when one or more ofthe following systems (if so equipped) isnot functioning properly:

∙ Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)

∙ Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)with Pedestrian Detection

∙ Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)

∙ Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

∙ Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

∙ Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

If one or more of these warning appears,have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Drive mode indicators

These indicators illuminate in the vehicleinformation display when either the ECO orSPORT modes are selected.

For additional information, refer to “SPORTmode switch” or “ECO mode switch” in the“Starting and driving” or the section of thismanual.

Unavailable: High Cabin Temp. (if soequipped)

This message appears when the cameradetects an interior temperature of morethan approximately 104°F (40°C). For addi-tional information, refer to “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)” and “Intelligent Lane Inter-

vention (I-LI)” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

Unavailable: Road is slippery (if soequipped)

This message appears when the IntelligentLane Intervention (I-LI) system becomesunavailable because the road is slippery.For additional information, refer to “ Intelli-gent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.

Unavailable: VDC OFF (if so equipped)

This message appears when the IntelligentLane Intervention (I-LI) system becomesunavailable because the VDC is turned off.For additional information, refer to “ Intelli-gent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.

Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction (ifso equipped)

This message appears when the IntelligentCruise Control (ICC), Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB), Automatic Emergency Brak-ing (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection, and/orProPILOT Assist system(s) become unavail-able because the front radar is obstructed.For additional information, refer to “Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC)”, “AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB)”, “Automatic


Emergency Braking (AEB) with PedestrianDetection” and/or “ProPILOT Assist” in the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Side Radar Obstruction

This message appears when the BlindSpot Warning (BSW)/Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) systems become unavailable be-cause a radar blockage is detected. Foradditional information, refer to “Blind SpotWarning (BSW)” or “Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA)” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator(if so equipped)

This indicator shows when the LDW andIntelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) systemsare engaged.

For additional information, refer to “LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) system” and “In-telligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” in the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) indi-cator (if so equipped)

This indicator shows when the I-LI systemis engaged.

For additional information, refer to “Dy-namic driver assistance switch” in this sec-tion and “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)”in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Steering Assist indicator (if soequipped)

This indicator appears when the SteeringAssist system is engaged.

For additional information, refer to “ProPI-LOT Assist” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.

Not Available Poor Road Conditions (ifso equipped)

This message may appear when the Intel-ligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOTAssist) system , the ICC system or the Intel-ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system is en-gaged.

Under the following conditions, the ICC(with ProPILOT Assist) , the ICC system orthe Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) sys-tem is automatically canceled:

∙ When the VDC operates

∙ When a wheel slips

The above system cannot be used in somesituations (VDC operates and wheel slip.)

Currently not available (if so equipped)

This message may appear when the Intel-ligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOTAssist) system, the ICC system, or the Intel-ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system is en-gaged.

Under the following conditions, the ICC(with ProPILOT Assist), the ICC system, orthe Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) sys-tem is automatically canceled:

∙ When the VDC system is turned off

The above system cannot be used in somesituations (VDC system is off).

Not Available Front Camera Obstructed(if so equipped)

This message may appear when the Intel-ligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOTAssist) system is engaged.

Under the following conditions, the ICC(with ProPILOT Assist) system is automati-cally canceled:

∙ The camera area of the windshield isfogged up or covered with dirt, water,drops, ice, snow, etc.


∙ Strong light, such as sunlight or highbeams from oncoming vehicles, enterthe front camera

∙ When the wiper (HI) operates

The system will be available when theabove conditions no longer exist.

If the warning message continues to ap-pear, stop the vehicle in a safe location, turnthe engine off and clean the windshield.

Steering Assist Currently unavailable (ifso equipped)

This message may appear when the Steer-ing Assist system is engaged.

Under the following conditions, the Steer-ing Assist system is automatically can-celed:

∙ When the wiper (LO) operates

∙ When lane markers in the traveling lanecannot be correctly detected for a pe-riod of time due to such items as asnow rut, reflection of light on a rainyday or several unclear lane markers arepresent

If you want to use the Steering Assist sys-tem again, cancel the ProPILOT Assist sys-tem and set it again when lane markers areclearly visible.

Not Available Front camera visibility isimpaired (if so equipped)


Under the following conditions, the ICC(with ProPILOT Assist) system is automati-cally canceled:

∙ The camera area of the windshield isfogged up or covered with dirt, water,drops, ice, snow, etc.

∙ Strong light, such as sunlight or highbeams from oncoming vehicles, enterthe front camera

∙ When the wiper (HI) operates

The system will be available when theabove conditions no longer exist.

If the warning message continues to ap-pear, stop the vehicle in a safe location, turnthe engine off and clean the windshield.

Not Available Parking Brake On (if soequipped)


Under the following condition, the ICC (withProPILOT Assist) system is automaticallycanceled:

∙ The electronic parking brake is applied

The above system cannot be used whenthe electric parking brake is activated.

Not Available Seat Belt Not Fastened (ifso equipped)


Under the following condition, the ICC (withProPILOT Assist) system is automaticallycanceled:

∙ When the driver’s seat belt is not fas-tened

The above system cannot be used whenthe driver’s seat belt is not fastened.


Step on Brake Now (if so equipped)


It will be displayed under the following con-dition:

∙ While the vehicle is stopped by the ICC(with ProPILOT Assist), the driver’s dooris opened but the electronic parkingbrake was not activated.

Please step on the brake immediately.

Steering Assist Alert (if so equipped)

This message may appear when the Steer-ing Assist system is engaged.

It will be displayed under the following con-dition:

∙ When not holding the steering wheel orwhen there is no steering wheel opera-tion

Please hold on the steering wheel immedi-ately. When the steering operation is de-tected, the warning turns off and the steer-ing assist function is automaticallyrestored.

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)emergency warning indicator

This indicator illuminates along, with an au-dible warning, when the system detectsthe possibility of a forward collision.

For additional information, refer to “Auto-matic Emergency Braking (AEB)” and “Auto-matic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pe-destrian Detection” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

Rear Door Alert is activated

When the system is enabled, this messageappears when the Rear Door Alert systemis active and can remind the driver to checkthe back seat.

∙ Using the steering wheel switch, a drivercan select “Dismiss Message” to clearthe display for a period of time. If noselection is made, this message auto-matically turns off after a period of time.

∙ Using the steering wheel switch, a drivercan select “Disable Alert” to disable thehorn alert for the remainder of the cur-rent trip.

WARNINGSelecting “Dismiss Message” during astop within a trip temporarily dismissesthe message for that stop without turn-ing the system off. Alerts can be pro-vided for other stops during the trip. Se-lecting “Disable Alert” turns off the RearDoor Alert system for the remainder ofa trip and no audible alert will beprovided.

NOTE:

This system is disabled until a driver en-ables it using the vehicle informationdisplay. For additional information, referto “How to use the vehicle informationdisplay” in this section.

For additional information, refer to “RearDoor Alert” in this section.

Check Rear Seat For All Articles

When the system is enabled, this messageappears when the vehicle comes to a com-plete stop, the vehicle is transitioned fromthe D (Drive) position to P (Park) position,and the driver exits the vehicle. This mes-sage alerts the driver, after a period of time,to check for items in the rear seat after theaudible alert has been provided.


NOTE:

This system is disabled until a driver en-ables it using the vehicle informationdisplay. For additional information, referto “How to use the vehicle informationdisplay” in this section.

For additional information, refer to “RearDoor Alert” in this section.

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) indicator(if so equipped)

This indicator illuminates to indicate thestatus of the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)system. For additional information, refer to“Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system” inthe “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Rear Sonar System (RSS) indicator (if soequipped)

This indicator illuminates to indicate thestatus of the RSS. For additional informa-tion, refer to “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” inthe “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Parking Sensor Error: See Owner’sManual (if so equipped)

This warning illuminates when there is anerror with the system. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Rear Sonar System (RSS)”in the “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indicator

This indicator shows when the BSW systemis engaged.

For additional information, refer to “BlindSpot Warning (BSW)” in the “Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

System Fault (if so equipped)

This warning appears if there is a malfunc-tion in the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)system. For additional information, refer to“Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” in the “Start-ing and driving” section of this manual.

Your vehicle may have two types of securitysystems:

∙ Vehicle security system

∙ NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMThe vehicle security system provides visualand audible alarm signals if someoneopens the doors or liftgate when the sys-tem is armed. It is not, however, a motiondetection type system that activates whena vehicle is moved or when a vibration oc-curs.

LIC2385

SECURITY SYSTEMS


The system helps deter vehicle theft butcannot prevent it, nor can it prevent thetheft of interior or exterior vehicle compo-nents in all situations. Always secure yourvehicle even if parking for a brief period.Never leave your keys in the vehicle, andalways lock the vehicle when unattended.Be aware of your surroundings, and park insecure, well-lit areas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protec-tion, such as component locks, identifica-tion markers, and tracking systems, areavailable at auto supply stores and spe-cialty shops. A NISSAN dealer may also offersuch equipment. Check with your insur-ance company to see if you may be eligiblefor discounts for various theft protectionfeatures.

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem

1. Close all windows. (The system can bearmed even if the windows are open.)

2. Remove the keys from the vehicle.

3. Close all doors and liftgate. Lock alldoors. The doors can be locked withthe key fob (if so equipped), IntelligentKey (if so equipped), or door handle re-quest switch.

4. Confirm that the security indica-tor light stays on for about 30 seconds.The vehicle security system is now pre-armed. The vehicle security system willautomatically shift into the armedphase. The security light beginsto flash once every three seconds. Ifduring the pre-armed phase one of thefollowing occurs, the system will notarm:

∙ Any door is unlocked with the key fob (ifso equipped), the Intelligent Key (if soequipped), or door request switch.

∙ Ignition switch is placed in the ON posi-tion.

∙ Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the system willactivate with all the doors, hood andliftgate locked with the ignitionswitch placed in the LOCK position.When placing the ignition switch inthe ON position, the system will bereleased.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give thefollowing alarm:

∙ The headlights blink and the hornsounds intermittently but synchro-nously.

∙ The alarm automatically turns off aftera period of time. However, the alarmreactivates if the vehicle is tamperedwith again.

The alarm is activated by:

∙ opening any door or the liftgate withoutusing the key fob (if so equipped) or In-telligent Key (if so equipped) (even if thedoor is unlocked by releasing the doorinside lock knob).

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm stops only by unlocking a dooror the liftgate with the key fob (if soequipped), pressing the button onthe Intelligent Key (if so equipped), or push-ing the request switch on the driver’s orpassenger’s door with the Intelligent Key (ifso equipped) in range of the door handle.


NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of a registered key.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

Security indicator lightThe security indicator light blinks wheneverthe ignition switch is placed in the OFF orLOCK position.

This function indicates the NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System is operational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, the light will remain onwhile the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

LIC0474


If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, seek service for theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser-vice as soon as possible. Please bring allregistered keys that you have. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

SWITCH OPERATION

WARNINGIn freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which may leadto an accident. Warm the windshieldwith the defroster before you wash thewindshield.

CAUTION∙ Do not operate the washer continu-

ously for more than 30 seconds.

∙ Do not operate the washer if thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir isempty.

∙ Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with windshield-washerfluid concentrates at full strength.Some methyl alcohol basedwindshield-washer fluid concen-trates may permanently stain thegrille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

∙ Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid con-centrates with water to the manufac-turer’s recommended levels beforepouring the fluid into the windshield-washer fluid reservoir. Do not use thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir tomix the windshield-washer fluid con-centrate and water.

LIC2661

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


NOTE:

If the windshield wiper operation is in-terrupted by snow or ice, the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFFposition and remove the snow or ice thatis on and around the wiper arms. In ap-proximately 1 minute, turn the switch onagain to operate the wiper.The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

Push the lever down to operate the wiperat the following speed:

�1 Intermittent — intermittent operationcan be adjusted by turning the knobtoward �A (Slower) or �B (Faster). Also,the intermittent operation speed var-ies in accordance with the vehiclespeed. (For example, when the vehiclespeed is high, the intermittent opera-tion speed will be faster.)

�2 Low — continuous low speed opera-tion

�3 High — continuous high speed opera-tion

Lift the lever up �4 to have one sweep op-eration (MIST) of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you �5 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate severaltimes.

After a short delay the drip wipe functionwill operate the wiper once more to clearremaining windshield-washer fluid fromthe windshield.

NOTE:

The Speed Dependent feature and DripWipe feature may be disabled. For addi-tional information, refer to “Vehicle in-formation display” in this section.

REAR SWITCH OPERATION

WARNINGIn freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the window andobscure your vision. Warm the rear win-dow with the defroster before you washthe rear window.

LIC2662


CAUTION∙ Do not operate the washer continu-

ously for more than 30 seconds.

∙ Do not operate the washer if thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir isempty.

∙ Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with windshield-washerfluid concentrates at full strength.Some methyl alcohol basedwindshield-washer fluid concen-trates may permanently stain thegrille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

∙ Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid con-centrates with water to the manufac-turer’s recommended levels beforepouring the fluid into the windshield-washer fluid reservoir. Do not use thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir tomix the windshield-washer fluid con-centrate and water.

NOTE:

If the rear window wiper operation is in-terrupted by snow, etc., the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to OFF andremove the snow, etc. on and around thewiper arms. After about 1 minute, turnthe switch on again to operate the wiper.

The rear window wiper and washer oper-ate when the ignition switch is in the ONposition. Turn the switch clockwise fromthe OFF position to operate the wiper.

�1 Intermittent — intermittent operation(not adjustable)

�2 Low — continuous low speed opera-tion

Push the switch forward �3 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate severaltimes.

NOTE:

The Reverse Link feature may be dis-abled. For additional information, referto “Vehicle information display” in thissection.

To defrost the rear window glass and out-side mirrors (if so equipped), start the en-gine and push the rear window defrosterswitch on. The rear window defroster indi-cator light on the switch comes on. Pushthe switch again to turn the defroster off.

The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 15 minutes.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.

Type A (if so equipped)LIC2614

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR (if so equipped)DEFROSTER SWITCH


HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCHLighting

�1 Rotate the switch to the position,and the front parking, tail, license plate,and instrument panel lights will comeon.

�2 Rotate the switch to the position,and the headlights will come on and allthe other lights remain on.

CAUTIONUse the headlights with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

Type B (if so equipped)LIC2324

Type A (if so equipped)LIC2634

Type B (if so equipped)LIC2635

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH


Autolight system (if so equipped)The autolight system allows the headlightsto turn on and off automatically. The auto-light system can:

∙ Turn on the headlights, front parking,tail, license plate and instrument panellights automatically when it is dark.

∙ Turn off all the lights when it is light.

∙ Keep all the lights on for a period of timeafter you place the ignition switch in theOFF position and all doors are closed.

NOTE:

Autolight activation sensitivity and thetime delay for autolight shutoff can beadjusted. For additional information, re-fer to “Vehicle information display” inthis section.To turn on the autolight system:

1. Turn the headlight switch to the AUTOposition �1 .

2. Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3. The autolight system automaticallyturns the headlights on and off.

Initially, if the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position and a door is opened and leftopen, the headlights remain on for a periodof time. If another door is opened while theheadlights are on, then the timer is reset.

To turn the autolight system off, turn theswitch to the OFF, , or position.

Be sure you do not put anything on topof the autolight sensor located in the topside �1 of the instrument panel. The au-tolight sensor controls the autolight; if itis covered, the autolight sensor reacts asif it is dark out and the headlights willilluminate. If this occurs while parkedwith the engine off and the ignitionswitch placed in the ON position, yourvehicle’s battery could become dis-charged.

LIC2636 LIC3051


Headlight beam select�1 To select the high beam function, push

the lever forward. The high beam lightscome on and the light illumi-nates.

�2 Pull the lever back to select the lowbeam.

�3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashesthe headlight high beams on and off.

High Beam Assist (if so equipped)The High Beam Assist system will operatewhen the vehicle is driven at speeds of ap-proximately 25 mph (40 km/h) and above. Ifan oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle ap-pears in front of your vehicle when theheadlight high beam is on, the headlightwill be switched to the low beam automati-cally.

WARNING∙ The High Beam Assist system is a con-

venience but it is not a substitute forsafe driving operation. The drivershould remain alert at all times, en-sure safe driving practices and switchthe high beams and low beam manu-ally when necessary.

∙ The high beam or low beam may notswitch automatically under the fol-lowing conditions. Switch the highbeam and low beam manually.

– During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, wind, etc.).

– When a light source similar to aheadlight or tail light is in the vicin-ity of the vehicle.

– When the headlights of the on-coming vehicle or the leading ve-hicle are turned off, when the colorof the light is affected due to for-eign materials on the lights, orwhen the light beam is out ofposition.

– When there is a sudden, continu-ous change in brightness.

– When driving on a road that passesover rolling hills, or a road that haslevel differences.

– When driving on a road with manycurves.

– When a sign or mirror-like surfaceis reflecting intense light towardsthe front of the vehicle.

– When the container, etc. beingtowed by a leading vehicle is re-flecting intense light.

– When a headlight on your vehicle isdamaged or dirty.

– When the vehicle is leaning at anangle due to a punctured tire, be-ing towed, etc.

LIC2637


∙ The timing of switching the low beamand high beam may change under thefollowing situations.

– The brightness of the headlights ofthe oncoming vehicle or leadingvehicle.

– The movement and direction ofthe oncoming vehicle and the lead-ing vehicle.

– When only one light on the oncom-ing vehicle or the leading vehicle isilluminated.

– When the oncoming vehicle or theleading vehicle is a two-wheeledvehicle.

– Road conditions (incline, curve, theroad surface, etc.).

– The number of passengers and theamount of luggage.

High Beam Assist operation

To activate the High Beam Assist system,turn the headlight switch to the AUTO po-sition �1 and push the lever forward �2(high beam position). The High Beam Assistindicator light in the meter will illuminatewhile the headlights are turned on.

If the High Beam Assist indicator light doesnot illuminate in the above condition, it mayindicate that the system is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked, it isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

When the vehicle speed lowers to less thanapproximately 16 mph (25 km/h), the head-light uses the low beam.To turn off the High Beam Assist system,turn the headlight switch to the posi-tion or select the low beam position byplacing the lever in the neutral position.

LIC3696


Ambient image sensor maintenanceThe ambient image sensor �1 for the HighBeam Assist system is located in front ofthe inside mirror. To maintain the properoperation of the high beam assist systemand prevent a system malfunction, be sureto observe the following:

∙ Always keep the windshield clean.

∙ Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the ambient image sensor.

∙ Do not strike or damage the areasaround the ambient image sensor. Donot touch the sensor lens that is lo-cated on the ambient image sensor.

If the ambient image sensor is damageddue to an accident, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

Battery saver systemThe battery saver system automaticallyturns off the ignition after a period of timewhen the ignition switch is left in the ONposition.

The battery saver system automaticallyturns off the following lights after a periodof time when the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position and the doors are closed:

∙ Headlights, when the headlight switchis in the or position

∙ Interior lights, when left in the ON posi-tion

CAUTIONEven though the battery saver featureautomatically turns off the headlightsafter a period of time, you should turnthe headlight switch to the OFF positionwhen the engine is not running to avoiddischarging the vehicle battery.

LED DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS(DRL) SYSTEMThe LED portion of the headlights auto-matically illuminate at 100% intensity whenthe engine is started and the parking brakereleased. The LED Daytime Running Lights(DRL) system operates with the headlightswitch in the OFF position. When you turnthe headlight switch to the positionfor full illumination, the LED lights switchfrom LED DRL system to the park function.If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the LED DRL system doesnot illuminate. The LED DRL system illumi-nates when the parking brake is released.The LED DRL system will remain on until theignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

It is necessary at dusk to turn the headlightswitch on for interior controls and switchesto illuminate, as those remain off while theswitch is in the OFF position.

LSD2712


WARNINGWhen the LED DRL system is active, taillights on your vehicle are not on. It isnecessary at dusk to turn on your head-lights. Failure to do so could cause anaccident injuring yourself and others.

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROLPress the “-” button �A to decrease thebrightness of instrument panel lights.

Press the “+” button �B to increase thebrightness of instrument panel lights.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCHTurn signal

�1 Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn iscompleted, the turn signal cancels au-tomatically.

Lane change signal

�2 Move the lever up or down until theturn signal begins to flash, but the leverdoes not latch, to signal a lane change.Hold the lever until the lane change iscompleted.

LIC2624 LIC2638


Move the lever up or down until theturn signal begins to flash, but the leverdoes not latch, and release the lever.The turn signal will automatically flashthree times.

Choose the appropriate method to signala lane change based on road and trafficconditions.

NOTE:

The 3 flash pass feature may be disabled.For additional information, refer to “Ve-hicle information display” in this section.

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if soequipped)To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn thefog light switch to the position.To turn the fog lights on with the headlightswitch in the AUTO position, the headlightsmust be on, then turn the fog light switch tothe position.To turn the fog lights off, turn the fog lightswitch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on and the lowbeams selected for the fog lights to oper-ate. The fog lights automatically turn offwhen the high beam headlights are se-lected.

LIC2639


To sound the horn, push near the horn iconon the steering wheel.

WARNINGDo not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system.Tampering with the supplemental frontair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

WARNINGDo not use or allow occupants to usethe seat heater if you or the occupantscannot monitor elevated seat tempera-tures or have an inability to feel pain inbody parts that contact the seat. Use ofthe seat heater by such people couldresult in serious injury.

CAUTION∙ The battery could run down if the seat

heater is operated while the engine isnot running.

∙ Do not use the seat heater for ex-tended periods or when no one is us-ing the seat.

∙ Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket,cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise,the seat may become overheated.

∙ Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result in dam-age to the heater.

∙ Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately witha dry cloth.

∙ When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, benzine, thinner, or anysimilar materials.

∙ If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

LIC3568

HORN HEATED SEAT SWITCHES (if soequipped)


The front seats are warmed by built-inheaters.

1. Start the engine.

2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch,as desired. The indicator light in theswitch will illuminate.

The heater is controlled by a thermo-stat, automatically turning the heateron and off. The indicator light will re-main on as long as the switch is on.

3. When the seat is warmed or before youleave the vehicle, be sure to push theswitch to turn it off.

The heated steering wheel system is de-signed to operate only when the surfacetemperature of the steering wheel is below68°F (20°C).

Push the heated steering wheel switch towarm the steering wheel after the enginestarts. The indicator light will come on.

If the surface temperature of the steeringwheel is below 68°F (20°C), the system willheat the steering wheel and cycle off andon to maintain a temperature above 68°F(20°C). The indicator light will remain on aslong as the system is on.

Push the switch again to turn the heatedsteering wheel system off manually. Theindicator light will go off.

NOTE:

If the surface temperature of the steer-ing wheel is above 68°F (20°C) when theswitch is turned on, the system will notheat the steering wheel. This is not amalfunction.

LIC3475 LIC3476

HEATED STEERING WHEEL SWITCH (ifso equipped)


The dynamic driver assistance switch isused to temporarily turn on and off theIntelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) systemthat is activated using the settings menu ofthe vehicle information display.

The I-LI system must be turned on with thedynamic driver assistance switch everytime the ignition is placed in the ON posi-tion.

When the dynamic driver assistanceswitch is turned off, the indicator �1 on theswitch is off. The indicator will also be off ifthe I-LI system is deactivated using the ve-hicle information display.

The I-LI system warns the driver with awarning light and a chime, and helps assistthe driver to return the vehicle to the centerof the traveling lane by applying the brakesto the left or right wheels individually (for ashort period of time). For additional infor-mation, refer to “Intelligent Lane Interven-tion (I-LI)” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion and “Vehicle information display” in the“Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

The Steering Assist switch is used to turnon and off the Steering Assist system thatis activated using the settings menu of thevehicle information display.

The Steering Assist system controls thesteering system to help keep your vehiclenear the center of the lane when driving.For additional information, refer to ”ProPI-LOT Assist” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual.

LIC3681 LIC3853

DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCESWITCH (for vehicles withoutProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped)

STEERING ASSIST SWITCH (forvehicles with ProPILOT Assist) (if soequipped)


The vehicle should be driven with the VDCsystem on for most driving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine speed willbe reduced even if the accelerator is de-pressed to the floor. If maximum enginepower is needed to free a stuck vehicle,turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch. The indicator light andthe Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)system warning light will come on.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn on the system. For addi-tional information, refer to “Vehicle Dy-namic Control (VDC) system” in the “Start-ing and driving” section of this manual.

The All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch islocated on the instrument panel. The AWDLOCK indicator light will illuminate whenthe switch is turned on. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Warning lights, indicatorlights and audible reminders” in this sec-tion and “AWD Lock Switch Operations” inthe “Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Each time you push the switch, the AWDmode will switch: AUTO →LOCK → AUTO.

LIC3344 LIC2645

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCH

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) LOCKSWITCH (if so equipped)


The Rear Door Alert system functions un-der certain conditions to indicate theremay be an object or passenger in the rearseat(s). Check the seat(s) before exiting thevehicle.

The Rear Door Alert system is initially dis-abled. The driver can enable the systemusing the vehicle information display. Foradditional information, refer to “Vehicle in-formation display warnings and indicators”in this section.

When the system is enabled:

∙ The system is activated when a reardoor is opened and closed within10 minutes of the vehicle being driven.When the vehicle is started and the sys-tem is activated, a visual message ap-pears in the vehicle information display.For additional information, refer to “RearDoor Alert is activated” in this section.

∙ If a rear door is opened and closed butthe vehicle is not driven within approxi-mately 10 minutes, the system will notbe activated. A rear door must beopened and closed and the car drivenwithin 10 minutes for the system to ac-tivate.

When the Rear Door Alert system is acti-vated:

∙ When the driver puts the vehicle in the P(Park) position, a notification messageappears in the vehicle information dis-play with the options to “Dismiss Mes-sage” or “Disable Alert” if desired.

∙ Select “Disable Alert” to temporarilydisable for that stop.

∙ No selection or ‘Dismiss Message” willkeep the alert enabled for that stop.

∙ If the alert is enabled when a driver exitsthe vehicle, a message will appear in thevehicle information display that states“Check Rear Seat for All Articles.”

If “Horn & Alert” setting is selected:

∙ An audible horn sound will occur af-ter a short time unless a rear door isopened and closed within a shorttime to deactivate the alert.

∙ If the doors are locked before thealert is deactivated by opening a reardoor, the horn will sound.

∙ If the liftgate is opened before a reardoor is opened, the horn will be de-layed until after the liftgate is closed.

NOTE:

If “Alert Only” setting is selected, themessage alert will still be shown in thevehicle information display but the hornwill not sound.

WARNING∙ If the driver selects “Disable Alert”, no

audible alert will be provided regard-less of rear door open/close status.

∙ There may be times when there is anobject or passenger in the rear seat(s)but the audible alert does not sound.For example, this may occur if rearseat passengers enter or exit the ve-hicle during a trip.

∙ The system does not directly detectobjects or passengers in the rearseat(s). Instead, it can detect when arear door is opened and closed, indi-cating that there may be something inthe rear seat(s).

REAR DOOR ALERT


NOTE:

There may be times when the hornsounds but there are no objects or pas-sengers in the rear seat(s).

For additional information, refer to “RearDoor Alert is activated” in this section.

The E-call (SOS) button is used in combina-tion with a NissanConnect® Services sub-scription to call for assistance in case of anemergency.

Pressing the button will (with a paid sub-scription) reach a response specialist thatwill provide assistance based on the situa-tion described by the vehicle’s occupant.For additional information, or to enroll yourvehicle, refer to www.NissanUSA.com/connect, www.Nissan.ca/NissanConnect,or www.Nissan.ca/NissanConnect/fr orcall 855–426–6628.

12V OUTLETSThe power outlets are for powering electri-cal accessories such as cellular tele-phones. They are rated at 12 volt, 120W (10A)maximum.

The front and center console power outletsare powered only when the ignition switchis in the ON position, or while the accessorypower is active.

LIC3357Instrument Panel

LIC4110

E-CALL (SOS) BUTTON (if soequipped)

POWER OUTLETS


NOTE:

∙ When the ignition is in the OFF position,the front and center console poweroutlets stop delivering power one min-ute after the door is opened and staysopen.

∙ If the door remains closed after the ig-nition is placed in the OFF position, thefront and center console power outletscontinue to deliver power until the ac-cessory power timer has elapsed.

∙ The cargo area power outlet(s) contin-ues to deliver power normally.

CAUTION∙ The outlet and plug may be hot during

or immediately after use.

∙ Only certain power outlets are de-signed for use with a cigarette lighterunit. Do not use any other power out-let for an accessory lighter. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for additional information.

∙ Do not use with accessories that ex-ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.

∙ Do not use double adapters or morethan one electrical accessory.

∙ Use power outlets with the enginerunning to avoid discharging the ve-hicle battery.

∙ Avoid using power outlets when theair conditioner, headlights or rear win-dow defroster is on.

∙ Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical accessorybeing used is turned OFF.

Center ConsoleLIC3697

Cargo AreaLIC2617


∙ Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may open.

∙ When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water or any otherliquid to contact the outlet.

LIC3359OFF position

LIC3266

EXTENDED STORAGE SWITCH


The extended storage switch is used whenshipping the vehicle. It is located in the fusepanel on the driver’s side of the instrumentpanel. If any electrical equipment does notoperate, ensure the extended storageswitch is pushed fully in place, as shown.

To inspect the extended storage switch,ensure the ignition switch and headlightswitch are off, remove the fuse box cover�A using a suitable tool in combinationwith a cloth to avoid damaging the trim.

FRONT-DOOR POCKETS SEATBACK POCKETSThere is a pocket located on the back of thedriver and passenger seats. These pocketscan be used to store maps.

WARNINGTo ensure proper operation of the pas-senger’s advanced air bag system,please observe the following items:

∙ Do not allow a passenger in the 2ndrow to push or pull on the seatbackpocket.

ON positionLIC3268 LIC2308 LIC2618

STORAGE


∙ Do not place heavy loads heavier than9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, headrestraint/headrest or in the seatbackpocket.

GLOVE BOXOpen the glove box by pulling the handle.

WARNINGKeep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

CONSOLE BOXTo open the console box, press in on thelever �1 and raise the lid �2 .

To close, push the lid down until the locklatches.

LIC3718 LIC3698


OVERHEAD SUNGLASSESSTORAGETo open the sunglasses holder, push andrelease.

Only store one pair of sunglasses in theholder.

WARNINGKeep the sunglasses holder closedwhile driving to avoid obstructing thedriver’s view and to help prevent anaccident.

CAUTION∙ Do not use for anything other than

sunglasses.

∙ Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking in directsunlight. The heat may damage thesunglasses.

CUP HOLDERS

LIC2312Front console

LIC2619


WARNING∙ Do not recline the rear seatback when

you use the cup holders on the reararmrest. Doing so may cause the bev-erages to spill over, and if they are hot,they may scald the passengers.

∙ Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being used toprevent spilling the drink. If the liquidis hot, it can scald you or yourpassenger.

2nd rowLIC2620

Bottle holder — frontLIC2622

Bottle holder — rearLIC2623


CAUTIONUse only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident

CAUTION∙ Do not use bottle holder for any other

objects that could be thrown about inthe vehicle and possibly injure peopleduring sudden braking or an accident.

∙ Do not use bottle holder for open liq-uid containers.

DIVIDE-N-HIDE® ADJUSTABLEFLOOR

WARNINGDo not put objects heavier than 165 lbs.(75 kg) on the Divide-N-Hide® while inthe mid position. In the upper position,objects should not weigh more than30 lbs. (14 kg).

There are multiple positions for the ad-justable floor. The upper position allowsfor additional storage below the adjust-able floor.

To move the adjustable floor from thelower position to the upper position:

1. Use the handle to lift the adjustablefloor.

2. Move the adjustable floor to the upperguide track and ensure it is secure inplace.

LIC2646 LIC2647


LUGGAGE HOOKS (if so equipped)When securing items using luggage hookslocated on the side finisher do not apply aload over more than 6.5 lbs. (29 N) to asingle hook.

The luggage hooks that are located on thefloor should have loads less than 110 lbs.(490 N) to a single hook.

The luggage hooks can be used to securecargo with ropes or other types of straps.

WARNING∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes or

straps to help prevent it from slidingor shifting. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

∙ Use suitable ropes and hooks to se-cure cargo.

∙ Never allow anyone to ride in the lug-gage area. It is extremely dangerousto ride in a cargo area inside of a ve-hicle. In a collision, people riding inthese areas are more likely to be seri-ously injured or killed.

∙ Do not allow people to ride in any areaof your vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

∙ The child restraint top tether strapmay be damaged by contact withitems in the cargo area. Secure anyitems in the cargo area. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed in acollision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

∙ Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in aseat and using a seat belt properly.

CARGO COVER (if so equipped)

WARNING∙ Do not place objects on the cargo

cover while the vehicle is parked or inmotion, no matter how small. The ob-ject on the cargo cover could cause aninjury in an accident or sudden stop,and/or the cargo cover can becomedamaged.

∙ Do not leave the cargo cover in thevehicle with it disengaged from theholder.

∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from slidingor shifting. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

LIC2629


∙ Properly secure cargo and do not al-low it to contact the top tether strapwhen it is attached to the top tetheranchor. Cargo that is not properly se-cured or cargo that contacts the toptether strap may damage the toptether strap during a collision. If thecargo cover contacts the top tetherstrap when it is attached to the toptether anchor, remove the cargo coverfrom the vehicle or secure it on thecargo floor below its attachment lo-cation. If the cargo cover is not re-moved, it may damage the top tetherstrap during a collision. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed in acollision if the child restraint toptether strap is damaged.

The cargo cover keeps the luggage com-partment contents hidden from the out-side.

To close the cargo cover, remove the coverfrom the grooves �1 and retract.

To open the cargo cover, extend the coverinto the grooves �1 to lock into place.

LIC3971


ROOF RACK (if so equipped)

WARNING∙ Always install the crossbars onto the

roof side rails before loading cargo ofany kind. Loading cargo directly ontothe roof side rails or the vehicle’s roofmay cause vehicle damage.

∙ Roof rack cross bars should be evenlydistributed.

∙ Do not exceed maximum roof rackcrossbars load capacity and alwaysdistribute the load uniformly.

∙ Heavy loading of the crossbars hasthe potential to affect the vehicle sta-bility and handling during sudden orunusual handling maneuvers.

∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from slidingor shifting. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

∙ Drive extra carefully when the vehicleis loaded at or near the cargo carryingcapacity, especially if the significantportion of that load is carried on thecrossbars.

CAUTION∙ Use care when placing or removing

items from the roof rack. If you cannotcomfortably lift the items onto theroof rack from the ground, use a lad-der or a stool.

Do not apply any load directly to the roofside rails �A . Crossbars �B must be in-stalled before applying load/cargo/luggage to the roof of the vehicle.

Genuine NISSAN accessory crossbars maybe available through a NISSAN dealer. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for additional information.

The service load capacity for the roof siderails is 165 lbs. (74 kg), however do not ex-ceed the crossbars load capacity.

Be careful that your vehicle does not ex-ceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR front and rear).

For additional information regarding GVWRand GAWR, refer to:

∙ “Vehicle loading information” or the “Di-mensions and weights” table in the“Technical and consumer information”section of this manual.

LIC4202


POWER WINDOWS

WARNING∙ Make sure that all passengers have

their hands, etc., inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and before closingthe windows. Use the window lockswitch to prevent unexpected use ofthe power windows.

∙ To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadver-tent door lock activation, do not leavechildren, people who require the as-sistance of others or pets unattendedin your vehicle. Additionally, the tem-perature inside a closed vehicle on awarm day can quickly become highenough to cause a significant risk ofinjury or death to people and pets.

The power windows operate when the ig-nition switch is placed in the ON position orfor a period of time after the ignition switchis placed in the OFF position. If the driver’sor passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of time, the power to the windows iscanceled.

Driver’s side power windowswitches

1. Window lock button

2. Power door lock switch

3. Front passenger side switch

4. Right rear passenger side switch

5. Left rear passenger side switch

6. Driver side automatic switch

The driver’s side control panel is equippedwith switches to open or close all of thewindows.

To open a window, push the switch to thefirst detent and continue to hold down untilthe desired window position is reached. Toclose a window, pull the switch to the firstdetent and continue to hold up until thedesired window position is reached.

Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the window lock switch is depressed,only the driver’s side window can beopened or closed. Push it again to cancelthe window lock function.

LIC3208

WINDOWS


Front passenger’s power windowswitchThe passenger’s window switch operatesonly the corresponding passenger’s win-dow. To open the window partially, push theswitch down �1 lightly until the desiredwindow position is reached. To close thewindow partially, pull the switch up �2 untilthe desired window position is reached.

Rear power window switchThe rear power window switches open orclose only the corresponding windows. Toopen the window, push the switch and holdit down �1 . To close the window, pull theswitch up �2 .

Automatic operationTo fully open a window equipped with au-tomatic operation, push the windowswitch down to the second detent and re-lease it; it need not be held. The windowautomatically opens all the way. To stopthe window, lift the switch up while the win-dow is opening.

To fully close a window equipped with au-tomatic operation, pull the switch up to thesecond detent and release it; it need not beheld. To stop the window, push the switchdown while the window is closing.

LIC2309 LIC2663 LIC0410


Auto-reverse function (if soequipped)The auto-reverse function can be acti-vated when a window is closed by auto-matic operation.

Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto-reverse func-tion may be activated if an impact orload similar to something being caughtin the window occurs.

WARNINGThere are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the window.

If the vehicle’s battery is disconnected, re-placed, or jump started, the power windowauto-reverse function may not operateproperly. Have the power window auto-reverse system re-initialized. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in a window equipped with auto-matic operation as it is closing, the windowwill be immediately lowered.

The moonroof will only operate when theignition switch is placed in the ON position.The moonroof is operational for a period oftime, even if the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position. If the driver’s door or thefront passenger’s door is opened duringthis period of time, the power to the moon-roof is canceled.

When operating the power moonroof orpanoramic sunshade, the switch need notbe held continuously. To stop the moon-roof or sunshade at any point while it isopening or closing, slide the switch mo-mentarily.

Sliding the moonroofTo fully open the moonroof, slide the switchtoward the OPEN �1 position to the seconddetent and release it. If the switch is slid tothe first detent and released while the sun-shade is closed only the sunshade willopen.

To fully close the moonroof, slide the switchtoward the CLOSE �2 position to the sec-ond detent and release it. If the switch isslid to the first detent and released, themoonroof will close but the sunshade willremain open.

Tilting the moonroofTo tilt the moonroof up, push and releasethe tilt switch �3 . If the moonroof is open, itwill automatically close and then tilt up.

To tilt the moonroof down but keep thesunshade open, push and release the tiltswitch �3 or slide the switch toward theCLOSE position �2 to the first detent.

To tilt the moonroof down and close thesunshade at the same time, slide theswitch toward the CLOSE position �2 to thesecond detent.

LIC3477

POWER MOONROOF (if so equipped)


Auto-reverse function (whenclosing or tilting down themoonroof)The auto-reverse function can be acti-vated when the moonroof is closed ortilted down by automatic operation whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ON po-sition or for a period of time after the igni-tion switch is placed in the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto-reverse func-tion may be activated if an impact orload similar to something being caughtin the moonroof occurs.

WARNINGThere are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing themoonroof.

When closing

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the moonroof as it moves to thefront, the moonroof will immediately openbackward.

When tilting down

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the moonroof as it tilts down, themoonroof will immediately tilt up.

If the auto-reverse function malfunctionsand repeats opening or tilting up the moon-roof, keep pushing the tilt down switch within5 seconds after it happens; the moonroofwill fully close gradually. Make sure nothing iscaught in the moonroof.

WARNING∙ In an accident you could be thrown

from the vehicle through an openmoonroof. Always use seat belts andchild restraints.

∙ Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the moonroof opening while thevehicle is in motion or while themoonroof is closing.

CAUTION∙ Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand

from the moonroof before opening.

∙ Do not place heavy objects on themoonroof or surrounding area.

Panoramic sunshadeThe panoramic sunshade operates whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.When opening or closing the sunshade theswitch need not be held.

To open the sunshade:

∙ To fully open the sunshade, slide theswitch �1 toward the OPEN position tothe first detent.

∙ To fully open the sunshade and themoonroof together, slide the switch �1toward the OPEN position to the sec-ond detent.

To close the sunshade:

∙ To fully close the sunshade, slide theswitch �2 toward the CLOSE position tothe second detent. If the moonroof isopen, both the moonroof and the sun-shade will close automatically.

∙ If the switch is slid �2 toward the CLOSEposition to the first detent while themoonroof is open, only the moonroofwill close. The sunshade will remainopen.


WARNING∙ To avoid personal injury, keep your

hands, fingers and head away fromthe sunshade arm, the arm rail andsunshade inlet port.

∙ Do not allow children near the rearsunshade system. They could beinjured.

∙ Do not place objects on or near therear sunshade. This could cause im-proper operation or damage it.

∙ Do not pull or push the rear sunshade.This could cause improper operationor damage it.

CAUTION∙ Do not place objects (such as newspa-

pers, handkerchiefs, etc.) on the sun-shade inlet port. Doing so may en-tangle these objects in the sunshadewhen it is extending or retracting,causing improper operation or dam-age to the sunshade.

∙ Do not push the sunshade arm withyour hands, etc., as this may deform it.Improper operation or damage to thesunshade may result.

∙ Do not put any object into the sun-shade inlet port as this may result inimproper operation or damage thesunshade.

∙ Do not hang any object on the arm railas this may result in improper opera-tion or damage the sunshade.

∙ Do not forcefully pull the sunshade.Doing so may elongate the sunshade.Improper operation or damage to thesunshade may result.

If the moonroof does not closeHave your moonroof checked and re-paired. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

When the ON switch �1 is pressed, the foot-well lights (if so equipped), step lights (if soequipped), map lights and rear personallights will automatically turn on and stay onfor a period of time when:

∙ The doors are unlocked by the IntelligentKey, a key or the request switch (if soequipped) while all doors are closed andthe ignition switch is in the OFF position.

∙ When individually pushed.When the OFF switch �2 is pushed, the in-terior lights do not illuminate even whenpushed. When the DOOR/OFF switch ispressed and the ON switch is pressed, all ofthe lights will come on.

LIC2302

INTERIOR LIGHTS


NOTE:

The footwell lights and step lights illumi-nate when the driver and passengerdoors are open regardless of the interiorlight switch position. These lights willturn off automatically after a period oftime while doors are open to prevent thebattery from becoming discharged.

CAUTIONDo not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could re-sult in a discharged battery.

CONSOLE LIGHTThe console light will turn on whenever theparking lights or headlights are illuminated.

The console light brightness can be ad-justed with the illumination brightnesscontrol.

MAP LIGHTSPress the button to turn the map lights on.To turn them off, press the button again.


LIC2303 LIC2304


PERSONAL LIGHTS (if so equipped)To turn the rear personal lights on, push theswitch. To turn them off, push the switchagain.

ROOM LIGHT (if so equipped)The room light on the overhead trim has athree-position switch. To operate, push theswitch to the desired position.

�1 ON: The light is illuminated, regardlessof door position.

�2 DOOR: The light illuminates when adoor or the liftgate is opened. The lightturns off when the door or liftgate isclosed.

�3 OFF: The light does not illuminate.

The lights will turn off automatically after aperiod of time while doors are open to pre-vent the battery from becoming dis-charged.


Rear personal lightsLIC1083 SIC2063A


LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHTThe luggage compartment light on theoverhead trim has a three-position switch.To operate, push the switch to the desiredposition.

�1 OFF: The light does not illuminate re-gardless of door position or lock sta-tus.

�2 ON: The light is illuminated.

• The light also illuminates with other inte-rior lights when the switch is in the neutralposition.


The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-held transmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

∙ Will operate most radio frequency de-vices such as garage doors, gates,home and office lighting, entry doorlocks and security systems.

∙ Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If thevehicle’s battery is discharged or is dis-connected, HomeLink® will retain allprogramming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver is programmed, retain the originaltransmitter for future programming pro-cedures (Example: new vehicle pur-chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, theprogrammed HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver buttons should be erased forsecurity purposes. For additional infor-mation, refer to “ProgrammingHomeLink®” in this section.

LIC3925

HOMELINK® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)


WARNING∙ Your vehicle’s engine should be

turned off while programming theHomeLink® Universal Transceiver. Foradditional information, refer to“Push-button ignition switch” in the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual. Do not breathe exhaustgases; they contain colorless andodorless carbon monoxide. Carbonmonoxide is dangerous. It can causeunconsciousness or death.

∙ Do not use the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop and re-verse features as required by federalsafety standards. (These standardsbecame effective for opener modelsmanufactured after April 1, 1982.) Agarage door opener which cannot de-tect an object in the path of a closinggarage door and then automaticallystop and reverse does not meet cur-rent federal safety standards. Using agarage door opener without thesefeatures increases the risk of seriousinjury or death.

∙ During the programming procedureyour garage door or security gate willopen and close (if the transmitter iswithin range). Make sure that peopleor objects are clear of the garage door,gate, etc., that you are programming.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK®If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at:www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion (without starting the engine) whenprogramming HomeLink®. It is also rec-ommended that a new battery be placedin the hand-held transmitter of the de-vice being programmed to HomeLink®for quicker programming and accuratetransmission of the radio frequency.

1. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1–3 in (2–8 cm) away fromthe HomeLink® surface, keeping theHomeLink® indicator light �1 in view.

LIC2365


2. Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®button and hand-held transmitter but-ton. DO NOT release until theHomeLink® indicator light �1 flashesslowly and then rapidly. When the indi-cator light flashes rapidly, both buttonsmay be released. (The rapid flashingindicates successful programming.)

NOTE:

Some devices may require you to replaceStep 2 with the cycling procedure notedin “Programming HomeLink® for Cana-dian customers and gate openers” in thissection.

3. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe the in-dicator light.

∙ If the indicator light �1 issolid/continuous, programming iscomplete and your device shouldactivate when the HomeLink® buttonis pressed and released.

∙ If the indicator light �1 blinks rapidlyfor 2 seconds and then turns to asolid/continuous light, continuewith Steps 4-6 for a rolling code de-vice. A second person may make thefollowing steps easier. Use a ladder orother device. Do not stand on yourvehicle to perform the next steps.

4. At the receiver located on the garagedoor opener motor in the garage, lo-cate the “learn” or “smart” button (thename and color of the button may varyby manufacturer but it is usually lo-cated near where the hanging an-tenna wire is attached to the unit). Ifthere is difficulty locating the button,reference the garage door opener’smanual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”button.

NOTE:

Once the button is pressed, you have ap-proximately 30 seconds to initiate thenext step.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand hold the trained HomeLink® but-ton for 2 seconds and release. Repeatthe “press/hold/release” sequence upto three times to complete the trainingprocess. HomeLink® should now acti-vate your rolling code equipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

LIC2366


PROGRAMMING HOMELINK® FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATEOPENERSCanadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission –which may not be long enough forHomeLink® to pick up the signal duringtraining. Similar to this Canadian law, someU.S. gate operators are designed to “tim-eout” in the same manner.

If you live in Canada or you are having diffi-culties training a gate operator or garagedoor opener by using the “Training” proce-dures, replace “Programming HomeLink®”step 2 with the following:

NOTE:

When programming a garage dooropener, etc., unplug the device duringthe “cycling” process to prevent possibledamage to the garage door opener com-ponents.

1. For additional information, refer to “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” step 1 in thissection.

2. Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®button and the hand-held transmitterbutton. During training, your hand-heldtransmitter may automatically stoptransmitting. Continue to press andhold the desired HomeLink® buttonwhile you press and re-press (“cycle”)your hand-held transmitter every2 seconds until the frequency signalhas been learned. The HomeLink® indi-cator light will flash slowly and thenrapidly after several seconds uponsuccessful training. DO NOT release un-til the HomeLink® indicator light flashesslowly and then rapidly. When the indi-cator light flashes rapidly, both buttonsmay be released. The rapid flashing in-dicates successful training.Proceed with “ProgrammingHomeLink®” step 3 to complete.If the device was unplugged during theprogramming procedure, rememberto plug it back in when programming iscompleted.

OPERATING THE HOMELINK®UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, afterit is programmed, can be used to activatethe programmed device. To operate, sim-ply press and release the appropriate pro-grammed HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver button. The amber indicator light willilluminate while the signal is being trans-mitted.

For convenience, the hand-held transmit-ter of the device may also be used at anytime.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNOSISIf the HomeLink® does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

∙ replace the hand-held transmitter bat-teries with new batteries.

∙ position the hand-held transmitter withits battery area facing away from theHomeLink® surface.

∙ press and hold both the HomeLink®and hand-held transmitter buttonswithout interruption.


∙ position the hand-held transmitter 1 -3 in (26 - 76 mm) away from theHomeLink® surface. Hold the transmit-ter in that position for up to 15 seconds.If HomeLink® is not programmed withinthat time, try holding the transmitter inanother position – keeping the indicatorlight in view at all times.

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at:www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATIONThe following procedure clears the pro-grammed information from both buttons.Individual buttons cannot be cleared. How-ever, individual buttons can be repro-grammed. For additional information, referto “Reprogramming a single HomeLink®button” in this section.

To clear all programming:

1. Press and hold the two outerHomeLink® buttons until the indicatorlight begins to flash in approximately10 seconds. Do not hold for longer than20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink® is now in the programmingmode and can be programmed at anytime beginning with “ProgrammingHomeLink®” - Step 1.

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHOMELINK® BUTTONTo reprogram a HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button, complete the following:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®button. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flashafter 20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1.

For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or1–800–355–3515 (except Mexico).

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver but-ton has now been reprogrammed. Thenew device can be activated by pressingthe HomeLink® button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affectany other programmed HomeLink® but-tons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code devicethat has been programmed intoHomeLink®. Consult the Owner’s Manual ofeach device or call the manufacturer ordealer of those devices for additional infor-mation.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Uni-versal Transceiver with your new trans-mitter information.

FCC Notice:

For USA:



NOTE:


For Canada:

This device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.


3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Remote keyless entry (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 3-2NISSAN Intelligent Key® (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 3-3NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Locking with inside lock knob. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . 3-7Automatic door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped) . . . 3-8How to use remote keyless entrysystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Battery indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

NISSAN Intelligent Key® (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 3-10Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13NISSAN Intelligent Key® Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13How to use the remote keyless entryfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Type A (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Type B (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

Remote Engine Start operating range . . . . . . . 3-22Remote starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Extending engine run time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Canceling a Remote Engine Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Conditions the Remote Engine Start willnot work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

Operating the manual liftgate(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Operating the power liftgate(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Motion-Activated Liftgate(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Liftgate release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31Liftgate position setting(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33

Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33Opener operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37Card holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38Manual anti-glare rearview mirror(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38Automatic anti-glare rearview mirror(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) . . . . . 3-41

Memory storage function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42Entry/exit function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43

1. Jackknife type key2. Integrated door lock key fob with

transponder chip3. Key number plate

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (if soequipped)

CAUTIONDo not leave the ignition key inside thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep it ina safe place (such as your wallet), not in thevehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forduplicates by using the key number.NISSAN does not record key numbers so itis very important to keep track of your keynumber plate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all your keys. If you still have a key,it can be duplicated without knowing thekey number.

Storing remote keyless entryTo lock or unlock the vehicle using the keypress the release button �1 to unfold thekey from the fob.

When storing the key press the release but-ton �1 and push key �2 to fold the key backinto fob slot �3 .

Never leave keys in vehicle.

LPD2500 LPD2192

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

1. Intelligent Key (two sets)2. Mechanical key3. Key number plate (one plate)

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® (if soequipped)Your vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered toyour vehicle’s Intelligent Key System com-ponents and NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

As many as four Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Thenew keys must be registered prior to usewith the Intelligent Key System and NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle.

Since the registration process requireserasing all memory in the Intelligent Keycomponents when registering new keys,be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that youhave to the NISSAN dealer.

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep it ina safe place (such as your wallet), not in thevehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forduplicates by using the key number.NISSAN does not record key numbers so itis very important to keep track of your keynumber plate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, it canbe duplicated without knowing the keynumber.

CAUTIONListed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the Intelli-gent Key:

∙ Do not allow the Intelligent Key, whichcontains electrical components, tocome into contact with water or saltwater. This could affect the systemfunction.

Type A (if so equipped)LPD2890

Type B (if so equipped)LPD2941

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

∙ Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

∙ Do not strike the Intelligent Keysharply against another object.

∙ Do not change or modify the Intelli-gent Key.

∙ Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, im-mediately wipe until it is completelydry.

∙ Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 140°F (60°C ).

∙ Do not attach the Intelligent Key witha key holder that contains a magnet.

∙ Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipmentand personal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatIntelligent Key from the vehicle. This mayprevent the unauthorized use of the Intelli-gent Key to operate the vehicle. For infor-mation regarding the erasing procedure, itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer.

Mechanical keyThe Intelligent Key contains the mechani-cal key.

To remove the mechanical key, release thelock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert itinto the Intelligent Key until the lock knobreturns to the lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlockthe driver’s door.

CAUTIONAlways carry the mechanical key in-stalled in the Intelligent Key slot.

For additional information, refer to “Doors”in this section.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM KEYSYou can only drive your vehicle using thekeys which are registered to the NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System componentsin your vehicle.

A mechanical key can be used for all thelocks.

Never leave the keys in the vehicle.

Additional or replacement keys:

If you still have a key, the key number is notnecessary when you need extra NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System keys. Your ex-isting key can be duplicated without know-ing the key number. As many as fourNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keyscan be used with one vehicle. You shouldbring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem keys that you have to a NISSAN dealerfor registration. This is because the regis-tration process will erase the memory of all

SPA1951


key codes previously registered into theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. Afterthe registration process, these compo-nents will only recognize keys coded intothe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemduring registration. Any key that is notgiven to the dealer at the time of registra-tion will no longer be able to start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONDo not allow the immobilizer systemkey, which contains an electrical tran-sponder, to come into contact with wa-ter or salt water. This could affect sys-tem function.

When the doors are locked using one of thefollowing methods, the doors cannot beopened using the inside or outside doorhandles. The doors must be unlocked toopen the doors.

WARNING∙ Always have the doors locked while

driving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helping toprevent persons from being thrownfrom the vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from unintention-ally opening the doors, and will helpkeep out intruders.

∙ Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.


DOORS


LOCKING WITH KEYTo lock the door using the mechanical key,turn the key toward the front of the vehicle�1 . This will only lock the correspondingdoor and will not activate the security sys-tem. To arm the security system, pressthe button on the Intelligent Key.To unlock the corresponding door usingthe mechanical key, turn the key towardthe rear of the vehicle. This will only unlockthe corresponding door and will not dis-arm the security system.�2 .

For additional information, refer to “Securitysystems” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOBTo lock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the lock position �1 ,then close the door.

To unlock the door without the key, movethe inside lock knob to the unlock position�2 .

Driver’s sideLPD2129

Inside lockSPA2726


LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCHTo lock all the doors without a key, push thedoor lock switch (driver’s or front passen-ger’s side) to the lock position �1 . Whenlocking the door this way, be certain not toleave the key inside the vehicle.

To unlock all the doors without a key, pushthe door lock switch (driver’s or front pas-senger’s side) to the unlock position �2 .

Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch is movedto the lock position with any door open andthe Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle, alldoors will unlock automatically and achime will sound after the door is closed.

This function helps to prevent the Intelli-gent Key from being accidentally lockedinside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS∙ All doors lock automatically when the

vehicle speed reaches 15 mph(24 km/h)

∙ All doors unlock automatically when thetransmission is placed in the P (Park)position or when the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position, dependingon the option selected in the “VehicleSettings” menu.

NOTE:

The Auto Door Unlock feature can bechanged using the "Vehicle Settings"menu on the vehicle information display.For additional information, refer to “Vehicleinformation display” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKChild safety locks help prevent the reardoors from being opened accidentally, es-pecially when small children are in the ve-hicle.

The child safety lock levers are located onthe edge of the rear doors.

When the lever is in the LOCK position,the door can be opened only from theoutside.

LPD2309 LPD2374




∙ The remote keyless entry key fobtransmits radio waves when the but-tons are pressed. The FAA advises ra-dio waves may affect aircraft naviga-tion and communication systems. Donot operate the remote keyless entrykey fob while on an airplane. Makesure the buttons are not operated un-intentionally when the unit is storedfor a flight.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, turnthe interior lights on, and activate the panicalarm by using the key fob from outside thevehicle.

Be sure to remove the key from the ve-hicle before locking the doors.

The key fob can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.The effective distance depends on theconditions around the vehicle.

As many as four key fobs can be used withone vehicle. For information concerningthe purchase and use of additional keyfobs, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.

The key fob will not function when:

∙ The battery is discharged.

∙ The distance between the vehicle andthe key fob is over 33 ft (10 m).

The panic alarm will not activate whenthe key is in the ignition switch.

CAUTIONListed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the key fob:

∙ Do not allow the key fob, which con-tains electrical components, to comeinto contact with water or salt water.This could affect the system function.

∙ Do not drop the key fob.

∙ Do not strike the key fob sharplyagainst another object.

∙ Do not change or modify the key fob.

∙ Wetting may damage the key fob. Ifthe key fob gets wet, immediatelywipe until it is completely dry.

∙ Do not place the key fob for an ex-tended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).

∙ Do not attach the key fob with a keyholder that contains a magnet.

∙ Do not place the key fob near equip-ment that produces a magnetic field,such as a TV, audio equipment andpersonal computers.

If a key fob is lost or stolen, NISSAN rec-ommends erasing the ID code of thatkey fob. This will prevent the key fobfrom unauthorized use to unlock thevehicle. For information regarding theerasing procedure, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM (ifso equipped)


HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

1. (lock) button

2. (unlock) button

3. (panic) button

Locking doors1. Remove the ignition key.

2. Close all the doors.

3. Press the button on the key fob.

∙ All the doors will lock.

∙ The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe horn beeps once.

NOTE:

An auto-relock function will operate af-ter a full or partial unlock, when no fur-ther user action occurs. The relock willoperate approximately one minute afterfull or partial unlock. The auto-relockfunction is canceled when any door isopened or the key is inserted into theignition.

Unlocking doors

1. Press the button on the key fob.

2. The driver’s door will unlock and thehazard indicator lights flash once.

3. Press the button again within60 seconds, the hazard indicator lightsflash once and the remaining doorsunlock.

Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the panic alarm tocall attention by pressing and holdingthe button on the key fob for longerthan 0.5 seconds.

The panic alarm and headlights will stay onfor a period of time.The panic alarm stops when:

∙ It has run for a period of time.

∙ Any button is pressed on the key fob.

Using the interior lights

Press the button on the key fob onceto turn on the interior lights.For additional information, refer to “Interiorlights” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

Answer back horn featureIf desired, the answer back horn featurecan be deactivated using the key fob. Whendeactivated and the button ispressed the hazard indicator flashes twiceand when the button is pressed, nei-ther the hazard indicator nor the horn op-erates.

LPD3019


NOTE:

If you change the Answer Back Horn fea-ture with the key fob, the vehicle infor-mation display screen will show the cur-rent mode after the ignition switch hasbeen cycled from the OFF to the ON po-sition. The vehicle information displayscreen can also be used to change theanswer back horn mode.

To deactivate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least two sec-onds.The hazard indicator lights will flash threetimes to confirm that the answer backhorn feature has been deactivated.

To activate: Press and hold theand buttons for at least two sec-onds once more.The hazard indicator lights will flash onceand the horn will sound once to confirmthat the horn beep feature has been reac-tivated.

Deactivating the horn beep feature doesnot silence the horn if the alarm is trig-gered.

BATTERY INDICATOR LIGHTBattery indicator light illuminates whenyou press any button. The number of blink-ing is different to identify each registeredIntelligent Keys. If the light does not illumi-nate, the battery is weak or needs replace-ment. For additional information, refer to“Battery replacement” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.



∙ The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pressed.The FAA advises the radio waves mayaffect aircraft navigation and com-munication systems. Do not operatethe Intelligent Key while on an air-plane. Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when theunit is stored for a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate allthe door locks using the remote controlfunction or pushing the request switch onthe vehicle without taking the key out froma pocket or purse. The operating environ-ment and/or conditions may affect the In-telligent Key system operation.

Be sure to read the following before usingthe Intelligent Key system.

LPD2502

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® (if soequipped)


CAUTION∙ Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key

with you when operating the vehicle.

∙ Never leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicat-ing with the vehicle as it receives radiowaves. The Intelligent Key system trans-mits weak radio waves. Environmentalconditions may interfere with the opera-tion of the Intelligent Key system under thefollowing operating conditions:

∙ When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted,such as a TV tower, power station andbroadcasting station.

∙ When in possession of wireless equip-ment, such as a cellular telephone,transceiver, or a CB radio.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by metallic materials.

∙ When any type of radio wave remotecontrol is used nearby.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed nearan electric appliance such as a personalcomputer.

∙ When the vehicle is parked near a park-ing meter.

In such cases, correct the operating condi-tions before using the Intelligent Key func-tion or use the mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies de-pending on the operating conditions, thebattery’s life is approximately two years. Ifthe battery is discharged, replace it with anew one.

When the Intelligent Key battery is low, anindicator illuminates in the vehicle informa-tion display. For additional information, re-fer to “Vehicle information display” in the“Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuously re-ceiving radio waves, if the key is left nearequipment which transmits strong radiowaves, such as signals from a TV and per-sonal computer, the battery life may be-come shorter.

For additional information, refer to “Batteryreplacement” in the “Do-it-yourself ” sectionof this manual.

As many as four Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Forinformation about the purchase and use ofadditional Intelligent Keys, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTIONListed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the Intelli-gent Key:

∙ Do not allow the Intelligent Key, whichcontains electrical components, tocome into contact with water or saltwater. This could affect the systemfunction.

∙ Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

∙ Do not strike the Intelligent Keysharply against another object.

∙ Do not change or modify the Intelli-gent Key.

∙ Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, im-mediately wipe until it is completelydry.

∙ Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).


∙ Do not attach the Intelligent Key witha key holder that contains a magnet.

∙ Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipmentand personal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatIntelligent Key from the vehicle. This mayprevent the unauthorized use of the Intelli-gent Key to operate the vehicle. For infor-mation regarding the erasing procedure, itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer.

OPERATING RANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range from the requestswitch �1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the IntelligentKey operating range becomes narrower,and the Intelligent Key may not functionproperly.

The operating range is within 31.5 in (80 cm)from each request switch �1 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper, the requestswitches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the oper-ating range, it is possible for anyone, evensomeone who does not carry the Intelli-gent Key, to push the request switch tolock/unlock the doors.

LPD2653


DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKSPRECAUTION

∙ Do not push the door handle requestswitch with the Intelligent Key held inyour hand as illustrated. The close dis-tance to the door handle will cause theIntelligent Key system to have difficultyrecognizing that the Intelligent Key isoutside the vehicle.

∙ After locking with the door handle re-quest switch, verify the doors are se-curely locked by testing them.

∙ To prevent the Intelligent Key from be-ing left inside the vehicle, make sure youcarry the Intelligent Key with you andthen lock the doors.

∙ Do not pull the door handle beforepushing the door handle requestswitch. The door will be unlocked butwill not open. Release the door handleonce and pull it again to open the door.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®OPERATIONYou can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the Intelligent Key out of your pocketor bag.

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you,you can lock or unlock all doors by pushingthe door handle request switch within therange of operation.

LPD2554 LPD2181


Locking doors1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-

tion, place the ignition switch in theLOCK position and make sure you carrythe Intelligent Key with you.

2. Close the driver’s door and push thedriver’s door request switch OR closeall doors and push any door requestswitch while carrying the Intelligent Keywith you.

3. All doors and the rear liftgate will lock.

4. The hazard indicator lights flash twiceand the outside chime sounds twice,unless the answer back feature is de-activated, then only the hazard lightswill flash. For additional information, re-fer to “Answer back horn feature” in thissection.

NOTE:

∙ Request switches for all doors andthe liftgate can be deactivated whenthe I-Key Door Lock feature isswitched to OFF using the “VehicleSettings” menu on the vehicle infor-mation display. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Vehicle informationdisplay” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual.

∙ Doors lock with the door handle re-quest switch while the ignition switchis not in the LOCK position.

∙ Doors do not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch while the driv-er’s door is open. However, doors lockwith the mechanical key even if anydoor is open.

∙ Doors do not lock with the doorhandle request switch with the Intel-ligent Key inside the vehicle and abeep sounds to warn you. However,when an Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle, doors can be locked with an-other Intelligent Key.

LPD2893 LPD2773


WARNING∙ After locking the doors using the re-

quest switch, make sure that thedoors have been securely locked byoperating the door handles. Failure tofollow these instructions may result ininadvertently unlocking the doors,which may decrease the safety andsecurity of your vehicle.

CAUTION∙ When locking the doors using the re-

quest switch, make sure to have theIntelligent Key in your possession be-fore operating the request switch toprevent the Intelligent Key from beingleft in the vehicle.

∙ The request switch is operational onlywhen the Intelligent Key has been de-tected by the Intelligent Key system.

Lockout protection

To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the vehicle, lockoutprotection is equipped with the IntelligentKey system.

When the driver’s side door is open, thedoors are locked, and then the IntelligentKey is put inside the vehicle and all thedoors are closed; the lock will automati-cally unlock and the door buzzer sounds.

NOTE:

The doors may not lock when the Intelli-gent Key is in the same hand that is op-erating the request switch to lock thedoor. Put the Intelligent Key in a purse,pocket or your other hand.

CAUTIONThe lockout protection may not func-tion under the following conditions:

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed ontop of the instrument panel.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed in-side the glove box or a storage bin.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed in-side the door pockets.

∙ When the Intelligent Key is placed in-side or near metallic materials.

Unlocking doors1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the door handle request switch.

3. The hazard warning lights flash onceand the outside chime sounds once,unless the answer back feature is de-activated, then only the hazard lightswill flash. For additional information, re-fer to “Answer back horn feature” in thissection.

4. Push the door handle request switchagain within one minute to unlock alldoors.

LPD2893


NOTE:

Request switches for all doors and lift-gate can be deactivated when the I-KeyDoor Lock feature is turned OFF usingthe “Vehicle Settings” menu on the ve-hicle information display. For additionalinformation, refer to “Vehicle informa-tion display” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section of this manual.

If a door handle is pulled while unlockingthe doors, that door may not be unlocked.Returning the door handle to its originalposition will unlock the door. If the doordoes not unlock after returning the door

handle, push the door handle requestswitch to unlock the door.

All doors will be locked automatically un-less one of the following operations is per-formed within one minute after pushingthe request switch.

∙ Opening any door.

∙ Pushing the ignition switch.

The interior light timer illuminates for a pe-riod of time when a door is unlocked, theroom light (if so equipped) switch is in theDOOR position and when the DOOR/OFFswitch is in the OFF position.

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting by performing one of the followingoperations:

∙ Placing the ignition switch in the ON po-sition.

∙ Locking the doors with the remote con-trol.

∙ Switching the room light (if soequipped) switch to the OFF positionand the DOOR/OFF switch is in the ONposition.

∙ Switching the Auto Room Lamp featureto OFF using the “Vehicle Settings”menu on the vehicle information dis-play. For additional information, refer to“Vehicle information display” in the “In-struments and controls” section.

For additional information, refer to ”Interiorlights” in the “Instrument and controls” sec-tion of this manual.

HOW TO USE THE REMOTEKEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTIONThe remote keyless entry function can op-erate all door locks using the remote key-less function of the Intelligent Key. The re-mote keyless function can operate at adistance of 33 ft (10 m) away from the ve-hicle. The operating distance dependsupon the conditions around the vehicle.

The remote keyless entry function will notfunction under the following conditions:

∙ When the Intelligent Key is not within theoperational range.

∙ When the doors or the rear liftgate areopen or not closed securely.

∙ When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged.

LPD2773


CAUTIONWhen locking the doors using the Intel-ligent Key, be sure not to leave the key inthe vehicle.

TYPE A (if so equipped)1. (remote engine start)

2. (lock) button

3. (unlock) button

4. (panic) button

TYPE B (if so equipped)

1. (remote engine start)

2. (lock) button

3. (unlock) button

4. (liftgate) button

5. (panic) button

Locking doors1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK

position.

2. Close all doors.

LPD3602 LPD3026


3. Press the button on the Intelli-gent Key.

4. The hazard indicator lights flash twiceand the horn beeps once.

5. All doors will be locked.

WARNING∙ After locking the doors using the In-

telligent Key, be sure that the doorshave been securely locked by operat-ing the door handles. Failure to followthese instructions may result in inad-vertently unlocking the doors, whichmay decrease the safety and securityof your vehicle.

Unlocking doors

1. Press the button on the IntelligentKey.

2. The driver’s door will unlock and thehazard indicator lights flash once.

3. Press the button again within60 seconds, the hazard indicator lightsflash once and the remaining doorsunlock.

NOTE:

The Selective Unlock feature can bechanged using the “Vehicle Settings”menu on the vehicle information display.For additional information, refer to “Ve-hicle information display” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of thismanual.

All doors will be locked automatically un-less one of the following operations is per-formed within one minute after pressingthe button:

∙ Opening any doors.

∙ Pushing the ignition switch.The interior light timer illuminates for a pe-riod of time when a door is unlocked, theroom light (if so equipped) switch is in theDOOR position and when the DOOR/OFFswitch is in the OFF position.

The light can be turned off without waitingby performing one of the following opera-tions:

∙ Placing the ignition switch in the ON po-sition.

∙ Locking the doors with the IntelligentKey.

∙ Switching the room light (if soequipped) switch to the OFF positionand the DOOR/OFF switch is in the ONposition.

∙ Switching the Auto Room Lamp featureto OFF using the “Vehicle Settings”menu on the vehicle information dis-play. For additional information, refer to“Vehicle information display” in the “In-struments and controls” section.

For additional information, refer to ”Interiorlights” in the “Instrument and controls” sec-tion of this manual.

Releasing the rear liftgate (if soequipped)The rear liftgate can be opened and closedby performing the following:

∙ Press the button for longer than1 second to open the rear liftgate.

∙ Press the button again for longerthan 1 second to close the rear liftgate.

When the button is pressed duringthe open or close process the liftgate willstop. When pressed again, the liftgate willreverse and go in the opposite direction.


Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the panic alarm tocall attention by pressing and holdingthe button on the Intelligent Key forlonger than 0.5 seconds.The panic alarm and headlights will stay onfor a period of time.

The panic alarm stops when:

∙ It has run for a period of time, or

∙ Any button is pressed on the IntelligentKey.

∙ The request switch on the driver or pas-senger door is pushed and the Intelli-gent Key is in range of the door handle.

Using the interior lightsPress the button on the key fob onceto turn on the interior lights.For additional information, refer to “Interiorlights” in the “Instruments and controls”section of this manual.

Answer back horn featureIf desired, the answer back horn featurecan be deactivated using the IntelligentKey. When it is deactivated and thebutton is pressed, the hazard indicatorlights flash twice. When the button ispressed, neither the hazard indicator lightsnor the horn operates.

NOTE:

If you change the Answer Back Horn fea-ture with the Intelligent Key, the vehicleinformation display screen will show thecurrent mode after the ignition switchhas been cycled from the OFF to the ONposition. The vehicle information displayscreen can also be used to change theanswer back horn mode.To deactivate:Press and hold the and but-tons for at least 2 seconds. The hazardindicator lights will flash three times to con-firm that the answer back horn feature hasbeen deactivated.

To activate:Press and hold the and but-tons for at least 2 seconds once more.The hazard indicator lights will flash onceand the horn will sound once to confirmthat the horn beep feature has been reac-tivated.Deactivating the horn beep feature doesnot silence the horn if the alarm is trig-gered.


Intelligent Key button operationlightThe light blinks only when you press anybutton on the Intelligent Key. The light illu-mination only signifies that the key fob hastransmitted a signal. You may look and/orlisten to verify that the vehicle has per-formed the intended operation. The num-ber of blinks identifies each registered key(i.e. 1 blink = 1st key,...,4 blinks = 4th key) foryour own identification purposes.

If the light does not blink, your battery maybe too weak to communicate to the ve-hicle. If this occurs, the battery may need tobe replaced. For additional information re-garding the replacement of a battery, referto “Battery replacement” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation ofthe Intelligent Key or to help prevent thevehicle from being stolen, a chime orbuzzer sounds from inside and outside thevehicle and a warning is displayed in theinstrument panel.

When a chime or beep sounds or a warningis displayed, be sure to check the vehicleand the Intelligent Key.

For additional information, refer to the“Troubleshooting guide” in this section and“Vehicle information display” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of this manual.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEVerify the location of all Intelligent Keys thatare programmed for the vehicle. If anotherIntelligent Key is in range or inside the ve-hicle, the vehicle system may respond dif-ferently than expected.

LPD2836


Symptom Possible Cause Remedy

When stopping the engineThe Shift to Park warning appears onthe display and the inside warningchime sounds continuously.

The shift lever is not in the P (Park)position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

When opening the driver’s door to getout of the vehicle

The Door/liftgate Open warning ap-pears on the display.

The ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

When closing the door after gettingout of the vehicle

The No Key Detected warning appearson the display, the outside chimesounds three times and the insidewarning chime sounds for approxi-mately three seconds.

The ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The Shift to Park warning appears onthe display and the inside chimesounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion and the shift lever is not in the P(Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-sition and place the ignition switch inthe OFF position.

The Rear Door Alert warning messageappears on the display, the hornsounds three times twice, or a CheckRear Seat for All Articles warning ap-pears on the display.

The Rear Door Alert is activated. Check the rear seat for all articles,press the ENTER button to clear theRear Door Alert warning message.

When closing the door with the insidelock knob turned to the lockedposition.

The outside chime sounds for approxi-mately three seconds and all thedoors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the door handle re-quest switch or the buttonon the Intelligent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for approxi-mately three seconds. The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the ignition switch tostart the engine

The Key Battery Low warning appearson the display. The battery charge is low.

Replace the battery with a new one.For additional information, refer to“Battery replacement” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

The Key ID Incorrect warning appearson the display. The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the ignition switch The Key System Error warning ap-pears on the display.

It warns of a malfunction with the In-telligent Key system.

It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.


The button will be on the NISSAN In-telligent Key® if the vehicle has Remote En-gine Start. This feature allows the engine tostart from outside the vehicle.The following features may be affectedwhen Remote Engine Start is used:

∙ Vehicles with a manual climate controlsystem will default to the last usedheating or cooling mode.

∙ Vehicles with an automatic climatecontrol system may default to eitherheating or cooling mode, depending onoutside and cabin temperatures. Foradditional information, refer to “RemoteEngine Start with Intelligent ClimateControl” in the “Monitor, climate, audio,phone and voice recognition systems”section of this manual.

Laws in some local communities may re-strict the use of remote starters. For ex-ample, some laws require a person using

Remote Engine Start to have the vehicle inview. Check local regulations for any re-quirements.

Other conditions may affect the function ofthe Remote Engine Start feature. For addi-tional information, refer to “Conditions theRemote Engine Start will not work” in thissection.

Other conditions can affect the perfor-mance of the Intelligent Key transmitter.For additional information, refer to “NISSANIntelligent Key®” in this section.

REMOTE ENGINE STARTOPERATING RANGE

WARNINGTo help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadvertentdoor lock activation, do not leave chil-dren, people who require the assistanceof others or pets unattended in your ve-hicle. Additionally, the temperature in-side a closed vehicle on a warm day canquickly become high enough to cause asignificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.


Type B (if so equipped)LPD2947

REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)


CAUTIONWhen the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or other strong radio wavesources are present near the operatinglocation, the Intelligent Key operatingrange becomes narrower, and the Intel-ligent Key may not function properly.

The Remote Engine Start function can onlybe used when the Intelligent Key is withinthe specified operating range from the ve-hicle.

The Remote Engine Start operating rangeis approximately 197 ft (60 m) from the ve-hicle.

REMOTE STARTING THE VEHICLETo use the Remote Engine Start featureperform the following:

1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.

2. Press the button to lock alldoors.

3. Within 5 seconds press and holdthe button until the turn signallights flash and the tail lamps turn on. Ifthe vehicle is not within view press andhold the button for at least 2 sec-onds.

The following events will occur when theengine starts:

∙ The parking lights will turn on and re-main on as long as the engine is run-ning.

∙ The doors will be locked and the climatecontrol system may come on.

∙ The engine will continue to run for10 minutes. Repeat the steps to extendthe time for an additional 10 minutes.For additional information, refer to “Ex-tending engine run time” in this section.

Press and hold the brake pedal whileswitching the ignition to the ON positionbefore driving. For additional information,refer to “Driving the vehicle” in the “Startingand driving” section of this manual.

EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIMEThe Remote Engine Start feature can beextended one time by performing thesteps listed in “Remote starting the vehicle”in this section. Run time will be calculatedas follows:

∙ The first 10 minute run time will startwhen the Remote Engine Start functionis performed.

∙ The second 10 minutes will start imme-diately when the Remote Engine Startfunction is performed again. For ex-ample, if the engine has been runningfor 5 minutes, and 10 minutes areadded, the engine will run for a total of15 minutes.

∙ Extending engine run time will bring youto the two Remote Engine Start limit.

A maximum of two Remote Engine Starts,or a single Remote Engine Start with anextension, are allowed between ignitioncycles. The ignition switch must be cycledto the ON position and then back to theOFF position before the Remote EngineStart procedure can be used again.

CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINESTARTTo cancel a Remote Engine Start, performone of the following:

∙ Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicleand press until the parking lightsturn off.

∙ Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

∙ Cycle the ignition switch on and thenoff.


∙ The extended engine run time has ex-pired.

∙ The first 10 minute timer has expired.

∙ Opening the engine hood.

∙ Shifting the vehicle out of P (Park).

∙ The alarm sounds due to illegal entryinto the vehicle.

∙ Pushing the ignition switch without theIntelligent Key in the vehicle.

∙ Not pressing the brake pedal whilepressing the ignition switch with the In-telligent Key in the vehicle.

CONDITIONS THE REMOTE ENGINESTART WILL NOT WORKThe Remote Engine Start will not operate ifany of the following conditions are present:

∙ The ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

∙ The hood is not securely closed.

∙ The hazard indicator lights are on.

∙ The engine is still running. The enginemust be completely stopped. Wait atleast 6 seconds if the engine goes fromrunning to off. This is not applicablewhen extending engine run time.

∙ The button is not pressed andheld for at least 2 seconds.

∙ The button is not pressed andheld within 5 seconds of pressing thelock button.

∙ The brake is pressed.

∙ The doors are not closed and locked.

∙ The liftgate is open.

∙ The Key System Error warning mes-sage appears in the vehicle informationdisplay.

∙ The alarm sounds due to illegal entryinto the vehicle.

∙ Two Remote Engine Starts, or a singleRemote Engine Start with an extension,have already been used.

∙ The vehicle is not in P (Park).

∙ There is a detected registered key al-ready inside of the vehicle.

∙ The Remote Engine Start feature hasbeen switched to the OFF using the “Ve-hicle Settings” menu on the vehicle in-formation display. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Vehicle informationdisplay” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual.

The Remote Engine Start may display awarning or indicator in the vehicle informa-tion display. For additional information, re-fer to “Vehicle information display” in the“Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.


1. Pull the hood lock release handle �1located below the instrument paneluntil the hood springs up slightly.

2. Locate the lever �2 in between thehood and grille and push the lever side-ways with your fingertips.

3. Raise the hood �3 .

4. Remove the support rod �4 and insertit into the slot �5 .

Hold the coated parts �A when removingor resetting the support rod. Avoid directcontact with the metal parts, as theymay be hot immediately after the enginehas been stopped.

When closing the hood, return the supportrod to its original position, lower the hoodto approximately 12 in (30 cm) above thelatch and release it. This allows proper en-gagement of the hood latch.

WARNING∙ Make sure the hood is completely

closed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause the hoodto fly open and result in an accident.

∙ If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

LPD3017

HOOD


WARNING∙ Always be sure the liftgate has been

closed securely to prevent it fromopening while driving.

∙ Do not drive with the liftgate open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle. Foradditional information, refer to “Ex-haust gas (carbon monoxide)” in the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual.


∙ Always be sure that hands and feetare clear of the door frame to avoidinjury while closing the liftgate.

CAUTIONDo not use accessory carriers that at-tach to the liftgate. Doing so will causedamage to the vehicle.

OPERATING THE MANUALLIFTGATE (if so equipped)The power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors including the lift-gate simultaneously.

To open the liftgate, push the liftgateopener switch �A and pull up on thehandle.

To close, lower and push the liftgate downsecurely.

LPD2655

LIFTGATE


OPERATING THE POWER LIFTGATE(if so equipped)

WARNING∙ Make sure that all passengers have

their hands, etc., inside the vehicle be-fore closing the liftgate.


NOTE:

To open, close or reverse the power lift-gate, the shift lever must be in P (Park).Also, the power liftgate will not operate ifbattery voltage is low.

Power Open:The power liftgate automatically movesfrom the fully closed position to the fullyopen position in approximately five – eightseconds. The power open feature can beactivated by the button on the key fob, theinstrument panel switch or the liftgate openswitch. A chime sounds to indicate thepower open sequence has been started.

LPD2900Instrument panel switch

LPD2212


∙ When the vehicle is locked, the liftgatecan be opened with the instrumentpanel switch or key fob.

∙ The key fob button must be held for1 second before the liftgate opens.

∙ The liftgate must be unlocked (or thekey fob must be within range) to openwith the liftgate open switch �A .

A warning chime will sound if the shift leveris moved out of P (Park) and the vehicle isbeginning to move, during a power openoperation.

Power Close:The power liftgate automatically movesfrom the fully open position to the second-ary position. When the liftgate reaches thesecondary position, the cinching motor en-gages and pulls the liftgate to its primarylatch position. Power close takes approxi-mately seven – ten seconds. The powerclose feature can be activated by the but-ton on the key fob, the instrument panelswitch or the liftgate close switch �B . Achime sounds to indicate the power closesequence has been started.

∙ If the liftgate open switch �A is acti-vated while the cinching motor is en-gaged, the cinching motor will disen-gage and release the latch.

∙ The key fob button must be held for1 second before the liftgate closes.

Stop - Reverse:During the open/close movement, the lift-gate can be stopped, if the Intelligent Key,instrument panel or liftgate switch (�A or�B ) is pressed. The liftgate can be reversedin the Intelligent Key, instrument panel orliftgate switch (�A or �B ) is pressed again.

Auto Reverse:If an obstacle is detected during poweropen or power close, a warning chime willsound and the liftgate will reverse directionand return to the full open or full close po-sition. If a second obstacle is detected, theliftgate motion will stop and the liftgate willenter manual mode.

A pinch strip is mounted on each side ofthe liftgate. If an obstacle is detected by apinch strip during power close, the liftgatewill reverse direction and return to the fullopen position.

Liftgate opener switchLPD2656 LPD2270


NOTE:

If the pinch strip is damaged or removed,the power close function will not oper-ate.

WARNINGThere are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing theliftgate.

Manual Mode:If power operation is not available, the lift-gate may be operated manually. Power op-eration may not be available under the fol-lowing conditions:

∙ Multiple obstacles have been detectedin a single power cycle

∙ Battery voltage is low

If the power liftgate open switch �A ispushed during power open or close, thepower operation will be canceled and theliftgate can be operated manually.

To open the liftgate manually, push the lift-gate open switch �A and raise the liftgate.

To close, lower and push the liftgate downsecurely.

MOTION-ACTIVATED LIFTGATE (ifso equipped)The liftgate can be operated using a quickkicking motion under the center of the rearbumper.

To operate, the Intelligent Key must bewithin 31.5 in (80 cm) of the liftgate.

NOTE:

Tow hitches are available as an acces-sory for this vehicle. If a tow hitch is in-stalled, the liftgate electronic controlunit (ECU) needs to be replaced with anECU programmed with towing logic forthe Motion-Activated Liftgate to func-tion properly.

LPD2655


Proper operation technique∙ While at the rear of the vehicle, begin

making a quick forward kicking motion.

∙ Raise your foot straight under the cen-ter of the rear bumper then immedi-ately return your foot to the ground in acontinuous motion.

∙ The kicking motion should be straight,smooth and consistent.

∙ After your kick motion is complete, stepback and allow the liftgate toopen/close.

∙ Three beeps will sound and the liftgatewill begin moving within two secondsafter the kick.

CAUTIONBefore performing the kicking motion,steady your stance to prevent any lossof balance. Also, while making the kick-ing motion, take caution around hot ex-haust system parts. Otherwise, theremay be danger of injury.

WARNINGPrevent unintentional liftgateopening/closing. There may be condi-tions when opening/closing the liftgateis not desired. Keep the Intelligent Keyout of range of the liftgate, (31.5 in or80 cm), when washing or workingaround the back of the vehicle.

Activation zoneLPD2762

DO: Quick forward kick and return whilethe key fob is within range

LPD2948DO NOT: Swing foot side to side or pause

during kick

LPD2764


CAUTION∙ Interference or malfunction can be

caused by parking in close proximityto radio or satellite towers.

∙ Intelligent Key interference could becaused if you have your key fob storednext to your cell phone or any RF-enabled smart card. For additional in-formation, refer to “NISSAN IntelligentKey®” in this section.

LIFTGATE RELEASE

WARNING∙ Always be sure the liftgate has been

closed securely to prevent it fromopening while driving.

∙ Do not drive with the liftgate open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle. Foradditional information, refer to “Ex-haust gas (carbon monoxide)” in the“Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

∙ To avoid personal injury, do not at-tempt to activate the power liftgate ifone or both of the liftgate struts areremoved.

CAUTION∙ If the power liftgate does not stay

open or if the liftgate unexpectedlycloses at any time while a continuouswarning chime sounds, do not oper-ate the liftgate. There may be a pres-sure loss in one or both of the liftgatestruts. It is recommended that youhave the liftgate inspected. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

∙ Do not activate the power liftgate ifone or both of the liftgate struts areremoved. Damage to the liftgate orpower liftgate mechanisms mayoccur.

Manual liftgate release (if soequipped)The liftgate release mechanism allows theliftgate to be opened in the event of a dis-charged battery.

To release the liftgate from the inside of thevehicle, perform the following operations:

1. Fold the rear seats down. For additionalinformation, refer to “Folding the rearbench seat” in the “Safety—Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint sys-tem” section of this manual.

LPD2375


2. Insert a suitable tool in the lower ac-cess opening hole. Move the releaselever to the right. The liftgate will beunlatched.

3. Push the liftgate up to open.

NOTE:

If you had to open the liftgate using thislever, it is recommended that you haveyour vehicle checked as soon as pos-sible. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Power liftgate release (if soequipped)The liftgate release mechanism allows theliftgate to be opened in the event of a dis-charged battery.

To release the liftgate from the inside of thevehicle, perform the following operations:

1. Fold the rear seats down. For additionalinformation, refer to “Folding the rearbench seat” in the “Safety—Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint sys-tem” section of this manual.

2. Insert a suitable tool in the top accessopening hole. Move the release lever tothe right. The liftgate will be unlatched.

3. Push the liftgate up to open.

NOTE:

If you had to open the liftgate using thislever, it is recommended that you haveyour vehicle checked as soon as pos-sible. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

LPD2949


LIFTGATE POSITION SETTING (if soequipped)The liftgate can be set to open to a specificheight by performing the following:

1. Open the liftgate using the requestswitch or the Intelligent Key.

2. Pull the liftgate down to the desiredposition and hold the liftgate (the lift-gate will have some resistance whenbeing manually adjusted).

3. While holding the liftgate in position,push and hold the liftgate switch �Blocated on the liftgate for approxi-mately 5 seconds or until two beepsare heard.

The liftgate will open to the selected posi-tion setting. To change the position of theliftgate, repeat steps 1-3 for setting the po-sition of the liftgate.

OPENER OPERATIONThe fuel-filler door opener switch is locatedon the instrument panel. To open, push thefuel-filler opener switch.

To lock, close the fuel-filler door securely.

LPD2615 LPD3030

FUEL-FILLER DOOR


FUEL-FILLER CAP

WARNING∙ Gasoline is extremely flammable and

highly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seri-ously injured if it is misused or mis-handled. Always stop the engine anddo not smoke or allow open flames orsparks near the vehicle whenrefueling.

∙ Do not attempt to top off the fuel tankafter the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically. Continued refuelingmay cause fuel overflow, resulting infuel spray and possibly a fire.

∙ Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. It hasa built-in safety valve needed forproper operation of the fuel systemand emission control system. An in-correct cap can result in a serious mal-function and possible injury. It couldalso cause the Malfunction Indi-cator Light (MIL) to come on.

∙ Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyto attempt to start your vehicle.

∙ Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portablefuel containers:

– Always place the container on theground when filling.

– Do not use electronic devices whenfilling.

– Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

– Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION∙ Do not use a fuel containing more

than 15% ethanol in your vehicle. Foradditional information, refer to “Fuelrecommendation” in the “Technicaland consumer information” section ofthis manual.

∙ The Loose Fuel Cap warning messagewill be displayed/warning will appearif the fuel-filler cap is not properlytightened. It may take a few drivingtrips for the message to be displayed.Failure to tighten the fuel-filler capproperly after the Loose Fuel Capwarning message isdisplayed/warning appears maycause the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) to illuminate.

∙ Failure to tighten the fuel-filler capproperly may cause the Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL) to illumi-nate. If the light illuminates be-cause the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle.The light should turn off after afew driving trips. If the light doesnot turn off after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

∙ For additional information, refer to“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” inthe “Instruments and controls” sec-tion of this manual.


∙ If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoid paintdamage.

NOTE:

Changing ignition switch status duringthe refueling process may cause a delayin fuel gauge response.

To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclock-wise to remove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder�1 while refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into thefuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.

Loose Fuel Cap warningThe Loose Fuel Cap warning message willbe displayed in the vehicle information dis-play when the fuel-filler cap is not tight-ened correctly after the vehicle has beenrefueled. It may take a few driving trips forthe message to be displayed. To turn offthe warning message, perform the follow-ing:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap assoon as possible. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Fuel-filler cap” in thissection.

LPD2186 LPD3016


2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until a singleclick is heard.

3. Press the OK button on the steeringwheel for about one second to turn offthe Loose Fuel Cap warning messageafter tightening the fuel-filler cap.

WARNING∙ Do not adjust the steering wheel while

driving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

∙ Do not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary forproper steering operation and com-fort. The driver’s air bag inflates withgreat force. If you are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sideways orout of position in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive serious orfatal injuries from the air bag if youare up against it when it inflates. Al-ways sit back against the seatbackand as far away as practical from thesteering wheel. Always use the seatbelts.

MANUAL OPERATIONTilt and telescopic operationPull the lock lever �1 down:

∙ Adjust the steering wheel up or down indirection �2 to the desired position.

∙ Adjust the steering wheel forward orbackward in direction �3 to the desiredposition.

Push the lock lever �1 up firmly to lock thesteering wheel in place.

LPD2648

STEERING WHEEL


1. To block glare from the front, swingdown the sun visor �1 .

2. To block glare from the side, removethe sun visor from the center mountand swing the visor to the side �2 .

3. To extend the sun visor, slide �3 in orout as needed.

CAUTION∙ Do not store the sun visor before re-

turning the extension to its originalposition.

∙ Do not pull the extension sun visorforcedly downward. VANITY MIRRORS

To access the vanity mirror, pull the sunvisor down and flip open the mirror cover.Some vanity mirrors will illuminate whenthe mirror cover is open.

WPD0344

LPD2067

SUN VISORS


CARD HOLDERTo access the card holder, slide card in thecard holder. Do not view information whileoperating the vehicle.

MANUAL ANTI-GLARE REARVIEWMIRROR (if so equipped)Use the night position �1 to reduce glarefrom the headlights of vehicles behind youat night.

Use the day position �2 when driving indaylight hours.

WARNINGUse the night position only when neces-sary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLAREREARVIEW MIRROR (if so equipped)The inside mirror is designed so that it au-tomatically dims during night time condi-tions and according to the intensity of theheadlights of the vehicle following you. Theautomatic anti-glare feature is activatedwhen the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

NOTE:

Do not hang any objects over the sen-sors �1 or apply glass cleaner to the sen-sors. Doing so will reduce the sensitivityof the sensors, resulting in improper op-eration.

Driver’s sideLPD2598 WPD0126

MIRRORS


Type A (if so equipped)The inside mirror is designed so that it au-tomatically dims during night time condi-tions and according to the intensity of theheadlights of the vehicle following you. Theautomatic anti-glare feature is activatedwhen the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

Type B and Type C (if so equipped)The indicator light �2 will illuminate when theautomatic anti-glare feature is operating.

To turn off the automatic anti-glare feature,press:

∙ The O button for inside mirrors with-out compass, and the indicator light willturn off.

∙ The button for inside mirrorswith compass, and the indicator lightwill turn off.

To turn on the automatic anti-glare feature,press:

∙ The I button for inside mirrors with-out compass, and the indicator light willturn on.

∙ The button for inside mirrorswith compass, and the indicator lightwill turn on.

For additional information on HomeLink®Universal Transceiver operation, refer tothe “HomeLink® Universal Transceiver” inthe “Instruments and controls” section ofthis manual.


Type B— Without compass (if so equipped)LPD0469

Type C— With compass (if so equipped)LPD2419


For information on the compass display �3(if so equipped), refer to “Compass display”in the “Instruments and controls” section ofthis manual.

OUTSIDE MIRRORSThe outside mirror remote control will op-erate only when the ignition switch is in theON position.

Move the small switch �1 to select the leftor right mirror. Adjust each mirror to thedesired position using the large switch �2 .Move the switch �1 to the center (neutral)position to prevent accidentally movingthe mirror.

WARNING∙ Objects viewed in the outside mirror

on the passenger side are closer thanthey appear. Be careful when movingto the right. Using only this mirrorcould cause an accident. Use the in-side mirror or glance over your shoul-der to properly judge distances toother objects.

∙ Do not adjust the mirrors while driv-ing. You could lose control of your ve-hicle and cause an accident.

LPD2452


Manual folding outside mirrorsPull the outside mirror toward the door tofold it.

Reverse tilt-down feature (if soequipped)The reverse tilt-down feature will turn bothoutside mirror surfaces downward to pro-vide better rear visibility close to the vehiclewhen the mirror control switch is in eitherthe L or R position.

The mirrors automatically return to theiroriginal position when you shift out of R(Reverse).

The outside mirror surfaces will return totheir original position when one of the fol-lowing conditions has occurred:

∙ The shift lever is moved to any positionother than R (Reverse).

∙ The outside mirror control switch is setto the neutral or center position.

∙ The ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

NOTE:

If the outside mirror control switch is inthe “center” position, the mirror surfacewill NOT turn downward when the shiftlever is moved to R (Reverse).

For additional information, refer to “Auto-matic drive positioner” in this section.

Heated mirrors (if so equipped)Some outside mirrors can be heated todefrost, defog, or de-ice for improved vis-ibility. For additional information, refer to“Rear window and outside mirror (if soequipped) defroster switch” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of this manual.

The automatic drive positioner system hastwo features:

∙ Memory storage function

∙ Entry/exit function

LPD2084

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (if soequipped)


MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTIONTwo positions for the driver’s seat and out-side mirrors can be stored in the automaticdrive positioner memory. Follow these pro-cedures to use the memory system.

NOTE:

The vehicle should be stopped while set-ting the memory.

1. Adjust the driver’s seat and outside mir-rors to the desired positions by manu-ally operating each adjusting switch.For additional information, refer to“Seats” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts

and supplemental restraint system”section of this manual and “Outsidemirrors” in this section.

2. Push the SET switch and, within 5 sec-onds, push the memory switch (1 or 2).The indicator light for the pushedmemory switch will come on and stayon for approximately 5 seconds.

The chime will sound when the memory isstored.

NOTE:

If a new memory position is stored in thesame memory switch, the previousmemory position will be overwritten bythe new stored position.

Confirming memory storage∙ Push the SET switch.

∙ If a memory position has not beenstored in the switch (1 or 2) the indicatorlight for the respective switch will comeON for approximately 0.5 seconds.

∙ If a memory position has been stored inthe switch (1 or 2) then the indicator lightfor the respective switch will stay ON forapproximately 5 seconds.

Linking a key fob to a storedmemory positionEach key fob can be linked to a storedmemory position (memory switch 1 or 2)with the following procedure.

1. Follow steps 1 and 2 in the “Memorystorage function” section for storingthe memory position.

2. While the indicator light is on, pressthe button on the key fob. Theindicator light of the linked memoryswitch will blink. After the indicator lightgoes off, the key fob is linked to thatmemory setting.

Once it is linked, when ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position, pressingthe button on the key fob will movethe driver’s seat and outside mirrors to thelinked memory switch position.

NOTE:

If a new memory position is stored in thelinked memory switch, then the key fobwill link the new position and overwritesthe previous position.

LPD2531


ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTIONThis system is designed so that the driver’sseat will automatically move when the shiftlever is in the P (Park) position. This allowsthe driver to easily get in and out of theseat.

The driver’s seat will slide backward whenthe ignition is switched to OFF and the driv-er’s door is opened.

The driver’s seat will return to the previousposition when the ignition is switched toON.

The entry/exit function can be enabled ordisabled through “Vehicle Settings” in thevehicle information display by performingthe following:

∙ Switch the “Exit Seat Slide” from ON toOFF. For additional information, refer to“Vehicle information display” in the “In-struments and controls” section of thismanual.

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe automatic drive positioner system willnot work or will stop operating under thefollowing conditions:

∙ When the vehicle speed is above 4 mph(7 km/h).

∙ When any of the memory switches arepushed while the automatic drive posi-tioner is operating.

∙ When the switch for the driver’s seatand steering column is pushed whilethe automatic drive positioner is oper-ating.

∙ When the seat has already been movedto the memorized position.

∙ When no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

∙ When the shift lever is moved from P(Park) to any other position.


4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems

NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2RearView Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

RearView Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . . 4-4How to read the displayed lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Difference between predicted andactual distances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5How to park with predicted courselines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8How to turn on and off predictedcourse lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9RearView Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . . 4-9System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Intelligent Around View Monitor(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11

Intelligent Around View Monitor systemoperation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Difference between predicted andactual distances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16How to park with predicted courselines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18How to switch the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

Intelligent Around View Monitor systemlimitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22

Moving Object Detection (MOD)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

MOD system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Turning MOD on and off (if so equipped) . . . . . 4-26MOD system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

Vents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28Heater and air conditioner (manual)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32Air flow charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

Heater and air conditioner (automatic)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37

Automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-40

Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41USB/iPod® charging port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

iPod®/iPhone®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

Refer to the NissanConnect® Owner’sManual that includes the following infor-mation.

∙ NissanConnect® Services (if soequipped)

∙ Navigation system (if so equipped)

∙ Audio system

∙ Apple CarPlay®

∙ Android AutoTM

∙ Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system

∙ Viewing information

∙ Other settings

∙ Voice recognition

∙ General system information

NISSANCONNECT® OWNER’SMANUAL

4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

1. CAMERA buttonLHA4694

REARVIEW MONITOR (if soequipped)

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the Rear-View Monitor system could result in se-rious injury or death.

∙ RearView Monitor is a conveniencefeature and is not a substitute forproper backing. Always turn and lookout the windows and check mirrors tobe sure that it is safe to move beforeoperating the vehicle. Always back upslowly.

∙ The system is designed as an aid tothe driver in showing large stationaryobjects directly behind the vehicle, tohelp avoid damaging the vehicle.

∙ The distance guide line and the ve-hicle width line should be used as areference only when the vehicle is on alevel paved surface. The distanceviewed on the monitor is for referenceonly and may be different than theactual distance between the vehicleand displayed objects.

CAUTIONDo not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the front ofthe camera.

The RearView Monitor system automati-cally shows a rear view of the vehicle whenthe shift lever is shifted into the R (Reverse)position. While in R (Reverse), pressing theCAMERA button will cycle through guide-line options. The radio can still be heardwhile the RearView Monitor is active.

To display the rear view, the RearView Moni-tor system uses a camera located justabove the vehicle’s license plate �1 .

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMOPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON position,move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) po-sition to operate the RearView Monitor.

LHA3694


HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINESGuiding lines which indicate the vehiclewidth and distances to objects with refer-ence to the vehicle body line �A are dis-played on the monitor.

Distance guide lines

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

∙ Red line �1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

∙ Yellow line �2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

∙ Green line �3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

Vehicle width guide lines �4

Indicate the vehicle width when backingup.

Predicted course lines �5

Indicate the predicted course when back-ing up. The predicted course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the shiftlever is in the R (Reverse) position and thesteering wheel is turned. The predictedcourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheel isin the straight-ahead position.

The vehicle width guide lines and the widthof the predicted course lines are wider thanthe actual width and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTEDAND ACTUAL DISTANCESThe displayed guidelines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or downhillsurfaces or projecting objects will be actu-ally located at distances different fromthose displayed in the monitor relative tothe guidelines (refer to illustrations). Whenin doubt, turn around and view the objects

as you are backing up, or park and exit thevehicle to view the positioning of objectsbehind the vehicle.

LHA4805


Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill isfurther than it appears on the monitor.

Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown farther than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill iscloser than it appears on the monitor.

Backing up near a projectingobjectThe predicted course lines �A do not touchthe object in the display. However, the ve-hicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.

LHA4993 LHA4994 LHA4995


Backing up behind a projectingobjectThe position �C is shown farther than theposition �B in the display. However, the po-sition �C is actually at the same distance asthe position �A . The vehicle may hit the

object when backing up to the position �Aif the object projects over the actual back-ing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTEDCOURSE LINES

WARNING∙ If the tires are replaced with different

sized tires, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

∙ On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predicted course line and the ac-tual course line.

∙ If the battery is disconnected or be-comes discharged, the predictedcourse lines may be displayed incor-rectly. If this occurs, please performthe following procedures:

– Turn the steering wheel from lockto lock while the engine is running.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight roadfor more than 5 minutes.

∙ When the steering wheel is turnedwith the ignition switch in the ACC po-sition, the predicted course lines maybe displayed incorrectly.

1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayedon the screen �A when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position.

LHA4996 LHA5043


3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjustingthe steering wheel so that the pre-dicted course lines �B enter the park-ing space �C .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines �D parallelto the parking space �C while referringto the predicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to theP (Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN1. While on the main menu screen, touch

the “Settings” key.

2. Use the arrow to tab to the next screenand touch the “Camera” key.

3. Touch the “Display Settings” key.

4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, Tint”,“Color”, or “Black Level” key.

5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “–”key on the touch-screen display.

LHA4770

LHA3522


NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settingsof the RearView Monitor while the ve-hicle is moving. Make sure the parkingbrake is firmly applied.

HOW TO TURN ON AND OFFPREDICTED COURSE LINESTo toggle on and off the predicted courselines while in the P (Park) position:

1. Press the CAMERA button.

2. Touch the “Predicted Course Lines” keyto turn the feature on or off.

To toggle on and off the predicted courselines or center guide line while in the R (Re-verse) position, press the CAMERA button.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor RearView Monitor. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ The system cannot completely elimi-nate blind spots and may not showevery object.

∙ Underneath the bumper and the cor-ner areas of the bumper cannot beviewed on the RearView Monitor be-cause of its monitoring range limita-tion. The system will not show smallobjects below the bumper, and maynot show objects close to the bumperor on the ground.

∙ Objects viewed in the RearView Moni-tor differ from actual distance be-cause a wide-angle lens is used.

∙ Objects in the RearView Monitor willappear visually opposite compared towhen viewed in the rearview and out-side mirrors.

∙ Use the displayed lines as a reference.The lines are highly affected by thenumber of occupants, fuel level, ve-hicle position, road conditions androad grade.

∙ Make sure that the liftgate is securelyclosed when backing up.

∙ Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is in-stalled above the license plate.

∙ When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causingwater condensation on the lens, amalfunction, fire or an electric shock.

∙ Do not strike the camera. It is a preci-sion instrument. Otherwise, it maymalfunction or cause damage result-ing in a fire or an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

∙ When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may not clearlydisplay objects.

∙ When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

∙ Vertical lines may be seen in objects onthe screen. This is due to strong re-flected light from the bumper.

∙ The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light.


∙ The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from theactual color of objects.

∙ Objects on the monitor may not beclear in a dark environment.

∙ There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

∙ If dirt, rain or snow accumulate on thecamera, the RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the cam-era.

∙ Do not use wax on the camera lens.Wipe off any wax with a clean clothdampened with a diluted mild cleaningagent, then wipe with a dry cloth. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION∙ Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner

to clean the camera. This will causediscoloration.

∙ Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera �1 , the RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the cameraby wiping it with a cloth dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent and then wip-ing it with a dry cloth.

LHA3694



INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEWMONITOR (if so equipped)


WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for the proper use of the In-telligent Around View Monitor systemcould result in serious injury or death

∙ The Intelligent Around View Monitor isa convenience feature and is not asubstitute for proper vehicle opera-tion because it has areas where ob-jects cannot be viewed. The four cor-ners of the vehicle in particular, areareas where objects do not alwaysappear in the bird’s-eye, front, or rearviews. Always check your surround-ings to be sure that it is safe to movebefore operating the vehicle. Alwaysoperate the vehicle slowly.

∙ The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

CAUTIONDo not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the front ofthe camera.

The Intelligent Around View Monitor sys-tem is designed as an aid to the driver insituations such as slot parking or parallelparking.

The monitor displays various views of theposition of the vehicle in a split screen for-mat. Not all views are available at all times.

Available views:

∙ Front ViewAn approximately 150–degree view ofthe front of the vehicle.

∙ Rear ViewAn approximately 150–degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

∙ Bird’s-Eye ViewThe surrounding views of the vehiclefrom above.

∙ Front-Side ViewThe view around and ahead of the frontpassenger’s side wheel.

∙ Rear-Wide ViewAn approximately 180–degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

To display the multiple views, the IntelligentAround View Monitor system uses cam-eras located in the front grille, on the vehi-cle’s outside mirrors and one just abovethe vehicle’s license plate �1 .

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEWMONITOR SYSTEM OPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON position,move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) po-sition or press the CAMERA button to oper-ate the Intelligent Around View Monitor.

LHA3700


The screen displayed on the IntelligentAround View Monitor will automatically re-turn to the previous screen 3 minutes afterthe CAMERA button has been pressed withthe shift lever in a position other than the R(Reverse) position.

Available views

WARNING∙ The distance guide lines and the ve-

hicle width lines should be used as areference only when the vehicle is on apaved, level surface. The apparentdistance viewed on the monitor maybe different than the actual distancebetween the vehicle and displayedobjects.

∙ Use the displayed lines and the bird’s-eye view as a reference. The lines andthe bird’s-eye view are greatly af-fected by the number of occupants,cargo, fuel level, vehicle position, roadcondition and road grade.

∙ If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course linesand the bird’s-eye view may be dis-played incorrectly.

∙ When driving the vehicle up a hill, ob-jects viewed in the monitor are fur-ther than they appear. When drivingthe vehicle down a hill, objects viewedin the monitor are closer than theyappear.

∙ Objects in the rear view will appearvisually opposite compared to whenviewed in the monitor and outsidemirrors.

∙ Use the mirrors or actually look toproperly judge distances to otherobjects.

∙ On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predicted course lines and the ac-tual course line.

∙ The vehicle width and predictedcourse lines are wider than the actualwidth and course.

∙ The displayed lines will appearslightly off to the right, because therearview camera is not installed in therear center of the vehicle.

Front and rear view

Guiding lines that indicate the approximatevehicle width and distance to objects withreference to the vehicle body line �A aredisplayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the vehicle body:∙ Red line �1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)∙ Yellow line �2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m)∙ Green line �3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m)

∙ Green line �4 : approximately 10 ft (3 m)(if so equipped)

Front viewSAA1840


Vehicle width guide lines �5 :

Indicate the approximate vehicle widthwhen backing up.

Predicted course lines �6 :

Indicate the predicted course when oper-ating the vehicle. The predicted courselines will be displayed on the monitor whenthe steering wheel is turned. The predictedcourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheel isin the straight-ahead position.

The front view will not be displayed whenthe vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).

NOTE:

When the monitor displays the frontview and the steering wheel turns about90 degrees or less from the straight-ahead position, both the right and leftpredicted course lines �6 are displayed.When the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or more, a line is displayed onlyon the opposite side of the turn.

Bird’s-eye view

The bird’s-eye view shows the overheadview of the vehicle, which helps confirm thevehicle position and the predicted courseto a parking space.

The vehicle icon �1 shows the position ofthe vehicle. Note that the apparent dis-tance between objects viewed in the bird’s-eye view may differ somewhat from theactual distance to the vehicle.

The areas that the cameras cannot cover�2 are indicated in black.

Rear viewLHA4992

Front viewLHA4534


The non-viewable area �2 is highlighted inyellow for several seconds after the bird’s-eye view is displayed. It will be shown onlythe first time after the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

In addition, the non-viewable corners aredisplayed in red and blink for the first 3 sec-onds �3 to remind the driver to be cau-tious.

Predicted course lines �4 indicate the pre-dicted course when operating the vehicle.The predicted course lines will be displayedon the monitor when the steering wheel isturned. The predicted course lines willmove depending on how much the steer-ing wheel is turned and will not be dis-played while the steering wheel is in theneutral position.

When the monitor displays the front viewand the steering wheel turns about 90 de-grees or less from the neutral position, thetwo green predicted course lines areshown in front of the vehicle.

When the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or more, one green predictedcourse line is shown in front of the vehicleand the other predicted course line isshown at the side of the vehicle.

When the monitor displays the rear view,the predicted course lines are shown at theback of the vehicle.

WARNING∙ Objects in the bird’s-eye view will ap-

pear further than the actual distance.

∙ Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle,may be misaligned or not displayed atthe seam of the views.

∙ Objects that are above the cameracannot be displayed.

∙ The view of the bird’s-eye view may bemisaligned when the camera positionalters.

∙ A line on the ground may be mis-aligned and is not seen as beingstraight at the seam of the views. Themisalignment will increase as the lineproceeds away from the vehicle.

Rear viewLHA4535


Front-side view

Guiding lines

Guiding lines that indicate the approximatewidth and the front end of the vehicle aredisplayed on the monitor.

The front-of-vehicle line �1 shows the frontpart of the vehicle.

The side-of-vehicle line �2 shows the ap-proximate vehicle width including the out-side mirrors.

The extensions �3 of both the front �1 andside �2 lines are shown with a green dottedline.

Rear-wide view

The rear-wide view shows a wider area onthe entire screen and allows the checkingof the blind corners on right and left sides.The rear-wide view displays an approxi-mately 180-degree area.

Distance guide lines

Indicates distances from the vehicle body:

∙ Red line �1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

∙ Yellow line �2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m)

∙ Green line �3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m)

Vehicle width guide lines �4

Indicate the vehicle width when backingup.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTEDAND ACTUAL DISTANCESThe displayed guidelines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or downhillsurfaces or projecting objects will be actu-ally located at distances different fromthose displayed in the monitor relative tothe guidelines (refer to illustrations). Whenin doubt, turn around and view the objectsas you are backing up, or park and exit thevehicle to view the positioning of objectsbehind the vehicle.

LHA2652Rear-wide view

LHA4819


Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill isfurther than it appears on the monitor.

Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown farther than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill iscloser than it appears on the monitor.

Backing up near a projectingobjectThe predicted course lines �A do not touchthe object in the display. However, the ve-hicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.

LHA4993 LHA4994 LHA4995


Backing up behind a projectingobjectThe position �C is shown farther than theposition �B in the display. However, the po-sition �C is actually at the same distance asthe position �A . The vehicle may hit the

object when backing up to the position �Aif the object projects over the actual back-ing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTEDCOURSE LINES

WARNING∙ If the tires are replaced with different

sized tires, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

∙ On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predicted course line and the ac-tual course line.

∙ If the battery is disconnected or be-comes discharged, the predictedcourse lines may be displayed incor-rectly. If this occurs, please performthe following procedures:

– Turn the steering wheel from lockto lock while the engine is running.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight roadfor more than 5 minutes.

∙ When the steering wheel is turnedwith the ignition switch in the ACC po-sition, the predicted course lines maybe displayed incorrectly.

1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayedon the screen �A when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position.

LHA4996 LHA5043


3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjustingthe steering wheel so that the pre-dicted course lines �B enter the park-ing space �C .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines �D parallelto the parking space �C while referringto the predicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to theP (Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.

HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAYWith the ignition switch in the ON position,press the CAMERA button or move the shiftlever to the R (Reverse) position to operatethe Intelligent Around View Monitor.

The Intelligent Around View Monitor dis-plays different split screen views depend-ing on the position of the shift lever. Pressthe CAMERA button to switch between theavailable views.

If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position,the available views are:

∙ Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen

∙ Rear view/front-side view split screen

∙ Rear-wide view

If the shift lever is in the P (Park) or D (Drive)position, the available views are:

∙ Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen

∙ Front view/front-side view split screen

The display will switch from the IntelligentAround View Monitor screen when:

∙ The shift lever is in the D (Drive) positionand the vehicle speed increases aboveapproximately 6 mph (10 km/h)

∙ A different screen is selected.

LHA4770


ADJUSTING THE SCREEN1. While on the main menu screen, touch

the “Settings” key.

2. Use the arrow to tab to the next screenand touch the “Camera” key.

3. Touch the “Display Settings” key.

4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, Tint”,“Color”, or “Black Level” key.

5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “–”key on the touch-screen display.

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settingsof the Intelligent Around View Monitorwhile the vehicle is moving. Make surethe parking brake is firmly applied.

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEWMONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

LHA5047

LHA3750


WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor Intelligent Around View Monitor.Failure to operate the vehicle in accor-dance with these system limitationscould result in serious injury or death.

∙ Do not use the Intelligent Around ViewMonitor with the outside mirrors inthe stored position, and make surethat the liftgate is securely closedwhen operating the vehicle using theIntelligent Around View Monitor.

∙ The apparent distance between ob-jects viewed on the Intelligent AroundView Monitor differs from the actualdistance.

∙ The cameras are installed on the frontgrille, the outside mirrors and abovethe rear license plate. Do not put any-thing such as a license plate frame onthe vehicle that covers or blocks theview of the cameras.

∙ When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the cameras. Otherwise, wa-ter may enter the camera unit causingwater condensation on the lens, amalfunction, fire or an electric shock.

∙ Do not strike the cameras. They areprecision instruments. Doing so couldcause a malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electric shock.

There are some areas where the systemwill not show objects and the system doesnot warn of moving objects. When in thefront or rear view display, an object belowthe bumper or on the ground may not beviewed �1 . When in the bird’s-eye view, a tallobject near the seam �2 of the cameraviewing areas will not appear in the moni-tor.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

∙ There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

∙ When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may not displayobjects clearly.

∙ When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

∙ The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light.

∙ The colors of objects on the IntelligentAround View Monitor may differ some-what from the actual color of objects.

∙ Objects on the Intelligent Around ViewMonitor may not be clear and the colorof the object may differ in a dark envi-ronment.

∙ There may be differences in sharpnessbetween each camera view of thebird’s-eye view.

∙ Do not use wax on the camera lens.Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth thathas been dampened with a diluted mildcleaning agent, then wipe with a drycloth.


System temporarily unavailableWhen the “!” icon is displayed on the screen,there are abnormal conditions in the Intel-ligent Around View Monitor. This will nothinder normal driving operation but thesystem should be inspected. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

When the “[X]” icon is displayed on thescreen, the camera image may be receiv-ing temporary electronic disturbancesfrom surrounding devices. This will not hin-der normal driving operation but the sys-tem should be inspected if it occurs fre-quently. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE



∙ Do not damage the cameras as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras �1 , the Intelligent Around ViewMonitor may not display objects clearly.Clean the camera by wiping with a clothdampened with a diluted mild cleaningagent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

LHA3591 LHA3592 LHA3700



MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD)(if so equipped)


WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the MovingObject Detection (MOD) system couldresult in serious injury or death

∙ The MOD system is not a substitutefor proper vehicle operation and is notdesigned to prevent contact with ob-jects surrounding the vehicle. Whenmaneuvering, always use the outsidemirrors and rearview mirror and turnand check the surroundings to ensureit is safe to maneuver.

∙ The system is deactivated at speedsabove 5 mph (8 km/h). It is reactivatedat lower speeds.

∙ The MOD system is not designed todetect surrounding stationaryobjects.

The MOD system can inform the driver ofmoving objects near the vehicle whenbacking out of garages, maneuvering inparking lots and in other such instances.

The MOD system detects moving objectsby using image processing technology onthe image shown in the display.

MOD SYSTEM OPERATIONThe MOD system will turn on automaticallyunder the following conditions:

∙ When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position.

∙ When the CAMERA button is pressed toactivate the camera view on the display.

∙ When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 6 mph (10 km/h) and thecamera screen is displayed.

The MOD system operates in the followingconditions when the camera view is dis-played:

∙ When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position and the vehicle isstopped, the MOD system detects mov-ing objects in the bird’s-eye view. TheMOD system will not operate if the out-side mirrors are moving in or out, in thestowed position, or if either front door isopened.

Front and bird’s-eye viewsLHA4190


∙ When the shift lever is in the D (Drive)position and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 6 mph (10 km/h), theMOD system detects moving objects inthe front view.

∙ When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 6 mph (10 km/h), theMOD system detects moving objects inthe rear view. The MOD system will notoperate if the liftgate is open.

The MOD system does not detect movingobjects in the front-side view. The MODicon is not displayed on the screen when inthis view.

When the MOD system detects moving ob-jects near the vehicle, a chime will be heardwhen in front or rear view and a yellowframe will be displayed on the view wherethe objects are detected. While the MODsystem continues to detect moving ob-jects, the yellow frame continues to be dis-played.

NOTE:

While the RCTA chime (if so equipped) isbeeping, the MOD system does notchime.

In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame �1 isdisplayed on each camera image (front,rear, right, left) depending on where mov-ing objects are detected.

The yellow frame �2 is displayed on eachview in the front view and rear view modes.

A blue MOD icon �3 is displayed in the viewwhere the MOD system is operative. A gray

Rear and bird’s-eye viewsLHA5171

Rear and front-side viewsLHA4997

Rear-wide viewLHA4998


MOD icon is displayed in the view where theMOD system is not operative.

If the MOD system is turned off, the MODicon �3 is not displayed.

TURNING MOD ON AND OFF (if soequipped)Some vehicles include the option to allowthe MOD system to be turned on or off.

To turn the MOD system on or off:

1. Press the or button on thesteering wheel and select “Settings” inthe vehicle information display.

2. Using the buttons, select “DriverAssistance” and press the OK button.

3. Select “Parking Aids”.

4. Toggle ON or OFF “Moving Object” us-ing the OK button.

MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor MOD. Failure to operate the vehiclein accordance with these system limita-tions could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ Do not use the MOD system whentowing a trailer. The system may notfunction properly.

∙ Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume or open vehicle win-dow) will interfere with the chimesound, and it may not be heard.

∙ The MOD system performance will belimited according to environmentalconditions and surrounding objectssuch as:

– When there is low contrast be-tween background and the movingobjects.

– When there is a blinking source oflight.

– When strong light such as anothervehicle’s headlight or sunlight ispresent.

– When camera orientation is not inits usual position, such as when amirror is folded.

– When there is dirt, water drops orsnow on the camera lens.

– When the position of the movingobjects in the display is notchanged.

∙ The MOD system might detect flowingwater droplets on the camera lens,white smoke from the muffler, mov-ing shadows, etc.

∙ The MOD system may not functionproperly depending on the speed, di-rection, distance or shape of the mov-ing objects.

∙ If your vehicle sustains damage to theparts where the camera is installed,leaving it misaligned or bent, thesensing zone may be altered and theMOD system may not detect objectsproperly.

∙ When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may not dis-play objects clearly. This is not amalfunction.


NOTE:

The blue MOD icon will change to orangeif one of the following has occurred:

∙ When the system is malfunctioning.

∙ When the component temperaturereaches a high level (icon will blink).

∙ When the RearView camera has de-tected a blockage (icon will blink).

If the icon light continues to illuminateorange, have the MOD system checked. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE



∙ Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras �1 , the MOD system may notoperate properly. Clean the camera by wip-ing with a cloth dampened with a dilutedmild cleaning agent and then wiping with adry cloth.

LHA3700


Adjust air flow direction by moving the ventslides.

Open or close the vents by using the dial.Move the dial toward the to open thevents or toward the to close them.

SideLHA4301

CenterLHA4302

RearLHA1134

VENTS


1. Fan speed control dial / A/C (airconditioner) button

2. Air flow control buttons

3. Temperature control dial / MAX A/Cbutton

4. Air recirculation button

5. Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switch

6. Front windshield defrost button

WARNING∙ The air conditioner cooling function

operates only when the engine isrunning.

∙ Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assis-tance of others alone in your vehicle.Pets should also not be left alone.They could accidentally injure them-selves or others through inadvertentoperation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

∙ Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the inte-rior air to become stale and the win-dows to fog up.

NOTE:∙ Odors from inside and outside the ve-

hicle can build up in the air conditionerunit. Odor can enter the passengercompartment through the vents.

∙ When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off air re-circulation to allow fresh air into thepassenger compartment. This shouldhelp reduce odors inside the vehicle.

LHA2243

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(manual) (if so equipped)


CONTROLSFan speed control dial

The fan speed control dial allows youto adjust the fan speed for the outlet airflow. To turn the fan off, turn the fanspeed control dial to the OFF position.

Air flow control buttonsThe air flow control buttons allow you toselect the air flow outlets.MAXA/C

— Air flows mainly from centerand side vents with maximumcooling and turns on.

— Air flows mainly from centerand side vents.

— Air flows mainly from centerand side vents and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from foot out-lets and partly from defroster.

— Air flows mainly from defrosteroutlets and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from defrosteroutlets.

Temperature control dialThe temperature control dial allows you toadjust the temperature of the outlet air. To

lower the temperature, turn the dial to theleft. To increase the temperature, turn thedial to the right.

Air recirculation buttonOn position (Indicator light on):Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle.

Press the button to the ON positionwhen:

∙ driving on a dusty road.

∙ to prevent traffic fumes from enteringpassenger compartment.

∙ for maximum cooling when using theair conditioner.

Off position (Indicator light off):Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment and distributed through theselected outlet.

Use the off position for normal heater or airconditioner operation.

A/C (air conditioner) button

Start the engine, turn the fan speedcontrol dial to the desired position andpress the button to turn on the airconditioner. The indicator light comes on

when the air conditioner is operating. Toturn off the air conditioner, press thebutton again.The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switchFor additional information, refer to “Rearwindow and outside mirror (if so equipped)defroster switch” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section of this manual.

HEATER OPERATIONHeatingThis mode is used to direct heated air tothe foot outlets. Some air also flows fromthe defrost outlets and the side vent out-lets.

1. Press the button to change tofresh air intake mode. The indica-tor light will turn off for normal heating.

2. Press the air flow control button.

3. Turn the fan speed control dial tothe desired position.


4. Turn the temperature control dial tothe desired position between themiddle and the hot position.

VentilationThis mode directs outside air to the sideand center vents.

1. Press the button to change tofresh air intake mode. The indica-tor light will turn off.



4. Turn the temperature control dial tothe desired position.

Defrosting or defoggingThis mode directs the air to the defrostoutlets to defrost/defog the windows.

1. Press the defroster button.



∙ To quickly remove ice or fog from thewindows, turn the fan speed control dialto the highest setting and the tempera-ture control to the full HOT position.

∙ When the position is selected, theair conditioner automatically turns on ifthe outside temperature is more than36°F (2°C). This dehumidifies the airwhich helps defog the windshield.The indicator automatically turnsoff, allowing outside air to be drawn intothe passenger compartment to furtherimprove the defogging performance.The recirculation mode cannot be acti-vated in the position.

Bi-level heatingThe bi-level mode directs warmed air tothe side and center vents and to the frontand rear floor outlets.

1. Press the button to change tofresh air intake mode. The willturn off.




Heating and defoggingThis mode heats the interior and defogsthe windshield.




∙ When the position is selected, theair conditioner automatically turns on ifthe outside temperature is more than36°F (2°C). This dehumidifies the airwhich helps defog the windshield.The indicator automatically turnsoff, allowing outside air to be drawn intothe passenger compartment to furtherimprove the defogging performance.

Operating tipsClear snow and ice from the wiper bladesand air inlet in front of the windshield.This improves heater operation.


AIR CONDITIONER OPERATIONStart the engine, turn the fan speedcontrol dial to the desired position, andpress the button to activate the airconditioner. When the air conditioner is on,cooling and dehumidifying functions areadded to the heater operation.The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

CoolingThis mode is used to cool and dehumidifythe air.



3. Press the button.


∙ For quick cooling, press the MAX A/Cbutton. When the MAX A/C button ispressed, it will activate the mode.The amount of air coming through thevents is the highest it can go when inMAX A/C mode regardless of the posi-tion of the fan speed control dial.

Dehumidified heatingThis mode is used to heat and dehumidifythe air.

1. Press the button to the OFF posi-tion.



4. Press the A/C (air conditioner) button.The indicator light comes on.


Dehumidified defoggingThis mode is used to defog the windowsand dehumidify the air.



∙ When the or are selected,the air conditioner automatically turnson (the indicator light may or may notilluminate) if the outside temperature ismore than 36°F (2°C). This dehumidifiesthe air which helps defog the wind-shield. The mode automaticallyturns off, allowing outside air to bedrawn into the passenger compart-ment to further improve the defoggingperformance.

∙ The air conditioner is always on inor mode, regardless of whetherthe indicator light is on or off.


Operating tips∙ Keep the windows and moonroof (if so

equipped) closed while the air condi-tioner is in operation.

∙ After parking in the sun, drive for two orthree minutes with the windows opento vent hot air from the passengercompartment. Then, close the win-dows. This allows the air conditioner tocool the interior more quickly.


∙ The air conditioning system shouldbe operated for approximately10 minutes at least once a month.This helps prevent damage to thesystem due to lack of lubrication.

∙ A visible mist may be seen coming fromthe ventilators in hot, humid conditionsas the air is cooled rapidly. This does notindicate a malfunction.

∙ If the engine coolant temperaturegauge indicates engine coolant tem-perature over the normal range, turnthe air conditioner off. For additionalinformation, refer to “If your vehicleoverheats” in the “In case of emer-gency” section of this manual.

∙ If the engine coolant temperature be-comes too high, will be activatedand the indicator light will come on au-tomatically.

∙ When the ignition is OFF, button charac-ters will not illuminate.

AIR FLOW CHARTSThe following charts show the button anddial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICKheating, cooling or defrosting. The air recir-culation indicator should always be in theOFF position for heating and defrosting.


LHA4364 LHA4365


LHA4366 LHA4367


LHA4685


1. Front defroster button2. Temperature control dial (driver’s

side) / ON-OFF button3. MODE (manual air flow control)

button4. Display screen

5. A/C (air conditioner) button6. Temperature control dial (passen-

ger’s side)/DUAL (passenger’s sidetemperature control) button

7. Rear window and outsidemirror (if so equipped) defrosterswitch

8. Fresh air intake button9. AUTO (automatic mode) button10. Fan speed control buttons11. Air recirculation button

WARNING∙ The air conditioner cooling function

operates only when the engine isrunning.

∙ Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assis-tance of others alone in your vehicle.Pets should also not be left alone.They could accidentally injure them-selves or others through inadvertentoperation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

∙ Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the inte-rior air to become stale and the win-dows to fog up.

LHA2875

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(automatic) (if so equipped)


NOTE:

∙ Odors from inside and outside the ve-hicle can build up in the air condi-tioner unit. Odor can enter the pas-senger compartment through thevents.

∙ When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off air re-circulation to allow fresh air into thepassenger compartment. This shouldhelp reduce odors inside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC OPERATIONCooling and/or dehumidifiedheating (AUTO)This mode may be used all year round asthe system automatically works to keep aconstant temperature. Air flow distribution,air intake control and fan speed are alsocontrolled automatically.

1. Press the AUTO button on. The indica-tor on the button will illuminate.

2. Turn the temperature control dial tothe left or right to set the desired tem-perature.

∙ The temperature of the passengercompartment will be maintained auto-matically. Air flow distribution, air intakecontrol and fan speed are also con-trolled automatically.

∙ A visible mist may be seen coming fromthe vents in hot, humid conditions asthe air is cooled rapidly. This does notindicate a malfunction.

3. You can individually set driver’s andfront passenger’s side temperature us-ing each temperature control dial.When the DUAL button is pressed orpassenger’s side temperature dial isturned, the DUAL indicator will comeon. To turn off the passenger’s sidetemperature control, press the DUALbutton.

Heating (A/C OFF)The air conditioner does not activate. Whenyou need to heat only, use this mode.

1. Press the AUTO button.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to setthe desired temperature.

∙ The temperature of the passengercompartment will be maintained auto-matically. Air flow distribution and fanspeed are also controlled automatically.

∙ Do not set the temperature lower thanthe outside air temperature. Otherwise,the system may not work properly.

∙ Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defrosting ordefogging

1. Press the front defroster buttonon. The indicator light on the button willcome on.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to setthe maximum temperature to aid indefrosting or defogging.

∙ To quickly remove ice from the outsideof the windows, use the fan speedcontrol button to set the fan speed tomaximum.

∙ As soon as possible after the wind-shield is clean, press the AUTO button toreturn to the automatic mode.


∙ When the front defroster button ispressed, the air conditioner will auto-matically be turned on at outside tem-peratures above 36°F (2°C). The air recir-culate mode automatically turns off,allowing outside air to be drawn into thepassenger compartment to further im-prove the defogging performance.When the air recirculate mode auto-matically turns off, the air fresh modewill automatically turn on.

Remote Engine Start withIntelligent Climate Control (if soequipped)Vehicles equipped with automatic climatecontrols and Remote Engine Start functionmay go into automatic heating or coolingmode when Remote Engine Start is acti-vated depending on outside and cabintemperatures. During this period, the cli-mate control display and buttons will beinoperable until the ignition switch isturned on. In Remote Engine Start defrost-ing mode, the rear window defroster andheated steering wheel (if so equipped) maybe activated automatically.

Voice Recognition logic (if soequipped)When the climate control system is on, thefan speed may be automatically loweredso that commands are more easily recog-nized. Fan speed can be adjusted usingthe fan speed control buttons, if de-sired.

MANUAL OPERATIONFan speed controlPress the fan speed control buttonsto manually control the fan speed.Press the AUTO button to return to auto-matic control of the fan speed.

Temperature control dialThe temperature control dial allows you toadjust the temperature of the outlet air. Tolower the temperature, turn the dial to theleft. To increase the temperature, turn thedial to the right. Temperature can be ad-justed on the driver’s and passenger’s side.

Air recirculation

Press the air recirculation button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle.The indicator light on the button willcome on.The air recirculation cannot be activatedwhen the air conditioner is in thefront defrosting mode.When the outside temperature exceeds 70°F(21°C), the air conditioning system may de-fault to air recirculation mode automaticallyto reduce overall power consumption. To exitair recirculation mode, select the fresh airintake button to enter fresh air mode.

Fresh air intake

Press the fresh air intake button todraw outside air into the passenger com-partment.

Automatic intake air controlIn the AUTO mode, the intake air will becontrolled automatically. When the outsidetemperature exceeds 70°F (21°C), the airconditioning system may default to air re-circulation mode automatically to reduceoverall power consumption. To exit air re-circulation mode, select the fresh air intakebutton to enter fresh air mode.


To manually control the intake air, pressthe air recirculation buttonor fresh air intake button. To return tothe automatic control mode ifthe fresh air indicator is illuminated,press and hold the fresh air intakebutton for about 2 seconds. The fresh airindicator and air recirculation indicatorlights will flash twice, and then the intake airwill be controlled automatically. To returnto the automatic control mode ifthe air recirculation icon is illumi-nated, press and hold the air recircu-lation button for about 2 seconds.The air recirculation indicatorand fresh air intake indicator lightswill flash twice and the intake air will becontrolled automatically.

A/C (air conditioner) buttonStart the engine, press the fan speedcontrol buttons to the desired position andpress the button to turn on the airconditioner. To turn off the air conditioner,press the button again.The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

Air flow controlPressing the MODE button manually con-trols air flow and selects the air outlet:

— Air flows mainly from centerand side vents.

— Air flows mainly from centerand side vents and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from foot out-lets and partly from defroster.

— Air flows mainly from defrosterand foot outlets.

To turn system offPress the OFF button.

Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switchFor additional information, refer to “Rearwindow and outside mirror (if so equipped)defroster switch” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section of this manual.

OPERATING TIPSThe sunload sensor, located on the top andcenter of the instrument panel, helps thesystem maintain a constant temperature.Do not put anything on or around this sen-sor.

LHA2949


∙ When the climate system is in auto-matic operation and the engine coolanttemperature and outside air tempera-ture are low, the air flow outlet may de-fault to defroster mode for a maximumof 2 minutes 30 seconds. This is not amalfunction. After the engine coolanttemperature warms up, the air flow out-let will return to foot mode and opera-tion will continue normally.

∙ When the outside and interior cabintemperatures are moderate to high, theintake setting may default to turn off airrecirculation to allow fresh air into thepassenger compartment. You may no-tice air flow from the foot mode, bi-levelmode, or side demist vent outlets for amaximum of 15 seconds. This may oc-cur when previous climate setting wassystem off. This is not a malfunction.After the initial warm air is expelled, theintake will return to automatic control,air flow outlet will return to previous set-tings, and operation will continue nor-mally. To exit, press any climate controlbutton.

∙ Keep the moonroof (if so equipped)closed while the air conditioner is in op-eration.

∙ If you feel that the air flow mode youhave selected and the outlets the air iscoming out do not match, selectthe mode.

∙ When you change the air flow mode,you may feel air flow from the foot out-lets for just a moment. This is not amalfunction.

The air conditioner system in your NISSANvehicle is charged with a refrigerant de-signed with the environment in mind.This refrigerant does not harm theearth’s ozone layer.

Special charging equipment and lubricantis required when servicing your NISSAN airconditioner. Using improper refrigerants orlubricants will cause severe damage toyour air conditioner system. For additionalinformation, refer to “Air conditioner sys-tem refrigerant and oil recommendations”in the “Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer to service your “environmentallyfriendly” air conditioner system.

WARNINGThe air conditioner system contains re-frigerant under high pressure. To avoidpersonal injury, any air conditioner ser-vice should be done only by an experi-enced technician with properequipment.

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER


There is a USB/iPod® charging port locatedin the center console. This port will chargecompatible devices.

NOTE:

Only the USB connection port locatedbelow the instrument panel will allowoperation of the USB/iPod® devicesthrough the audio system.

The vehicle is equipped with a shark finantenna.

When installing a CB, ham radio or carphone in your vehicle, be sure to observethe following precautions; otherwise, thenew equipment may adversely affect theengine control system and other electronicparts.

WARNING∙ A cellular phone should not be used

for any purpose while driving so fullattention may be given to vehicle op-eration. Some jurisdictions prohibitthe use of cellular phones whiledriving.

∙ If you must make a call while your ve-hicle is in motion, the hands free cellu-lar phone operational mode is highlyrecommended. Exercise extreme cau-tion at all times so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

∙ If you are unable to devote full atten-tion to vehicle operation while talkingon the phone, pull off the road to asafe location and stop your vehicle.

LHA4476

USB/iPod® CHARGING PORT ANTENNA CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO


CAUTION∙ Keep the antenna as far away as pos-

sible from the electronic controlmodules.

∙ Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electronic con-trol system harnesses. Do not routethe antenna wire next to any harness.

∙ Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by themanufacturer.

∙ Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

∙ For additional information, it is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer.

“Made for iPod”, “Made for iPhone” and“Made for iPad” mean that an electronicaccessory has been designed to connectspecifically to iPod, iPhone or iPad, respec-tively, and has been certified by the devel-oper to meet Apple performance stan-dards. Apple is not responsible for theoperation of this device or its compliancewith safety and regulatory standards.Please note that the use of this accessorywith iPod, iPhone or iPad may affect wire-less performance.

iPad, iPhone, iPod classic, iPod Nano, iPodshuffle and iPod touch are trademarks ofApple Inc., registered in the U.S. and othercountries. Lightning is a trademark ofApple Inc.

iPod®/iPhone®


5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . .5-11Driving safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11

Ignition switch (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Continuously Variable Transmission . . . . . . . . . 5-14Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Push-button ignition switch (if so equipped) . . . . 5-15Operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16Push-button ignition switch positions . . . . . . . 5-17Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17NISSAN Intelligent Key® batterydischarge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Before starting the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Starting the engine (models without NISSANIntelligent Key® system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19Starting the engine (models with NISSANIntelligent Key® system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 5-21Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Pedal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Switch type (models with electronicparking brake system). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

Automatic brake hold (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 5-31How to activate/deactivate theautomatic brake hold function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32How to use the automatic brake holdfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33

SPORT mode switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34ECO mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34Lane Departure Warning (LDW)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35

LDW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36How to enable/disable the LDW system . . . . . 5-37LDW system limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39

Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40

I-LI system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41How to enable/disable the I-LI system. . . . . . . 5-42I-LI system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46BSW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48How to enable/disable the BSW system . . . . . 5-50BSW system limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50BSW driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57RCTA system operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-58How to enable/disable the RCTAsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-60RCTA system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63

System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65

Precautions on cruise control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65Cruise control operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (for vehicleswithout ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped). . . . . . . . 5-67

How to select the cruise control mode . . . . . . 5-69Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-85Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-86

ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91ProPILOT Assist system operation . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93Turning the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode on. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96Operating ProPILOT Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97

How to enable/disable the SteeringAssist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)(for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist). . . . . . . . . . . 5-103Steering Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-124

AEB system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-125Turning the AEB system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127AEB system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-130System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-130

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) withPedestrian Detection (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 5-132

AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemoperation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-133Turning the AEB with PedestrianDetection system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemlimitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-138

System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (if so equipped) . 5-141RAB system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-142Turning the RAB system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-143RAB system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-146

Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-146Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-147Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-148All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 5-148

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switchoperations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149

Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-151Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-152Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-153

Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-153Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-154Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-155

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . 5-155Brake force distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157

Chassis Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-158

Intelligent Trace Control (I-TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-158Intelligent Engine Brake (I-EB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-159Active Ride Control (ARC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-160

Hill start assist system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-161Rear Sonar System (RSS) (if so equipped) . . . . . . 5-162

System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-163How to enable/disable the sonarsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165Sonar limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166

System maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167

Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167Draining of coolant water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-168Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-168Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-168Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-168Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169

WARNING∙ Do not leave children or adults who

would normally require the assis-tance of others alone in your vehicle.Pets should also not be left alone.They could accidentally injure them-selves or others through inadvertentoperation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from slidingor shifting. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

∙ To avoid raising the center of gravityexcessively, do not exceed the ratedcapacity of the roof rack (if soequipped) and evenly distribute theload.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING∙ Do not breathe exhaust gases; they

contain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is dan-gerous. It can cause unconsciousnessor death.

∙ If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with allwindows fully open, and have the ve-hicle inspected immediately.

∙ Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

∙ Do not park the vehicle with the en-gine running for any extended lengthof time.

∙ Keep the rear vent windows, liftgates,doors and trunk lids (if so equipped)closed while driving, otherwise ex-haust gases could be drawn into thepassenger compartment. If you mustdrive with one of these open, followthese precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation but-ton to off and the fan control dial tohigh to circulate the air.

∙ If electrical wiring or other cable con-nections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the liftgate or thebody, follow the manufacturer’s rec-ommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

∙ The exhaust system and body shouldbe inspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involvingdamage to the exhaust system,underbody, or rear of the vehicle.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING ANDDRIVING

5-4 Starting and driving

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emission con-trol device installed in the exhaust system.Exhaust gases in the three-way catalystare burned at high temperatures to helpreduce pollutants.

WARNING∙ The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys-

tem are very hot. Keep people, ani-mals or flammable materials awayfrom the exhaust systemcomponents.

∙ Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION∙ Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits

from leaded gasoline will seriously re-duce the three-way catalyst’s abilityto help reduce exhaust pollutants.

∙ Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause over richfuel flow into the three-way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keepdriving if the engine misfires, or if no-ticeable loss of performance or otherunusual operating conditions are de-tected. Have the vehicle inspectedpromptly. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

∙ Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the three-way catalyst.

∙ Do not race the engine while warmingit up.

∙ Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer onthe vehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel. (If your vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on the vehicle

placard or tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that illuminatesa low tire pressure telltale when one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon as pos-sible, and inflate them to the proper pres-sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat andcan lead to tire failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,and may affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substi-tute for proper tire maintenance, and it isthe driver’s responsibility to maintain cor-rect tire pressure, even if under-inflationhas not reached the level to trigger illumi-nation of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.

Starting and driving 5-5

When the system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuously illu-minated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long asthe malfunction exists. When the malfunc-tion indicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMS malfunctionsmay occur for a variety of reasons, includ-ing the installation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehicle thatprevent the TPMS from functioning prop-erly. Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or more tires orwheels on your vehicle to ensure that thereplacement or alternate tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

Additional information:

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSdoes not monitor the tire pressure ofthe spare tire.

∙ The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this system maynot detect a sudden drop in tire pres-sure (for example, a flat tire while driv-ing).

∙ The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is in-flated to the recommended pressure,the vehicle must be driven at speedsabove 16 mph (25 km/h) to activate theTPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure.

∙ The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warn-ing appears each time the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position aslong as the low tire pressure warninglight remains illuminated.

∙ The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warn-ing appears in the vehicle informationdisplay when the low tire pressurewarning light is illuminated and low tirepressure is detected. The “Tire PressureLow - Add Air” warning turns off whenthe low tire pressure warning light turnsoff.

∙ The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warn-ing does not appear if the low tire pres-sure warning light illuminates to indi-cate a TPMS malfunction.

∙ Tire pressure rises and falls dependingon the heat caused by the vehicle’s op-eration and the outside temperature.Do not reduce the tire pressure afterdriving because the tire pressure risesafter driving. Low outside temperaturecan lower the temperature of the airinside the tire which can cause a lowertire inflation pressure. This may causethe low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. If the warning light illumi-nates, check the tire pressure for all fourtires.

∙ The Tire and Loading Information labelis located in the driver’s door opening.

∙ You can also check the pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) on the ve-hicle information display screen. The or-der of the tire pressure figures dis-played on the screen corresponds withthe actual order of the tire position.


For additional information, refer to “Low tirepressure warning light” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section and “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.



∙ If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopthe vehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with under-inflated tires may per-manently damage the tires and in-crease the likelihood of tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label to turn the low tire pres-sure warning light off. If you have a flattire, replace it with a spare tire as soonas possible. (For additional informa-tion, refer to “Flat tire” in the “In case ofemergency” section for changing aflat tire.)

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, when aspare tire is mounted or a wheel isreplaced, tire pressure will not be indi-cated, the TPMS will not function andthe low tire pressure warning light willflash for approximately 1 minute. Thelight will remain on after 1 minute.Have your tires replaced and/or TPMSsystem reset as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.


∙ Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.


CAUTION∙ The TPMS may not function properly

when the wheels are equipped withtire chains or the wheels are buried insnow.

∙ Do not place metalized film or anymetal parts (antenna, etc.) on the win-dows. This may cause poor receptionof the signals from the tire pressuresensors, and the TPMS will not func-tion properly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem-porarily interfere with the operation of theTPMS and cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate.

Some examples are:

∙ Facilities or electric devices using simi-lar radio frequencies are near the ve-hicle.

∙ If a transmitter set to similar frequen-cies is being used in or near the vehicle.

∙ If a computer (or similar equipment) ora DC/AC converter is being used in ornear the vehicle.

The low tire pressure warning light mayilluminate in the following cases:

∙ If the vehicle is equipped with a wheeland tire without TPMS.

∙ If the TPMS has been replaced and theID has not been registered.

∙ If the wheel is not originally specified byNISSAN.

FCC Notice:

For USA:


NOTE:


For Canada:

This device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire AlertWhen adding air to an under-inflated tire,the TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert providesvisual and audible signals outside the ve-hicle to help you inflate the tires to the rec-ommended COLD tire pressure.

Vehicle set-up

1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.

2. Apply the parking brake and place theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

3. Place the ignition switch in the ON po-sition. Do not start the engine.

Operation

1. Add air to the tire.

2. After a few seconds, the hazard indica-tors will start flashing.

3. When the designated pressure isreached, the horn beeps once and thehazard indicators stop flashing.


4. Perform the above steps for each tire.

∙ If the tire is over-inflated more thanapproximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the hornbeeps and the hazard indicatorsflash three times. To correct the pres-sure, push the core of the valve stemon the tire briefly to release pressure.When the pressure reaches the des-ignated pressure, the horn beepsonce.

∙ If the hazard indicator does not flashwithin approximately 15 seconds af-ter starting to inflate the tire, it indi-cates that the Easy-Fill Tire Alert isnot operating.

∙ The TPMS will not activate the Easy-Fill Tire Alert under the following con-ditions:

– If there is interference from an exter-nal device or transmitter.

– The air pressure from the inflationdevice is not sufficient to inflate thetire.

– There is a malfunction in the TPMS.

– There is a malfunction in the horn orhazard indicators.

– The identification code of the tirepressure sensor is not registered tothe system.

– The battery of the tire pressure sen-sor is low.

∙ If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert does not op-erate due to TPMS interference, movethe vehicle about 3 ft (1 m) backwardor forward and try again.

If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not working, use atire pressure gauge.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONSUtility vehicles have a significantlyhigher rollover rate than other types ofvehicles.

They have higher ground clearance thanpassenger cars to make them capable ofperforming in a variety of on-pavementand off-road applications. This gives thema higher center of gravity than ordinary ve-hicles. An advantage of higher groundclearance is a better view of the road, allow-ing you to anticipate problems. However,they are not designed for cornering at thesame speeds as conventional 2-WheelDrive vehicles any more than low-slung

sports cars are designed to perform satis-factorily under off-road conditions. If at allpossible, avoid sharp turns at high speeds.As with other vehicles of this type, failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may result inloss of control or vehicle rollover. In a roll-over crash, an unbelted person is signifi-cantly more likely to die than a personwearing a seat belt.

For additional information, refer to “Drivingsafety precautions” in this section.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNINGFailure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or suddensteering maneuvers, because these drivingpractices could cause you to lose control ofyour vehicle.


As with any vehicle, loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehicles orobjects or cause the vehicle to roll over,particularly if the loss of control causesthe vehicle to slide sideways.

Be attentive at all times, and avoid drivingwhen tired. Never drive when under the in-fluence of alcohol or drugs (including pre-scription or over-the-counter drugs whichmay cause drowsiness). Always wear yourseat belt as outlined in the “Safety – Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraint sys-tem” section of this manual, and also in-struct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,an unbelted or improperly belted personis significantly more likely to be injuredor killed than a person properly wearinga seat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERYWhile driving, the right side or left sidewheels may unintentionally leave the roadsurface. If this occurs, maintain control ofthe vehicle by following the procedure be-low. Please note that this procedure is onlya general guide. The vehicle must be drivenas appropriate based on the conditions ofthe vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while vehiclespeed is reduced. Do not attempt todrive the vehicle back onto the roadsurface until vehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turnthe steering wheel until both tires re-turn to the road surface. When all tiresare on the road surface, steer the ve-hicle to stay in the appropriate drivinglane.

∙ If you decide that it is not safe to re-turn the vehicle to the road surfacebased on vehicle, road or traffic con-ditions, gradually slow the vehicle to astop in a safe place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSRapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damageddue to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid airpressure loss can also be caused by drivingon under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the han-dling and stability of the vehicle, especiallyat highway speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss bymaintaining the correct air pressure andvisually inspecting the tires for wear anddamage. For additional information, referto “Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself ”section of this manual. If a tire rapidly losesair pressure or “blows-out” while driving,maintain control of the vehicle by followingthe procedure below. Please note that thisprocedure is only a general guide. The ve-hicle must be driven as appropriate basedon the conditions of the vehicle, road andtraffic.


WARNINGThe following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire air pres-sure. Losing control of the vehicle maycause a collision and result in personalinjury.

∙ The vehicle generally moves or pullsin the direction of the flat tire.

∙ Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

∙ Do not rapidly release the acceleratorpedal.

∙ Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safelocation off the road and away fromtraffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu-ally stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashersand contact a roadside emergencyservice to change the tire. For addi-tional information, refer to “Changing aflat tire” in the “In case of emergency”section of this manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNINGNever drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstreamreduces coordination, delays reactiontime and impairs judgement. Drivingafter drinking alcohol increases thelikelihood of being involved in an acci-dent injuring yourself and others. Addi-tionally, if you are injured in an accident,alcohol can increase the severity of theinjury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. How-ever, you must choose not to drive underthe influence of alcohol. Every year thou-sands of people are injured or killed inalcohol-related collisions. Although the lo-cal laws vary on what is considered to belegally intoxicated, the fact is that alcoholaffects all people differently and mostpeople underestimate the effects of alco-hol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!That is true for drugs (over-the-counter,prescription) and illegal drugs, too. Don’tdrive if your ability to operate your vehicle isimpaired by alcohol, drugs, or some otherphysical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONSYour NISSAN is designed for both normaland off-road use. However, avoid driving indeep water or mud as your NISSAN ismainly designed for leisure use, unlike aconventional off-road vehicle.

Remember that 2-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod-els are less capable than All-Wheel Drive(AWD) models for rough road driving andextrication when stuck in deep snow ormud, or the like.


Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING∙ Spinning the front wheels on slippery

surfaces may cause the AWD warningmessage to display and the AWD sys-tem to automatically switch from theAWD to the 2WD mode. This could re-duce the traction. Be especially care-ful when towing a trailer (AWDmodels).

∙ Drive carefully when off the road andavoid dangerous areas. Every personwho drives or rides in this vehicleshould be seated with their seat beltfastened. This will keep you and yourpassengers in position when drivingover rough terrain.

∙ Do not drive across steep slopes. In-stead drive either straight up orstraight down the slopes. Off-road ve-hicles can tip over sideways muchmore easily than they can forward orbackward.

∙ Many hills are too steep for any ve-hicle. If you drive up them, you maystall. If you drive down them, you maynot be able to control your speed. Ifyou drive across them, you may rollover.

∙ Do not shift gears while driving ondownhill grades as this could causeloss of control of the vehicle.

∙ Stay alert when driving to the top of ahill. At the top there could be a drop-off or other hazard that could causean accident.

∙ If your engine stalls or you cannotmake it to the top of a steep hill, neverattempt to turn around. Your vehiclecould tip or roll over. Always backstraight down in the R (Reverse) gearand apply brakes to control yourspeed.

∙ Heavy braking going down a hill couldcause your brakes to overheat andfade, resulting in loss of control andan accident. Apply brakes lightly anduse a low gear to control your speed.

∙ Unsecured cargo can be thrownaround when driving over rough ter-rain. Properly secure all cargo so it willnot be thrown forward and cause in-jury to you or your passengers.

∙ To avoid raising the center of gravityexcessively, do not exceed the ratedcapacity of the roof rack (if soequipped) and evenly distribute theload.

∙ Secure heavy loads in the cargo areaas far forward and as low as possible.Do not equip the vehicle with tireslarger than specified in this manual.This could cause your vehicle to rollover.

∙ Do not grip the inside or spokes of thesteering wheel when driving off-road.The steering wheel could move sud-denly and injure your hands. Insteaddrive with your fingers and thumbs onthe outside of the rim.

∙ Before operating the vehicle, ensurethat the driver and all passengershave their seat belts fastened.

∙ Always drive with the floor mats inplace as the floor may become hot.


∙ Lower your speed when encounteringstrong crosswinds. With a higher cen-ter of gravity, your NISSAN is more af-fected by strong side winds. Slowerspeeds ensure better vehicle control.

∙ Do not drive beyond the performancecapability of the tires, even with AWDengaged.

∙ For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at-tempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position with theengine running. Doing so may resultin drivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could resultin serious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

∙ Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dyna-mometer (such as the dynamometersused by some states for emissionstesting) or similar equipment even ifthe other two wheels are raised off theground. Make sure you inform test fa-cility personnel that your vehicle isequipped with AWD before it is placedon a dynamometer. Using the wrongtest equipment may result in drive-train damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seri-ous vehicle damage or personalinjury.

∙ When a wheel is off the ground due toan unlevel surface, do not spin thewheel excessively.

∙ Accelerating quickly, sharp steeringmaneuvers or sudden braking maycause loss of control.

∙ If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at highspeeds. Your NISSAN vehicle has ahigher center of gravity than a pas-senger car. The vehicle is not de-signed for cornering at the samespeeds as passenger cars.

∙ Failure to operate this vehicle cor-rectly could result in loss of controland/or a rollover accident.

∙ Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted, or radial), and tread pattern onall four wheels. Install tire chains onthe front wheels when driving on slip-pery roads and drive carefully.

∙ Be sure to check the brakes immedi-ately after driving in mud or water. Foradditional information, refer to “Brakeprecautions” in this section.

∙ Avoid parking your vehicle on steephills. If you get out of the vehicle and itrolls forward, backward or sideways,you could be injured.

∙ Whenever you drive off-road throughsand, mud or water as deep as thewheel hub, more frequent mainte-nance may be required. For additionalinformation, refer to “Maintenanceunder severe operating conditions” inthe “Maintenance and schedules” sec-tion of this manual.


WARNINGNever remove or turn the key to theLOCK position while driving. The steer-ing wheel will lock (for models with asteering lock mechanism). This maycause the driver to lose control of thevehicle and could result in serious ve-hicle damage or personal injury.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSIONThe ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch cannot be turned to theLOCK position until the shift lever is movedto the P (Park) position.

∙ When moving the ignition switch to theLOCK position, make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position.

∙ When removing the key from the igni-tion switch, make sure the shift lever isin the P (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot be turnedto the LOCK position:

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion.

2. Turn the ignition switch slightly in theON direction.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.

4. Remove the key if it is inserted in theignition switch.

If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCKposition, the shift lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position.

The shift lever can be moved if the igni-tion switch is placed in the ON positionand the foot brake pedal is depressed.

KEY POSITIONSLOCK: Normal parking position (0)

Off position (1)

This position activates electrical accesso-ries such as the radio when the engine isnot running.

ON: Normal operating position (2)

This position turns on the ignition systemand the electrical accessories.

LIC2717

IGNITION SWITCH (if so equipped)


START: (3)

This position starts the engine. As soon asthe engine has started, release the key. Itautomatically returns to the ON position.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered key.

If the engine fails to start using a registeredkey (for example, when interference iscaused by another registered key, an auto-mated toll road device or automatic pay-ment device on the key ring), restart theengine using the following procedure:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON po-sition for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding thedevice (which may have caused the in-terference) separate from the regis-tered key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSANrecommends placing the registered key ona separate key ring to avoid interferencefrom other devices.

WARNINGDo not operate the push-button igni-tion switch while driving the vehicle ex-cept in an emergency. (The engine willstop when the ignition switch is pushedthree consecutive times in quick suc-cession or the ignition switch is pushedand held for more than 2 seconds.) If theengine stops while the vehicle is beingdriven, this could lead to a crash andserious injury.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH (ifso equipped)


When the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the ignitionswitch will illuminate.

Push the ignition switch center:

∙ Once to change to ON.

∙ Two times to change to OFF.

The ignition switch will automatically re-turn to the LOCK position when any door iseither opened or closed with the switch inthe OFF position.

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch position cannot beswitched to OFF until the shift lever ismoved to the P (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot be pushedtoward the OFF position, proceed as fol-lows:

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion.

2. Push the ignition switch. The ignitionswitch position will change to the ONposition.

3. Push the ignition switch again to theOFF position.

The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the push-button ignition switch cannotbe moved from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for opera-tion are displayed on the vehicle informa-tion display. For additional information, re-fer to “Vehicle information display” in the“Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

OPERATING RANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves are pres-ent near the operating location, the Intelli-gent Key system’s operating range be-comes narrower and may not functionproperly.

LSD2184 LSD2020


If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even some-one who does not carry the Intelligent Key,to push the ignition switch to start the en-gine.

The operating range of the engine startfunction is inside of the vehicle �1 .

∙ The luggage area is not included in theoperating range, but the Intelligent Keymay function.

∙ If the Intelligent Key is placed on theinstrument panel or inside the glovebox, storage bin or door pocket, the In-telligent Key may not function.

∙ If the Intelligent Key is placed near thedoor or window outside the vehicle, theIntelligent Key may function.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHPOSITIONSLOCK (Normal parking position):

The ignition switch can only be locked inthis position.

The ignition switch will lock when any dooris opened or closed with the ignitionswitched off.

ON (Normal operating position):

This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

ON has a battery saver feature that willplace the ignition switch in the OFF posi-tion, if the vehicle is not running, after sometime under the following conditions:

∙ All doors are closed.∙ The shift lever is in P (Park).

The battery saver feature will be canceled ifany of the following occur:

∙ Any door is opened.

∙ The shift lever is moved out of the P(Park) position.

∙ The ignition switch changes position.

CAUTIONDo not leave the vehicle with the igni-tion switch in the ON position when theengine is not running for an extendedperiod. This can discharge the battery.

OFF:

The ignition switch is in the OFF positionwhen the engine is turned off using theignition switch. No lights will illuminate onthe ignition switch.

AUTO ACC:

With the vehicle in the P (Park) position, theIntelligent Key with you and the ignitionswitch placed from the ON position to theOFF position, the radio can still be used fora period of time, or until the driver’s door isopened.

After a period of time, functions such asradio, navigation, and Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System may be restarted bypressing the POWER button/VOLUME con-trol knob or the key fob unlock button. Foradditional information, refer to the “Monitor,climate, audio, phone and voice recogni-tion systems” section of this manual.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFTo shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the follow-ing procedure:

∙ Rapidly push the ignition switch threeconsecutive times in less than 1.5 sec-onds, or

∙ Push and hold the ignition switch formore than 2 seconds.


NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®BATTERY DISCHARGEIf the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key®is discharged or environmental conditionsinterfere with the Intelligent Key operation,start the engine according to the followingprocedure:

1. Place the shift lever in the P (Park) posi-tion.

2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intel-ligent Key as illustrated. (A chime willsound.)

After step 3 is performed, when theignition switch is pushed without de-pressing the brake pedal, the ignitionswitch position will change to the ONposition.

4. Push the ignition switch while depress-ing the brake pedal within 10 secondsafter the chime sounds. The engine willstart.

NOTE:

∙ When the ignition switch is pushed tothe ON position or the engine isstarted by the above procedure, theIntelligent Key battery discharge in-dicator appears in the vehicle infor-mation display even when the Intelli-gent Key is inside the vehicle. This isnot a malfunction. To turn off the In-telligent Key battery discharge indi-cator, touch the ignition switch withthe Intelligent Key again.

∙ If the Intelligent Key battery dis-charge indicator appears, replace thebattery as soon as possible. For addi-tional information, refer to “Batteryreplacement” in the “Do-it-yourself”section of this manual.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered key.

If the engine fails to start using a registeredkey (for example, when interference iscaused by another registered key, an auto-mated toll road device or automatic pay-ment device on the key ring), restart theengine using the following procedure:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON po-sition for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding thedevice (which may have caused the in-terference) separate from the regis-tered key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSANrecommends placing the registered key ona separate key ring to avoid interferencefrom other devices.

SSD0860


∙ Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

∙ Check fluid levels such as engine oil,coolant, brake fluid, and windshield-washer fluid as frequently as possible,or at least whenever you refuel.

∙ Check that all windows and lights areclean.

∙ Visually inspect tires for their appear-ance and condition. Also check tires forproper inflation.

∙ Check that all doors are closed.

∙ Position seat and adjust headrestraints/headrests.

∙ Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

∙ Fasten seat belts and ask all passen-gers to do likewise.

∙ Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position. For additional information,refer to “Warning lights, indicator lightsand audible reminders” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of thismanual.

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N(Neutral). P (Park) is recommended.

The shift lever cannot be moved outof P (Park) and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition key isturned to the OFF position or if thekey is removed from the ignitionswitch.

The starter is designed not to oper-ate if the shift lever is in any of thedriving positions.

3. Crank the engine with your foot offthe accelerator pedal by turning theignition key to the START position. Re-lease the key when the engine starts. Ifthe engine starts, but fails to run, repeatthe above procedure.

∙ If the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold weather or when re-starting, depress the acceleratorpedal a little (approximately 1/3 to thefloor) and hold it and then crank theengine. Release the key and the ac-celerator pedal when the enginestarts.

∙ If the engine is very hard to start be-cause it is flooded, depress the accel-erator pedal all the way to the floorand hold it. Crank the engine for 5 to6 seconds. After cranking the engine,release the accelerator pedal. Crankthe engine with your foot off the ac-celerator pedal by turning the igni-tion key to the START position. Re-lease the key when the engine starts.If the engine starts, but fails to run,repeat the above procedure.

CAUTIONDo not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start, turn the key off and wait10 seconds before cranking again, oth-erwise the starter could be damaged.

4. Allow the engine to idle for at least30 seconds after starting. Do not racethe engine while warming it up. Drive ata moderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE (modelswithout NISSAN Intelligent Key®system)


NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start conditionssuch as:

1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is notrunning (phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.).

2. The vehicle is not driven regularlyand/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.


2. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N(Neutral). P (Park) is recommended.

The starter is designed not to oper-ate if the shift lever is in any of thedriving positions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ON po-sition. Depress the brake pedal andpush the ignition switch to start theengine.

To start the engine immediately, pushand release the ignition switch whiledepressing the brake pedal with theignition switch in any position.

∙ If the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold weather or when re-starting, depress the acceleratorpedal a little (approximately 1/3 to thefloor) and while holding, crank the en-gine. Release the accelerator pedalwhen the engine starts.

∙ If the engine is very hard to start be-cause it is flooded, depress the accel-erator pedal all the way to the floorand hold it. Push the ignition switchto the ON position to start crankingthe engine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stopcranking by pushing the ignition

switch to the LOCK position. Aftercranking the engine, release the ac-celerator pedal. Crank the enginewith your foot off the acceleratorpedal by depressing the brake pedaland pushing the ignition switch tostart the engine. If the engine starts,but fails to run, repeat the above pro-cedure.

CAUTIONDo not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start, push the ignition switchto the OFF position and wait 10 secondsbefore cranking again, otherwise thestarter could be damaged.

4. Warm-up:

Allow the engine to idle for at least30 seconds after starting. Do not racethe engine while warming it up. Drive ata moderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather. In coldweather, keep the engine running for aminimum of 2 to 3 minutes beforeshutting it off. Starting and stoppingthe engine over a short period of timemay make the vehicle more difficult tostart.

STARTING THE ENGINE (models withNISSAN Intelligent Key® system)


5. To stop the engine, place the shift leverin the P (Park) position and push theignition switch to the OFF position.

NOTE:


1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is notrunning (phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.).

2. The vehicle is not driven regularlyand/or only driven short distances.


REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)Vehicles started with the Remote EngineStart require the ignition switch to beplaced in the ON position before the shiftlever can be moved from the P (Park) posi-tion. To place the ignition switch in the ONposition, follow these steps:

1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is onyou.

2. Apply the brake.

3. Push the ignition switch once to the ONposition.

For additional information, refer to “NISSANIntelligent Key®” in the “Pre-driving checksand adjustments” section of this manual.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT)

WARNING∙ Do not depress the accelerator pedal

while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or M(Manual shift mode). Always depressthe brake pedal until shifting is com-pleted. Failure to do so could causeyou to lose control and have anaccident.

∙ Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

∙ Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

∙ Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D(Drive) position while the vehicle is re-versing. This could cause an accidentor damage the transmission.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


CAUTION∙ To avoid possible damage to your ve-

hicle, when stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Thefoot brake should be used for thispurpose.

∙ Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position while driv-ing. Coasting with the transmission inthe N (Neutral) position may cause se-rious damage to the transmission.

The CVT in your vehicle is electronicallycontrolled to produce maximum powerand smooth operation.

The recommended operating proceduresfor this transmission are shown on the fol-lowing pages. Follow these procedures formaximum vehicle performance and driv-ing enjoyment.

Engine power may be automatically re-duced to protect the CVT if the enginespeed increases quickly when driving onslippery roads or while being tested onsome dynamometers.

1. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)

2. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) whenshaded and Intelligent Lane Interven-tion (I-LI) when solid

3. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

Starting the vehicle1. After starting the engine, fully depress

the foot brake pedal before moving theshift lever out of the P (Park) position.This Continuously Variable Transmis-sion is designed so that the footbrake pedal must be depressed be-fore shifting from P (Park) to any driv-ing position while the ignition switchis in the ON position.The shift lever cannot be moved outof the P (Park) position and into anyof the other positions if the ignitionswitch is placed in the LOCK or OFFposition.

LSD3073 LSD3074


2. A screen is displayed for a period oftime that indicates the status of thedriving aid functions (if so equipped).

– AEB, LDW, and BSW are enabledwhen the specified driving aid isshaded.

– I-LI is enabled when the driving aid issolid.

– Use the �1 or �2 buttonto navigate the settings screen. Foradditional information, refer to “Howto use the vehicle information dis-play” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual.

3. Keep the foot brake pedal depressedand move the shift lever to a drivingposition.

4. Release the parking brake and footbrake pedal, and then gradually startthe vehicle in motion.

WARNING∙ Do not depress the accelerator pedal

while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or M(Manual shift mode). Always depressthe brake pedal until shifting is com-pleted. Failure to do so could causeyou to lose control and have anaccident.

∙ Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

∙ Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

∙ Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D(Drive) position while the vehicle is re-versing. This could cause an accidentor damage the transmission.

CAUTION∙ To avoid possible damage to your ve-

hicle, when stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Thefoot brake should be used for thispurpose.

∙ Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position while driv-ing. Coasting with the transmission inthe N (Neutral) position may cause se-rious damage to the transmission.


ShiftingAfter starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal, press the shift lever buttonand move the shift lever from the P (Park)position to any of the desired shift posi-tions.

WARNINGApply the parking brake if the shift leveris in any position while the engine is notrunning. Failure to do so could causethe vehicle to move unexpectedly or rollaway and result in serious personal in-jury or property damage.

CAUTIONUse the P (Park) or R (Reverse) positiononly when the vehicle is completelystopped.

P (Park)

CAUTIONTo prevent transmission damage, usethe P (Park) position only when the ve-hicle is completely stopped.

Use the P (Park) shift lever position whenthe vehicle is parked or when starting theengine. Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped. The brake pedal must be de-pressed and the shift lever buttonpressed in to move the shift lever from N(Neutral) or any drive position to P (Park).Apply the parking brake. When parking on ahill, apply the parking brake first, then movethe shift lever into the P (Park) position.

R (Reverse)

CAUTIONTo prevent transmission damage, usethe R (Reverse) position only when thevehicle is completely stopped.

Use the R (Reverse) position to back up.Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before selecting the R (Reverse)position. The brake pedal must be de-pressed and the shift lever buttonpressed in to move the shift lever from P(Park), N (Neutral) or any drive position toR (Reverse).

N (Neutral)

Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-gaged. The engine can be started in thisposition. You may shift to N (Neutral) andrestart a stalled engine while the vehicle ismoving.

D (Drive)

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

Manual shift modeWhen the shift lever is in the manual shiftgate, the transmission is ready for themanual shift mode. Shift ranges can beselected manually by moving the shift le-ver up or down. To cancel manual shiftmode, return the shift lever to the D (Drive)position. The transmission returns to auto-matic driving mode.

LSD2691


When the shift lever is shifted from D (Drive)to the manual shift gate with the vehiclestopped or while driving, the transmissionenters the manual shift mode. Shift rangescan be selected manually. In the manualshift mode, the shift range is displayed onthe position indicator in the meter. Whenmoving the shift lever to the manual shiftgate, the position indicator displays 1 (1st)up to 7 (7th) depending on vehicle speed.

Shift ranges up or down one by one asfollows:

1⇔ 2 ⇔ 3 ⇔ 4 ⇔ 5 ⇔ 6 ⇔ 7

7 (7th)

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving at highway speeds.

6 (6th) and 5 (5th)

Use this position when driving up longslopes, or for engine braking when drivingdown long slopes.

4 (4th), 3 (3rd) and 2 (2nd)

Use these positions for hill climbing or en-gine braking on downhill grades.

1 (1st)

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or when driving slowly, or for maxi-mum engine braking on steep downhillgrades.

∙ Remember not to drive at high speedsfor extended periods of time in lowerthan 7th gear. This reduces fueleconomy.

When shifting up

Move the shift lever to the + (up) side. (Shiftsto higher range.)

When shifting down

Move the shift lever to the � (down) side.(Shifts to lower range.)

∙ The transmission will automaticallydownshift the gears. (For example, if youselect the 3rd range, the transmissionwill shift down between the 3rd and 1stgears.)

∙ Moving the shift lever rapidly to thesame side twice will shift the ranges insuccession.

When canceling the manual shift mode

Return the shift lever to the D (Drive) posi-tion to return the transmission to the nor-mal driving mode.

∙ In the manual shift mode, the trans-mission may not shift to the selectedgear. This helps maintain driving per-formance and reduces the chance ofvehicle damage or loss of control.

∙ When this situation occurs, the Con-tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)position indicator light will blink andthe chime will sound.

∙ In the manual shift mode, the trans-mission may shift up automatically toa higher range than selected if theengine speed is too high. When thevehicle speed decreases, the trans-mission automatically shifts downand shifts to 1st gear before the ve-hicle comes to a stop.

∙ CVT operation is limited to automaticdrive mode when CVT fluid tempera-ture is extremely low even if manualshift mode is selected. This is not a mal-function. When CVT fluid warms up,manual mode can be selected.


∙ When the CVT fluid temperature is high,the shift range may upshift in lowerrpm than usual. This is not a malfunc-tion.

Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged,the shift lever may not be moved from theP (Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the shift lever buttonpressed. To move the shift lever, performthe following procedure:

1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position.


3. Remove the shift lock release cover us-ing a suitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock release usinga suitable tool.

5. Press the shift lever button and movethe shift lever to the N (Neutral) positionwhile holding down the shift lock re-lease. The vehicle may be moved to thedesired location. Replace the removedshift lock release cover after the opera-tion. If the shift lever cannot be movedout of the P (Park) position, have theContinuously Variable Transmissionsystem checked as soon as possible. Itis recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNINGIf the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) position while the engine isrunning and the brake pedal is de-pressed, the stop lights may not work.Malfunctioning stop lights could causean accident injuring yourself andothers.

LSD2756


Accelerator downshift— in D (Drive) position —For passing or hill climbing, depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shiftsthe transmission down into a lower gear,depending on the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protectionmodeThis transmission has a high fluid tem-perature protection mode. If the fluid tem-perature becomes too high (for example,when climbing steep grades in high tem-peratures with heavy loads, such as whentowing a trailer), engine power and, undersome conditions, vehicle speed will be de-creased automatically to reduce thechance of transmission damage. Vehiclespeed can be controlled with the accelera-tor pedal, but the engine and vehicle speedmay be limited.

Fail-safeWhen the fail-safe operation occurs, theContinuously Variable Transmission willnot be shifted into the selected driving po-sition.

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheelspinning and subsequent hard braking,the fail-safe system may be activated.The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)may come on to indicate the fail-safemode is activated. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL)” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual. This will oc-cur even if all electrical circuits are func-tioning properly. In this case, place theignition switch in the OFF position andwait for 10 seconds. Then place the igni-tion switch back in the ON position. Thevehicle should return to its normal oper-ating condition. If it does not return to itsnormal operating condition, have thetransmission checked and repaired, ifnecessary. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNINGWhen the high fluid temperature pro-tection mode or fail-safe operation oc-curs, vehicle speed may be gradually re-duced. The reduced speed may be lowerthan other traffic, which could increasethe chance of a collision. Be especiallycareful when driving. If necessary, pullto the side of the road at a safe placeand allow the transmission to return tonormal operation, or have it repaired ifnecessary.


WARNING∙ Be sure the parking brake is fully re-

leased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead to anaccident.

∙ Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

∙ Do not use the shift lever in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fullyengaged.


PEDAL TYPETo engage: Firmly depress the parkingbrake.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-sition.

3. Firmly depress the parking brake pedaland it will release.

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warn-ing light goes out.

SWITCH TYPE (models withelectronic parking brake system)The electronic parking brake can be ap-plied or released automatically or by oper-ating the parking brake switch.

Automatic operationThe electronic parking brake will apply au-tomatically if the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position when the brake force ismaintained by the automatic brake holdfunction.

LSD0158 LSD2828

PARKING BRAKE


The electronic parking brake is automati-cally released as soon as the vehicle startsand the accelerator pedal is depressed.

The driver’s seat belt needs to be fastened.

WARNING∙ The electronic parking brake will not

be automatically applied when theengine is stopped without using theignition switch (for example, by en-gine stalling). Without the vehicle sta-tionary, the electronic parking brakewill not be automatically applied evenif the engine is turned off with the ig-nition switch.

∙ Before leaving the vehicle, move theshift lever to the P (Park) position andcheck that the electronic parkingbrake warning light is illuminated toconfirm that the electronic parkingbrake is applied. The electronic park-ing brake warning light will remain onfor a period of time after the driver’sdoor is locked.

CAUTIONWhen parking in an area where the out-side temperature is below 32°F (0°C), theparking brake, if applied, may freeze inplace and may be difficult to release.

For safe parking, it is recommendedthat you place the shift lever in the P(Park) position and securely block thewheels.

NOTE:

∙ To keep the electronic parking brakereleased after the engine is turnedoff, place the ignition switch in theOFF position, depress the brake pedaland push down the parking brakeswitch before opening the driver’sdoor.

∙ If a malfunction occurs in the elec-tronic parking brake system (for ex-ample, due to battery discharge), it isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer.

∙ If the shift lever is moved to the P(Park) position when the brake forceis maintained by the automatic brakehold function, the electronic parkingbrake will apply automatically.

∙ If the driver’s seat belt is unfastenedwhen the brake force is maintainedby the automatic brake hold function,the electronic parking brake will ap-ply automatically.

∙ If the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position when the brake force ismaintained by the automatic brakehold function, the electronic parkingbrake will apply automatically.

Manual operationThe electronic parking brake will not be au-tomatically applied if the engine is stoppedwithout using the ignition switch (for ex-ample, by engine stalling). In such a case,you have to apply the parking brake manu-ally.

To apply: Pull the switch up �1 . The indica-tor light �A will illuminate.

To release: With the ignition switch in theON position, depress the brake pedal andpush the switch down �2 . The indicatorlight �A will turn off.


Before driving, check that the electronicparking brake indicator light ( or PARK)goes out. For additional information, referto “Warning lights, indicator lights and au-dible reminders” in the “Instruments andcontrols” section of this manual.

NOTE:

∙ A buzzer will sound if the vehicle isdriven without releasing the parkingbrake. For additional information, re-fer to “Warning lights, indicator lightsand audible reminders” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of thismanual.

∙ While the electronic parking brake isapplied or released, an operatingsound is heard from the lower side ofthe rear seat. This is normal and doesnot indicate a malfunction.

∙ When the electronic parking brake isfrequently applied and released in ashort period of time, the parkingbrake may not operate in order toprevent the parking brake systemfrom overheating. If this occurs, oper-ate the electronic parking brakeswitch again after waiting approxi-mately 1 minute.

∙ If the electronic parking brake mustbe applied while driving in an emer-gency, pull up and hold the parkingbrake switch. When you release theparking brake switch, the parkingbrake will be released.

∙ While pulling up the electronic park-ing brake switch during driving, theparking brake is applied and a chimesounds. The electronic parking brakeindicator light in the meter and in theparking brake switch illuminates.This does not indicate a malfunction.The electronic parking brake indica-tor light in the meter and in the park-ing brake switch turns off when theparking brake is released.

∙ When pulling the electronic parkingbrake switch up with the ignitionswitch in the OFF or AUTO ACC posi-tion, the parking brake switch indica-tor light will continue to illuminate fora short period of time.

When towing a trailerDepending on the weight of the vehicle andtrailer and the steepness of the slope, theremay be a tendency for the vehicle to movebackwards when starting from a standstill.When this occurs, you can use the parkingbrake switch in the same way as a conven-tional lever type parking brake.

Before starting on sloping roads whentowing a trailer, be sure to read the follow-ing to prevent the vehicle from movingbackward unintentionally:

∙ Release the parking brake switch assoon as the engine is delivering enoughtorque to the wheels.


The automatic brake hold function main-tains the braking force without the driverhaving to depress the brake pedal whenthe vehicle is stopped at a traffic light orintersection. As soon as the driver de-presses the accelerator pedal again, theautomatic brake hold function is deacti-vated and the braking force is released. Theoperating status of the automatic brakehold can be displayed on the vehicle infor-mation display.

WARNING∙ The automatic brake hold function is

not designed to hold the vehicle on asteep hill or slippery road. Never usethe automatic brake hold when thevehicle is stopped on a steep hill orslippery road. Failure to do so maycause the vehicle to move.

∙ When the automatic brake hold func-tion is activated but fails to maintainthe vehicle at a standstill, depress thebrake pedal to stop the vehicle. If thevehicle unexpectedly moves due tooutside conditions, the chime maysound and automatic brake holdwarning may illuminate in the vehicleinformation display.

∙ Be sure to deactivate the automaticbrake hold function when using a carwash or towing your vehicle.

∙ Make sure to place the shift lever inthe P (Park) position and apply theparking brake when parking your ve-hicle, riding on or off the vehicle, orloading luggage. Failure to do socould cause the vehicle to move or rollaway unexpectedly and result in seri-ous personal injury or propertydamage.

∙ If any of the following conditions oc-cur, the automatic brake hold functionmay not function. Have the systemchecked promptly. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice. Failure to operate the vehiclein accordance with these conditionscould cause the vehicle to move or rollaway unexpectedly and result in seri-ous personal injury or propertydamage.

– A warning message appears in thevehicle information display.

– The indicator light on the auto-matic brake hold switch does notilluminate when the switch ispushed.

∙ The automatic brake hold functionwill not be activated if the Vehicle Dy-namic Control (VDC) OFF indicatorlight, electronic parking brake warn-ing light or master warning light illu-minate and the chassis control sys-tem fault message appears in thevehicle information display.

∙ To maintain the braking force to keepthe vehicle to a standstill, a noise maybe heard. This is not a malfunction.

AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD (if soequipped)


HOW TO ACTIVATE/DEACTIVATETHE AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLDFUNCTIONFor additional information on activatingand deactivating the automatic brake holdfunction, refer to the instructions outlinedin this section.

How to activate the automaticbrake hold function

1. With the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion, push the automatic brake holdswitch �1 . The indicator light on the au-tomatic brake hold switch �2 illumi-nates.

2. When the automatic brake hold func-tion goes into standby, the automaticbrake hold indicator light (white) illumi-nates.

To use the automatic brake hold function,the following conditions need to be met:

∙ The driver’s seat belt is fastened.

∙ The electronic parking brake is re-leased.

∙ The shift lever is not in the P (Park) posi-tion.

∙ The vehicle is not parked on a steep hill.

NOTE:

The automatic brake hold function re-sets to OFF every time the ignitionswitch is switched from the OFF positionto the ON position.

How to deactivate the automaticbrake hold functionWhile the automatic brake hold function isactivated, push the automatic brake holdswitch to turn off the automatic brake holdindicator light and deactivate the auto-matic brake hold function. To deactivatethe automatic brake hold function whilethe brake force has been maintained bythe automatic brake hold function, depressthe brake pedal and push the automaticbrake hold switch.

WARNINGMake sure to firmly depress and holdthe brake pedal when turning off theautomatic brake hold function whilethe brake force is applied. When the au-tomatic brake hold function is deacti-vated, the brake force will be released.This could cause the vehicle to move orroll away unexpectedly. Failure to pre-vent the vehicle from rolling may resultin serious personal injury or propertydamage.

LSD2830


HOW TO USE THE AUTOMATICBRAKE HOLD FUNCTIONFor additional information on using the au-tomatic brake hold function, refer to theinstructions outlined in this section.

To maintain braking forceautomaticallyWith the automatic brake hold function ac-tivated and the automatic brake hold indi-cator light (white) illuminated on the meter,depress the braking pedal to stop the ve-hicle. The brake force is automatically ap-plied without your foot depressed on thebrake pedal. While the brake hold is main-tained, the automatic brake hold indicatorlight (green) illuminates on the meter.

To start the vehicle from astandstillWith the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position, depress the acceleratorpedal while the brake force is maintained.The brake force will automatically be re-leased to restart the vehicle.

The automatic brake hold indicator light(white) on the meter illuminates and theautomatic brake hold returns to standby.

ParkingWhen the shift lever is in the P (Park) posi-tion with the brake force maintained by theautomatic brake hold function, the parkingbrake will automatically be applied and thebrake force of the automatic brake hold willbe released. The automatic brake hold in-dicator light turns off. When the parkingbrake is applied with the brake force main-tained by the automatic brake hold func-tion, the brake force of the automatic brakehold will be released. The automatic brakehold indicator light turns off.

NOTE:

∙ Under the following conditions, theparking brake will automatically beapplied and the brake force of the au-tomatic brake hold will be released:

– The braking force is applied by theautomatic brake hold function for3 minutes or longer.

– The driver’s seat belt is unfas-tened.

– The ignition switch is placed in theOFF position.

– If a malfunction occurs in the au-tomatic brake hold function.

∙ When the vehicle stops, but the brakeforce is not automatically applied, de-press the brake pedal firmly until theautomatic brake hold indicator light(green) illuminates.

Automatic brake hold functiondisplayThe automatic brake hold function statuscan be checked in the “Chassis Control”mode in the vehicle information display.For additional information, refer to “Vehicleinformation display” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.


The SPORT mode switch adjusts the en-gine and transmission points to enhanceperformance. Push the SPORT modeswitch on the instrument panel to activate.The SPORT mode indicator appears in thevehicle information display.

NOTE:

In the SPORT mode, fuel economy maybe reduced.

The ECO mode helps to enhance the fueleconomy by controlling the throttle sensi-tivity and transmission points.

To turn on the ECO mode, push the ECOmode switch. The ECO mode indicator (onthe meter) will remain lit while the mode isactive.

To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECOmode switch again. The ECO mode indica-tor (on the meter) will turn off.

The ECO mode cannot be turned off whilethe accelerator pedal is depressed, even ifthe ECO mode switch is pushed to OFF.Release the accelerator pedal to turn offthe ECO mode.

The ECO mode will turn off automatically ifa malfunction occurs in the system.

Turn off the ECO mode or depress the ac-celerator pedal fully when:

∙ Driving with a heavy load of passengersor cargo in the vehicle

∙ Driving on a steep uphill slope

∙ ECO mode may affect air conditionerperformance

NOTE:

Selecting this drive mode will not neces-sarily improve fuel economy as manydriving factors influence its effective-ness.

LIC2417 LIC2416

SPORT MODE SWITCH ECO MODE SWITCH


WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the LDWsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ This system is only a warning deviceto inform the driver of a potential un-intended lane departure. It will notsteer the vehicle or prevent loss ofcontrol. It is the driver’s responsibilityto stay alert, drive safely, keep the ve-hicle in the traveling lane, and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times.

The LDW system will operate when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds of approximately37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and onlywhen the lane markings are clearly visibleon the road.

The LDW system monitors the lane mark-ers on the traveling lane using the cameraunit �A located above the inside mirror.

The LDW system warns the driver with anindicator and chime that the vehicle is be-ginning to leave the driving lane. For addi-tional information, refer to “LDW system op-eration” in this section.

LSD2795

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) (ifso equipped)


LDW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe LDW system provides a lane departurewarning function when the vehicle is drivenat speeds of approximately 37 mph(60 km/h) and above and the lane mark-ings are clear. When the vehicle ap-proaches either the left or the right side ofthe traveling lane, a warning chime willsound and the LDW indicator on the instru-ment panel will blink to alert the driver.

The warning function will stop when thevehicle returns inside of the lane markers.

LSD3307


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THELDW SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the LDW system.

1. Press the button until “Settings”displays in the vehicle information dis-play. Use the button to select“Driver Assistance.” Then press the OKbutton.

2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the OKbutton.

3. To set the LDW system to on or off, usethe buttons to navigate in themenu and use the OK button to selector change an item:

∙ Select “Lane” and press the OK but-ton.

– To turn on the warning system, usethe OK button to check the box for“Warning (LDW).”

LSD3093


LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the LDW system. Failure to follow thewarnings and instructions for properuse of the LDW system could result inserious injury or death.

∙ The system will not operate at speedsbelow approximately 37 mph(60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lanemarkers.

∙ Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.

∙ Do not use the LDW system under thefollowing conditions as it may notfunction properly:

– During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.).

– When driving on slippery roads,such as on ice or snow.

– When driving on winding or un-even roads.

– When there is a lane closure due toroad repairs.

– When driving in a makeshift ortemporary lane.

– When driving on roads where thelane width is too narrow.

– When driving without normal tireconditions (for example, tire wear,low tire pressure, installation ofspare tire, tire chains, nonstandardwheels).

– When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original brake parts or sus-pension parts.

– When you are towing a trailer orother vehicle.

∙ The system may not function prop-erly under the following conditions:– On roads where there are multiple

parallel lane markers; lane mark-ers that are faded or not paintedclearly; yellow painted lane mark-ers; non-standard lane markers; orlane markers covered with water,dirt, snow, etc.

– On roads where the discontinuedlane markers are still detectable.

– On roads where there are sharpcurves.

– On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as shad-ows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seamsor lines remaining after road re-pairs. (The LDW system could detectthese items as lane markers.)

– On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

– When the vehicle’s traveling direc-tion does not align with the lanemarker.

– When traveling close to the vehiclein front of you, which obstructs thelane camera unit detection range.

– When rain, snow, dirt or an objectadheres to the windshield in frontof the lane camera unit.

– When the headlights are not brightdue to dirt on the lens or if the aim-ing is not adjusted properly.

– When strong light enters the lanecamera unit. (For example, the lightdirectly shines on the front of thevehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

– When a sudden change in bright-ness occurs. (For example, whenthe vehicle enters or exits a tunnelor under a bridge.)


SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEIf the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 104°F [40°C]) and thenstarted, the LDW system may be deacti-vated automatically and the followingmessage will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display: “Unavailable: High CabinTemp.”

When the interior temperature is reduced,the LDW system will resume operating au-tomatically.

The LDW system is not designed to warnunder the following conditions:

∙ When you operate the lane change sig-nal and change traveling lanes in thedirection of the signal. (The LDW systemwill become operable again approxi-mately 2 seconds after the lane changesignal is turned off.)

∙ When the vehicle speed lowers to lessthan approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).

After the above conditions have finishedand the necessary operating conditionsare satisfied, the LDW functions will resume.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the LDW system malfunctions, it will can-cel automatically and “Malfunction: SeeOwner’s Manual” will appear in the vehicleinformation display. If “Malfunction: SeeOwner’s Manual” appears in the vehicle in-formation display, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle. Place theshift lever in the P (Park) position and theignition switch in the OFF position and re-start the engine/motor. If “Malfunction: SeeOwner’s Manual” continues to appear inthe vehicle information display, have thesystem checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe lane camera unit �1 for the LDW sys-tem is located above the inside mirror. Tokeep the proper operation of the LDW sys-tem and prevent a system malfunction, besure to observe the following:


∙ Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the camera unit.

LSD2712


∙ Do not place reflective materials, suchas white paper or a mirror, on the instru-ment panel. The reflection of sunlightmay adversely affect the camera unit’scapability of detecting the lane mark-ers.

∙ Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touchthe camera lens or remove the screwlocated on the camera unit. If the cam-era unit is damaged due to an accident,it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the I-LI sys-tem could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The I-LI system will not steer the ve-hicle or prevent loss of control. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely, keep the vehicle in thetraveling lane, and be in control of thevehicle at all times.

∙ The I-LI system is primarily intendedfor use on well-developed freeways orhighways. It may not detect the lanemarkers in certain road, weather, ordriving conditions.

The I-LI system must be turned on with thedynamic driver assistance switch (for ve-hicles without ProPILOT Assist) or the Pro-PILOT Assist switch (for vehicles with ProPI-LOT Assist) on the steering wheel, everytime the ignition is placed in the ON posi-tion.

The I-LI system will operate when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds of approximately37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and onlywhen the lane markings are clearly visibleon the road.

The I-LI system warns the driver when thevehicle has left the center of the travelinglane with an indicator and chime. The sys-tem helps assist the driver to return thevehicle to the center of the traveling lane byapplying the brakes to the left or rightwheels individually (for a short period oftime).

The I-LI system monitors the lane markerson the traveling lane using the camera unit�A located above the inside mirror.

LSD2795

INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION(I-LI) (if so equipped)


�1 Dynamic driver assistance switch (forvehicles without ProPILOT Assist)

�2 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator

�3 Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) indi-cator (if so equipped)

�4 ProPILOT Assist switch (for vehicleswith ProPILOT Assist)

I-LI SYSTEM OPERATIONThe I-LI system operates above approxi-mately 37 mph (60 km/h). When the vehicleapproaches either the left or the right sideof the traveling lane, a warning chime willsound and the LDW indicator (orange) onthe instrument panel will blink to alert thedriver. Then, the I-LI system will automati-cally apply the brakes for a short period oftime to help assist the driver to return thevehicle to the center of the traveling lane.

To turn on the I-LI system, push the dy-namic driver assistance switch (for ve-hicles without ProPILOT Assist) or the Pro-PILOT Assist switch (for vehicles withProPILOT Assist) on the steering wheel af-ter starting the engine/motor. The I-LI indi-cator on the instrument panel will illumi-nate. Push the dynamic driver assistanceswitch or the ProPILOT Assist switch againto turn off the I-LI system. The I-LI indicatorwill turn off.LSD3308


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-LISYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the I-LI system.



3. To set the I-LI system to on or off, usethe buttons to navigate in themenu and use the OK button to selector change an item:

∙ Select “Lane” and press the OK but-ton.

– To turn on the I–LI system, use theOK button to check the box for “Pre-vention (LDP).”

4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch (for ve-hicles with ProPILOT Assist) or the dy-namic driver assistance switch (for ve-hicles without ProPILOT Assist) to turnthe system on or off.

LSD3093


NOTE:

When “Prevention (LDP)” is selected inthe settings menu, turning the ProPILOTAssist system (if so equipped) on will ac-tivate the I-LI system at the same time. If“Prevention (LDP)” is not selected in thesettings menu, I-LI will automatically ac-tivate when the ProPILOT Assist systemis “SET.” For additional information, referto “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” inthis section.

I-LI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the I-LI system. Failure to follow thewarnings and instructions for properuse of the I-LI system could result inserious injury or death.

∙ The I-LI system may activate if youchange lanes without first activatingyour turn signal or, for example, if aconstruction zone directs traffic tocross an existing lane marker. If thisoccurs you may need to apply correc-tive steering to complete your lanechange.

∙ Because the I-LI may not activate un-der the road, weather, and lanemarker conditions described in thissection, it may not activate every timeyour vehicle begins to leave its laneand you will need to apply correctivesteering.

∙ When the I-LI system is operating,avoid excessive or sudden steeringmaneuvers. Otherwise, you could losecontrol of the vehicle.

∙ The I-LI system will not operate atspeeds below approximately 37 mph(60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lanemarkers.

∙ Do not use the I-LI system under thefollowing conditions as it may notfunction properly:

– During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.).

– When driving on slippery roads,such as on ice or snow.

– When driving on winding or un-even roads.

– When there is a lane closure due toroad repairs.

– When driving in a makeshift ortemporary lane.

– When driving on roads where thelane width is too narrow.

– When driving without normal tireconditions (for example, tire wear,low tire pressure, installation ofspare tire, tire chains, non-standard wheels).

– When the vehicle is equipped withnonoriginal brake parts or suspen-sion parts.

– When you are towing a trailer orother vehicle.

– On roads where there are multipleparallel lane markers; lane mark-ers that are faded or not paintedclearly; yellow painted lane mark-ers; non-standard lane markers; orlane markers covered with water,dirt, snow, etc.

– On roads where discontinued lanemarkers are still detectable.

– On roads where there are sharpcurves.


– On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as shad-ows, snow, water, wheel ruts,seams or lines remaining afterroad repairs. (The I-LI system coulddetect these items as lanemarkers.)

– On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

– When the vehicle’s traveling direc-tion does not align with the lanemarker.

– When traveling close to the vehiclein front of you, which obstructs thelane camera unit detection range.

– When rain, snow or dirt adheres tothe windshield in front of the lanecamera unit.

– When the headlights are not brightdue to dirt on the lens or if the aim-ing is not adjusted properly.

– When strong light enters the lanecamera unit. (For example, the lightdirectly shines on the front of thevehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

– When a sudden change in bright-ness occurs. (For example, whenthe vehicle enters or exits a tunnelor under a bridge.)


While the I-LI system is operating, you mayhear a sound of brake operation. This isnormal and indicates that the I-LI system isoperating properly.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLECondition A:

The warning and assist functions of the I-LIsystem are not designed to work under thefollowing conditions:

∙ When you operate the lane change sig-nal and change the traveling lanes inthe direction of the signal. (The I-LI sys-tem will be deactivated for approxi-mately 2 seconds after the lane changesignal is turned off.)

∙ When the vehicle speed lowers to lessthan approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).

After the above conditions have finishedand the necessary operating conditionsare satisfied, the warning and assist func-tions will resume.

Condition B:

The assist function of the I-LI system is notdesigned to work under the following con-ditions (warning is still functional):

∙ When the brake pedal is depressed.

∙ When the steering wheel is turned as faras necessary for the vehicle to changelanes.

∙ When the vehicle is accelerated duringI-LI system operation.

∙ When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)approach warning occurs.

∙ When the hazard warning flashers areoperated.

∙ When driving on a curve at high speed.

After the above conditions have finishedand the necessary operating conditionsare satisfied, the I-LI system application ofthe brakes will resume.


Condition C:

If the following messages appear in thevehicle information display, a chime willsound and the I-LI system will be turned offautomatically.

∙ “Not Available Poor Road Conditions”:When the VDC system (except TractionControl System [TCS] function) or ABSoperates.

∙ “Currently not available”:When the VDC system is turned off.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,turn off the I-LI system. Push the dynamicdriver assistance switch (for vehicles with-out ProPILOT Assist) or the ProPILOT Assistswitch (for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist) onthe steering wheel again to turn the I-LIsystem back on.

Temporary disabled status at high tem-perature:

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 104°F [40°C]) and then theI-LI system is turned on, the I-LI systemmay be deactivated automatically and thefollowing message will appear on the ve-hicle information display: “Unavailable: HighCabin Temp.” When the interior tempera-ture is reduced, the system will resume op-erating automatically.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the I-LI system malfunctions, it will cancelautomatically. The I-LI indicator (orange)will illuminate in the display.

If the I-LI indicator (orange) illuminates inthe display, pull off the road to a safe loca-tion and stop the vehicle. Turn theengine/motor off and restart theengine/motor. If the I-LI indicator (orange)continues to illuminate, have the I-LI sys-tem checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe lane camera unit �1 for the I-LI systemis located above the inside mirror. To keepthe proper operation of the I-LI system andprevent a system malfunction, be sure toobserve the following:



LSD2712



∙ Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touchthe camera lens or remove the screwlocated on the camera unit. If the cam-era unit is damaged due to an accident,it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the BSWsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The BSW system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures and isnot designed to prevent contact withvehicles or objects. When changinglanes, always use the side and rearmirrors and turn and look in the direc-tion your vehicle will move to ensure itis safe to change lanes. Never relysolely on the BSW system.

The BSW system helps alert the driver ofother vehicles in adjacent lanes whenchanging lanes.

The BSW system uses radar sensors �1installed near the rear bumper to detectother vehicles in an adjacent lane.

LSD2439

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)


The radar sensors can detect vehicles oneither side of your vehicle within the detec-tion zone shown as illustrated. This detec-tion zone starts from the outside mirror ofyour vehicle and extends approximately10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, andapproximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

Detection zoneSSD1030


1. Side BSW/RCTA Indicator Light

2. BSW indicator

BSW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe BSW system operates above approxi-mately 20 mph (32 km/h).

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side BSW/RCTA indica-tor light (1) illuminates. If the turn signal isthen activated, the system chimes (twice),the side BSW/RCTA indicator light flashes,and the BSW indicator illuminates (yellow)in the vehicle information display. The sideBSW/RCTA indicator light continues toflash until the detected vehicle leaves thedetection zone.

The side BSW/RCTA indicator light illumi-nates for a few seconds when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.

The brightness of the side BSW/RCTA indi-cator light is adjusted automatically de-pending on the brightness of the ambientlight.

If a vehicle comes into the detection zoneafter the driver activates the turn signal,then only the side BSW/RCTA indicator lightflashes and no chime sounds. For addi-LSD3306


tional information, refer to “BSW drivingsituations” in this section.

The BSW system automatically turns onevery time the engine/motor is started, aslong as it is activated using the settingsmenu on the vehicle information display.

LSD3095


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEBSW SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the BSW system.



3. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OKbutton.

– To turn on the warning system, usethe OK button to check the box for“Warning (BSW).”

NOTE:

When enabling/disabling the system,the system will retain current settingseven if the engine is restarted.

BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the BSW system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ The BSW system cannot detect all ve-hicles under all conditions.

∙ The radar sensors may not be able todetect and activate BSW when certainobjects are present such as:

– Pedestrian, bicycles, animals.

– Vehicles such as motorcycles, lowheight vehicles, or high groundclearance vehicles.

– Oncoming vehicles.

– Vehicles remaining in the detec-tion zone when you acceleratefrom a stop.

– A vehicle merging into an adjacentlane at a speed approximately thesame as your vehicle.

– A vehicle approaching rapidly frombehind.

– A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly.

– A vehicle that passes through thedetection zone quickly.

– When overtaking several vehiclesin a row, the vehicles after the firstvehicle may not be detected if theyare traveling close together.

∙ The radar sensors’ detection zone isdesigned based on a standard lanewidth. When driving in a wider lane,the radar sensors may not detect ve-hicles in an adjacent lane. When driv-ing in a narrow lane, the radar sensorsmay detect vehicles driving two lanesaway.

∙ The radar sensors are designed to ig-nore most stationary objects; how-ever, objects such as guardrails, walls,foliage and parked vehicles may oc-casionally be detected. This is a nor-mal operation condition.

∙ The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles:

– Severe weather

– Road spray


– Ice/frost/snow/dirt build-up onthe vehicle

∙ Do not attach stickers (includingtransparent material), install accesso-ries or apply additional paint near theradar sensors. These conditions mayreduce the ability of the radar to de-tect other vehicles.

∙ Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume, open vehicle window)will interfere with the chime sound,and it may not be heard.

BSW DRIVING SITUATIONSIndicator on

Indicator off

Indicatorflashing

Another vehicle approachingfrom behindIllustration 1: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom behind in an adjacent lane.

Illustration 1 – Approaching from behindLSD2299


Illustration 2: If the driver activates theturn signal when another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:

∙ The radar sensors may not detect ve-hicles which are approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

∙ If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flashbut no chime will sound when theother vehicle is detected.

Overtaking another vehicleIllustration 3: The side indicator light illu-minates if you overtake a vehicle and thatvehicle stays in the detection zone for ap-proximately 2 seconds.

Illustration 2 – Approaching from behindLSD2300

Illustration 3 – Overtaking anothervehicle

LSD2302


Illustration 4: If the driver activates theturn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:

∙ When overtaking several vehicles in arow, the vehicles after the first vehiclemay not be detected if they are trav-eling close together.

∙ The radar sensors may not detectslower moving vehicles if they arepassed quickly.

∙ If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flashbut no chime will sound when theother vehicle is detected. .

Entering from the sideIllustration 5: The side indicator light illu-minates if a vehicle enters the detectionzone from either side.

Illustration 4 – Overtaking anothervehicle

LSD2303Illustration 5 – Entering from the side

LSD2305


Illustration 6: If the driver activates theturn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:

∙ If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flashbut no chime will sound when theother vehicle is detected.

∙ The radar sensors may not detect avehicle which is traveling at about thesame speed as your vehicle when itenters the detection zone.

Illustration 6 – Entering from the sideLSD2308


SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEWhen radar blockage is detected, the sys-tem will be deactivated automatically. The“Side Radar Obstruction” warning messagewill appear in the vehicle information dis-play.

The system is not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.

The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condi-tion may also be caused by objects such asice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sen-sors.

NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, theRCTA system will also stop working.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

LSD2735


MalfunctionIf the BSW system malfunctions, it will turnoff automatically. The system malfunctionwarning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.

NOTE:


Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the mes-sage continues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors �1 for the BSW andRCTA systems are located near the rearbumper. Always keep the area near the ra-dar sensors clean.

The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be causedby objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-structing the radar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transpar-ent material), install accessories or applyadditional paint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe radar sensors. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer if the area aroundthe radar sensors is damaged due to acollision.

Radio frequency statementFor USA

FCC : OAYSRR3B

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

FCC Warning

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment

LSD2439


For Canada

Applicable law: Canada 310

This device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHz

Output power: less than 20 milliwatts

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the RCTAsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The RCTA system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures and isnot designed to prevent contact withvehicles or objects. When backing outof a parking space, always use theside and rear mirrors and turn andlook in the direction your vehicle willmove. Never rely solely on the RCTAsystem.

The RCTA system will assist you whenbacking out from a parking space. Whenthe vehicle is in reverse, the system is de-signed to detect other vehicles approach-ing from the right or left of the vehicle. If thesystem detects cross traffic, it will alert you.

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)


1. Side BSW/RCTA Indicator Light

RCTA SYSTEM OPERATIONThe RCTA system can help alert the driverof an approaching vehicle when the driveris backing out of a parking space.

When the shift position is in R (Reverse) andthe vehicle speed is less than approxi-mately 5 mph (8 km/h), the RCTA system isoperational.

If the radar detects an approaching vehiclefrom either side, the system chimes (once)and the side BSW/RCTA indicator lightflashes on the side the vehicle is approach-ing from.

LSD2734


The RCTA system uses radar sensors �1installed on both sides near the rear bum-per to detect an approaching vehicle.

The radar sensors �1 can detect an ap-proaching vehicle from up to approxi-mately 66 ft (20 m) away.

LSD2216 LSD2439


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THERCTA SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the RCTA system.


2. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OKbutton.

3. Select “Cross Traffic” and use the OKbutton to enable or disable the system.

NOTE:

When enabling/disabling the system,the system setting will be retained evenif the engine is restarted.

LSD2768


RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the RCTA system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ Always check surroundings and turnto check what is behind you beforebacking up. The radar sensors detectapproaching (moving) vehicles. Theradar sensors cannot detect everyobject such as:

– Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles,animals or child-operated toyvehicles

– A vehicle that is passing at speedsgreater than approximately19 mph (30 km/h)

– A vehicle that is passing at speedslower than approximately 5 mph(8 km/h)

∙ The radar sensors may not detect ap-proaching vehicles in certainsituations:

– Illustration �A : When a vehicleparked next to you obstructs thebeam of the radar sensor.

LSD3195


– Illustration �B : When the vehicle isparked in an angled parking space.

– Illustration �C : When the vehicle isparked on inclined ground.

– Illustration �D : When an approach-ing vehicle turns into your vehicle’sparking lot aisle.

– Illustration �E : When the angleformed by your vehicle and ap-proaching vehicle is small.

∙ The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles:– Severe weather– Road spray– Ice/frost/snow/dirt build-up on

the vehicle

∙ Do not attach stickers (includingtransparent material), install accesso-ries or apply additional paint near theradar sensors. These conditions mayreduce the ability of the radar to de-tect other vehicles.

∙ Excessive noise (e.g., audio systemvolume, open vehicle window) will in-terfere with the chime sound, and itmay not be heard.

NOTE:

In the case of several vehicles approach-ing in a row (Illustration 1) or in the oppo-site direction (Illustration 2), a chime maynot be sounded by the RCTA system af-ter the first vehicle passes the sensors.

Illustration 1LSD2043

Illustration 2LSD2044


SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEWhen radar blockage is detected, the sys-tem will be deactivated automatically. The“Side Radar Obstruction” warning messagewill appear in the vehicle information dis-play.

The systems are not available until theconditions no longer exist.



NOTE:


Action to takeWhen the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

LSD2735


MalfunctionWhen the RCTA system malfunctions, it willturn off automatically. The system mal-function warning message will appear inthe vehicle information display.

NOTE:


Action to takeStop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the mes-sage continues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors �1 for the BSW andRCTA systems are located near the rearbumper. Always keep the area near the ra-dar sensors clean.



Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transpar-ent material), install accessories or applyadditional paint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe radar sensors. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer if the area aroundthe radar sensors is damaged due to acollision.


FCC : OAYSRR3B

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

FCC Warning

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment

For Canada

Applicable law: Canada 310

LSD2439


This device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHz

Output power: less than 20 milliwatts

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

1. RES+ switch

2. CANCEL switch

3. SET- switch

4. Cruise control switch

∙ If the cruise control system malfunc-tions, it cancels automatically. Theindicator in the vehicle information dis-play then blinks to warn the driver.

∙ If the indicator blinks, turn thecruise control switch off and have thesystem checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

∙ The indicator may blink when thecruise control switch is turned on whilepushing the RES+, SET-, or CANCELswitch. To properly set the cruise con-trol system, use the following proce-dures.

WARNINGDo not use the cruise control when driv-ing under the following conditions:

∙ When it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed.

∙ In heavy traffic or in traffic that variesin speed.

∙ On winding or hilly roads.

∙ On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.).

∙ In very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

LSD3273

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)


CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 - 89 mph (40 - 144 km/h) with-out keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push thecruise control switch on. The indica-tor in the vehicle information display willilluminate.To set cruising speed, accelerate the ve-hicle to the desired speed, push the SET-switch and release it. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal. Your vehicle maintainsthe set speed.

∙ To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle returns to the previ-ously set speed.

∙ The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, drive without thecruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing three methods:

∙ Push the CANCEL switch.

∙ Tap the brake pedal.

∙ Push the cruise control switch off.The indicator in the vehicle infor-mation display goes out.

The cruise control is automatically can-celed if:

∙ You depress the brake pedal whilepushing the RES+ or SET- switch. Thepreset speed is deleted from memory.

∙ The vehicle slows down more than8 mph (13 km/h) below the set speed.

∙ You move the shift lever to N (Neutral).

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

∙ Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET- switch.

∙ Push and hold the RES+ switch. Whenthe vehicle attains the speed you desire,release the switch.

∙ Push and release the RES+ switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed in-creases by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

∙ Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET- switch and release it.

∙ Push and hold the SET- switch. Releasethe switch when the vehicle slows tothe desired speed.

∙ Push and release the SET- switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed de-creases by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RES+ switch. The vehicle re-turns to the last set cruising speed whenthe vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).

To turn off the cruise control, use one ofthe following three methods:


∙ Tap the brake pedal.

∙ Push the cruise control switch off.The indicator in the vehicle infor-mation display goes out.


�A ICC switch

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the ICC sys-tem could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The ICC system is only an aid to assistthe driver and is not a collision warn-ing or avoidance device. It is the driv-er’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely, and be in control of the vehicleat all times.

∙ Always observe posted speed limitsand do not set the speed over them.

∙ Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the ICC system. Read andunderstand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the ICC system.To avoid serious injury or death, donot rely on the system to prevent ac-cidents or to control the vehicle’sspeed in emergency situations. Donot use the ICC system except in ap-propriate road and traffic conditions.

LSD3096

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)(for vehicles without ProPILOTAssist) (if so equipped)


∙ In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warning chimewill not sound to warn you if you aretoo close to the vehicle ahead. Payspecial attention to the distance be-tween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision could occur.

NOTE:

For vehicles equipped with ProPILOT As-sist, refer to “ProPILOT Assist” in this sec-tion.

The ICC system maintains a selected dis-tance from the vehicle in front of you withinthe speed range of 0 to 90 mph (0 to144 km/h) up to the set speed. The setspeed can be selected by the driver be-tween 20 to 90 mph (32 to 144 km/h).

The vehicle travels at a set speed when theroad ahead is clear.

The ICC system can be set to one of twocruise control modes:

∙ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode: For maintaining a selected dis-tance between your vehicle and the ve-hicle in front of you up to the presetspeed

∙ Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode: For cruising at a presetspeed

Push the ICC switch �A to choose thecruise control mode between the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode and theconventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode.

Once a control mode is activated, it cannotbe changed to the other cruise controlmode. To change the mode, push the ICCswitch �A once to turn the system off. Thenpush the ICC switch �A again to turn thesystem back on and select the desiredcruise control mode.

Always confirm the setting in the ICC sys-tem display.

For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, refer to “Vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode” in this section.

For the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, refer to “Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode” in this section.


HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISECONTROL MODESelecting the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control mode: To choose thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode�1 , quickly push and release the ICC switch�A .

Selecting the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode: To choose the con-ventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode�2 , push and hold the ICC switch �A forlonger than approximately 1.5 seconds. Foradditional information, refer to “Conven-tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode” inthis section.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODEIn the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the ICC system automatically main-tains a selected distance from the vehicletraveling in front of you according to thatvehicle’s speed (up to the set speed), or atthe set speed when the road ahead is clear.

The ICC system is intended to enhance theoperation of the vehicle when following avehicle traveling in the same lane and di-rection.

If the radar sensor �B detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the system will re-

LSD3269 LSD2731


duce the vehicle speed so that your vehiclefollows the vehicle in front at the selecteddistance.

The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up to ap-proximately 40% of vehicle braking power)if necessary.

The detection range of the sensor is ap-proximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.

LSD3270


VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE OPERATIONThe vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode is designed to maintain a selecteddistance from the vehicle in front of youand can reduce the speed to match aslower vehicle ahead. The system will de-celerate the vehicle as necessary and if thevehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill. However, the ICCsystem can only apply up to 40% of thevehicle’s total braking power.

This system should only be used when traf-fic conditions allow vehicle speeds to re-main fairly constant or when vehiclespeeds change gradually. If a vehiclemoves into the traveling lane ahead or if avehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates,the distance between vehicles may be-come closer because the ICC system can-not decelerate the vehicle quickly enough.If this occurs, the ICC system will sound awarning chime and blink the system dis-play to notify the driver to take necessaryaction.

The system will cancel and a warningchime will sound if the speed is below ap-proximately 15 mph (24 km/h) and a vehicleis not detected ahead. The system will alsodisengage when the vehicle goes abovethe maximum set speed.

For additional information, refer to “Ap-proach warning” in this section.

The following items are controlled in thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:

∙ When there are no vehicles travelingahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode maintains the speed setby the driver. The set speed range isbetween approximately 20 and 90 mph(32 and 144 km/h).

∙ When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode adjusts the speed to maintainthe distance, selected by the driver,from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicleahead comes to a stop, the vehicle de-celerates to a standstill within the limi-tations of the system. The system willcancel once it judges a standstill with awarning chime.

∙ When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode accelerates and maintains ve-hicle speed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operation tomaintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates or traf-fic congestion.


When driving on the freeway at a set speedand approaching a slower traveling vehicleahead, the ICC system will adjust the speedto maintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicleahead changes lanes or exits the freeway,the ICC system will accelerate and main-tain the speed up to the set speed. Payattention to the driving operation to main-tain control of the vehicle as it acceleratesto the set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If this oc-curs, you will have to manually control thevehicle speed.

Normally when controlling the distance toa vehicle ahead, this system automaticallyaccelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac-cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.Depress the accelerator to properly accel-erate your vehicle when acceleration is re-quired for a lane change. Depress the brakepedal when deceleration is required tomaintain a safe distance to the vehicleahead due to its sudden braking or if avehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when us-ing the ICC system.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE SWITCHESThe system is operated by the ICC switchand four control switches, all mounted onthe steering wheel.

1. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without eras-ing the set speed.

2. RES+ switch:

Resumes set speed or increasesspeed incrementally.

SSD0254 LSD3265


3. DISTANCE switch:

Changes the vehicle’s following dis-tance:

∙ Long

∙ Middle

∙ Short

4. ICC switch:

Master switch to activate the system.

5. SET- switch:

Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally.

Vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode display andindicatorsThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.

1. This indicator indicates the ICC systemstatus depending on a color:

∙ ICC system ON indicator (gray): Indi-cates that the ICC switch is on.

∙ ICC system SET indicator (green):Indicates that the cruising speed isset.

∙ ICC system warning (yellow): Indi-cates that there is a malfunction inthe ICC system.

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

For Canadian models, the speed is dis-played in km/h.

3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehiclein front of you.

4. Set distance indicator:

Displays the selected distance be-tween vehicles set with the distanceswitch.

LSD3266


Operating vehicle-to-vehicledistance control modeTo turn on the cruise control, quickly pushand release the ICC switch �A . The ICC sys-tem ON indicator (gray), set distance indi-cator and set vehicle speed indicator �Bcome on in a standby state for setting.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push the SET–switch �C and release it. The ICC system setindicator (green), vehicle ahead detectionindicator, set distance indicator and set ve-hicle speed indicator �B will come on. Takeyour foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

When the SET– switch is pushed under thefollowing conditions, the system cannot beset and the ICC indicators will blink for ap-proximately 2 seconds:

∙ When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h)and a vehicle ahead is not detected

∙ When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)or Manual mode

∙ When the parking brake is applied

∙ When the brakes are operated by thedriver

LSD3100 LSD3101 LSD3102


When the SET– switch is pushed under thefollowing conditions, the system cannot beset.

A warning chime will sound and a messagewill pop up:

∙ When the VDC system is off (To use theICC system, turn on the VDC system.Push the ICC switch to turn off the ICCsystem and reset the ICC switch bypushing the ICC switch again.)

For additional information about theVDC system, refer to “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system” in this section.

∙ When ABS or VDC is operating

∙ When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICCsystem, make sure the wheels are nolonger slipping.)

�1 System set display with vehicle ahead

�2 System set display without vehicleahead

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICC sys-tem maintains the set vehicle speed, simi-lar to standard cruise control, as long as novehicle is detected in the lane ahead. TheICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead

When a vehicle is detected in the laneahead, the ICC system decelerates the ve-hicle by controlling the throttle and apply-ing the brakes to match the speed of aslower vehicle ahead. The system thencontrols the vehicle speed based on thespeed of the vehicle ahead to maintain thedriver selected distance.

NOTE:

∙ The stop lights of the vehicle come onwhen braking is performed by the ICCsystem.

∙ When the brake operates, a noise maybe heard. This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the ve-hicle ahead detection indicator comes on.The ICC system will also display the setspeed and selected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected

When a vehicle is no longer detectedahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-ates your vehicle to resume the previouslyset vehicle speed. The ICC system thenmaintains the set speed.

LSD3103


When a vehicle is no longer detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle ahead appears during accelera-tion to the set vehicle speed or any time theICC system is in operation, the system con-trols the distance to that vehicle.

When a vehicle is no longer detected underapproximately 15 mph (24 km/h), the sys-tem will be canceled.

When passing another vehicle, the setspeed indicator �A will flash when the ve-hicle speed exceeds the set speed. The ve-hicle detect indicator will turn off when thearea ahead of the vehicle is open. When thepedal is released, the vehicle will return tothe previously set speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set in theICC system, you can depress the accelera-tor pedal when it is necessary to accelerateyour vehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehiclespeedTo cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing methods:

∙ Push the CANCEL switch. The set ve-hicle speed indicator will go out.

∙ Tap the brake pedal. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

∙ Turn the ICC switch off. The ICC indica-tors will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following methods:

∙ Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET– switch.

∙ Push and hold the RES+ switch. The setvehicle speed will increase by approxi-mately 5 mph (5 km/h).

∙ Push, then quickly release the RES+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by approximately1 mph (1 km/h).

LSD3267


To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:

∙ Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET– switch and release it.

∙ Push and hold the SET– switch. The setvehicle speed will decrease by approxi-mately 5 mph (5 km/h).

∙ Push, then quickly release the SET–switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by approximately1 mph (1 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RES+ switch. The vehicle willresume the last set cruising speed whenthe vehicle speed is over 20 mph (32 km/h).

How to change the set distanceto the vehicle aheadThe distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on the traf-fic conditions.

Each time the distance switch �A ispushed, the set distance will change tolong, middle, short and back to long again,in that sequence.

Distance Approximate distance at60 mph (100 km/h) [ft (m)]

1. Long 200 (60)2. Middle 150 (45)3. Short 100 (30)

∙ The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehicle speed.The higher the vehicle speed, the longerthe distance.

∙ If the engine is stopped, the set distancebecomes “long.” (Each time the engineis started, the initial setting becomes“long.”)

LSD2683 LSD2752


Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the sys-tem warns the driver with the chime andICC system display. Decelerate by depress-ing the brake pedal to maintain a safe ve-hicle distance if:

∙ The chime sounds.

∙ The vehicle ahead detection indicatorblinks.

The warning chime may not sound insome cases when there is a short distancebetween vehicles. Some examples are:

∙ When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing.

∙ When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between ve-hicles is increasing.

∙ When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.

The warning chime will not sound when:

∙ The vehicle approaches other vehiclesthat are parked or moving slowly.

∙ The accelerator pedal is depressed,overriding the system.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink whenthe ICC sensor detects objects on theside of the vehicle or on the side of theroad. This may cause the ICC system todecelerate or accelerate the vehicle. TheICC sensor may detect these objectswhen the vehicle is driven on windingroads, narrow roads, hilly roads, or whenentering or exiting a curve. In thesecases you will have to manually controlthe proper distance ahead of your ve-hicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic or ve-hicle condition (for example, if a vehicle isbeing driven with some damage).

Automatic cancellationA chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed:

∙ When the vehicle ahead is not detectedand your vehicle is traveling below thespeed of 15 mph (24 km/h)

∙ When the system judges the vehicle isat a standstill

∙ When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)position or Manual mode

∙ When the parking brake system is ap-plied


∙ When VDC operates

∙ When distance measurement be-comes impaired due to adhesion of dirtor obstruction to the sensor


∙ When the radar signal is temporarily in-terrupted


VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the ICC system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ The ICC system is primarily intendedfor use on straight, dry, open roadswith light traffic. It is not advisable touse the ICC system in city traffic orcongested areas.

∙ The ICC system will not adapt auto-matically to road conditions. This sys-tem should be used in evenly flowingtraffic. Do not use the system on roadswith sharp curves, or on icy roads, inheavy rain or in fog.

∙ As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the ICC system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentiveor absentminded driving, or over-come poor visibility in rain, fog, orother bad weather. Decelerate the ve-hicle speed by depressing the brakepedal, depending on the distance tothe vehicle ahead and the surround-ing circumstances in order to main-tain a safe distance between vehicles.

∙ If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,the vehicle decelerates to a standstillwithin the limitations of the system.The system will cancel once it judgesthat the vehicle has come to a stand-still and sound a warning chime. Toprevent the vehicle from moving, thedriver must depress the brake pedal.

∙ Always pay attention to the operationof the vehicle and be ready to manu-ally control the proper following dis-tance. The ICC system may not be ableto maintain the selected distance be-tween vehicles (following distance) orselected vehicle speed under somecircumstances.

∙ The system may not detect the ve-hicle in front of you in certain road orweather conditions. To avoid acci-dents, never use the ICC system underthe following conditions:

– On roads where the traffic is heavyor there are sharp curves

– On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

– During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.)

– When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe bumper around the distancesensor

– On steep downhill roads (the ve-hicle may go beyond the set ve-hicle speed and frequent brakingmay result in overheating thebrakes)

– On repeated uphill and downhillroads

– When traffic conditions make it dif-ficult to keep a proper distance be-tween vehicles because of fre-quent acceleration or deceleration


– Interference by other radarsources

∙ Do not use the ICC system if you aretowing a trailer. The system may notdetect a vehicle ahead.

∙ In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zoneand cause automatic braking. Alwaysstay alert and avoid using the ICC sys-tem where not recommended in thiswarning section.

The radar sensor will not detect the follow-ing objects:

∙ Stationary and slow moving vehicles

∙ Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

∙ Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

∙ Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

The sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore,if the sensor cannot detect the reflectionfrom the vehicle ahead, the ICC systemmay not maintain the selected distance.

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot properly detect a ve-hicle ahead and the system may not oper-ate properly:

∙ When snow or road spray from travelingvehicles reduces the sensor’s detection.

∙ When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.

∙ When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or cargo area ofyour vehicle.

The ICC system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation withinthe limitations of the system.

When the sensor is covered with dirt or isobstructed, the system will automaticallybe canceled. If the sensor is covered withice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag,etc., the ICC system may not detect them.In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode may not cancel andmay not be able to maintain the selectedfollowing distance from the vehicle ahead.Be sure to check and clean the sensorregularly.

The detection zone of the radar sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in the de-tection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance detection mode to maintain the se-lected distance from the vehicle ahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position withinthe same lane of travel. Motorcycles maynot be detected in the same lane ahead ifthey are traveling offset from the centerlineof the lane. A vehicle that is entering thelane ahead may not be detected until thevehicle has completely moved into thelane.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warnyou by blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime. The driver mayhave to manually control the proper dis-tance away from vehicle traveling ahead.


SSD0252


When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the radarsensor may detect vehicles in a differentlane, or may temporarily not detect a ve-hicle traveling ahead. This may cause theradar system to decelerate or acceleratethe vehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also be af-fected by vehicle operation (steering ma-neuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.)or vehicle condition.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warnyou by blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime unexpectedly. Youwill have to manually control the properdistance away from the vehicle travelingahead.

SSD0253


SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEThe following are conditions in which theICC system may be temporarily unavail-able. In these instances, the ICC systemmay not cancel and may not be able tomaintain the selected following distancefrom the vehicle ahead.

Condition A

Under the following conditions, the ICC systemis automatically canceled. A chime will soundand the system will not be able to be set:


∙ When the VDC operates

∙ When a vehicle ahead is not detectedand your vehicle is traveling below thespeed of 15 mph (24 km/h)

∙ When the system judges the vehicle isat a standstill

∙ When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)or Manual mode



∙ When the radar signal is temporarily in-terruptedLSD2832


Action to take

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off usingthe ICC switch. Turn the ICC system back onto use the system.

Condition B

When the radar sensor of the front bumperis covered with dirt or is obstructed, the ICCsystem will automatically be canceled.

The chime will sound and the “Unavailable:Front Radar Obstruction” warning mes-sage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Action to take

If the warning message appears, stop thevehicle in a safe place, place the shift leverin the P (Park) position, and turn the engineoff. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted, clean the sensor area of thefront bumper and restart the engine. If the“Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction”warning message continues to be dis-played, have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

Condition C

When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next tolong walls), the system may illuminate thesystem warning light (orange) and displaythe “Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction”message.

Action to take:

When the above driving conditions no lon-ger exist, turn the system back on.

Condition D

When the ICC system is not operatingproperly, a chime sounds and the ICC sys-tem warning light (orange) will come on.

LSD2685


Action to take

If the warning light comes on, park the ve-hicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system orthe indicator stays on, it may indicatethat the system is malfunctioning. Al-though the vehicle is still drivable undernormal conditions, have the vehiclechecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor for the ICC system �A is locatedon the front of the vehicle.

To keep the ICC system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:

∙ Always keep the sensor area clean.

∙ Do not strike or damage the areasaround the sensor.

∙ Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the sensor. This could cause failureor malfunction.

∙ Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). Thiscould cause failure or malfunction.

∙ Do not alter, remove, or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restor-ing the front bumper, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.


FCC ID OAYARS4B

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful in-terference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

LSD3105 LSD2690


For Canada

Model: ARS4–B

IC: 4135A-ARS4B

FCC ID: OAYARS4B

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules and with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is sub-ject to the following two conditions:



Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd’Industrie Canada applicables aux appar-eils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitationest autorisée aux deux conditions suiv-antes:

1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire debrouillage, et

2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptibled’en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure Infor-mation:

This equipment complies with FCC radia-tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon-trolled environment.

This equipment should be installed andoperated with minimum distance of 30 cmbetween the radiator and your body.

The transmitter must not be co-located oroperating in conjunction with any other an-tenna or transmitter.

Cet équipement est conforme aux limitesd’exposition aux rayonnements IC établiespour un environnement non contrôlé. Cetéquipement doit être installé et utilisé avecun minimum de 30 cm de distance entre lasource de rayonnement et votre corps.

FCC Notice


CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)CRUISE CONTROL MODEThis mode allows driving at a speed be-tween 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) with-out keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

WARNING∙ In the conventional (fixed speed)

cruise control mode, a warning chimedoes not sound to warn you if you aretoo close to the vehicle ahead, as nei-ther the presence of the vehicle aheadnor the vehicle-to-vehicle distance isdetected.

∙ Pay special attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision could occur.

∙ Always confirm the setting in the ICCsystem display.

∙ Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode whendriving under the followingconditions:

– When it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed


– In heavy traffic or in traffic that var-ies in speed

– On winding or hilly roads

– On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

– In very windy areas

∙ Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol switches

1. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without eras-ing the set speed

2. RES+ switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally

3. ICC switch:Master switch to activate the system

4. SET- switch:Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display andindicatorsThe display is located in the vehicle infor-mation display.

1. Cruise indicator:This indicator indicates the condition ofthe ICC system depending on a color.

∙ Cruise control ON indicator (gray): In-dicates that the ICC switch is on

∙ Cruise control SET indicator (green):Indicates that the cruising speed isset

LSD3271 LSD3268


∙ Cruise control warning (yellow): Indi-cates that there is a malfunction inthe ICC system

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:This indicator indicates the set vehiclespeed. For Canadian models, thespeed is displayed in km/h.

Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control modeTo turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold the ICCswitch �A for longer than about 1.5 sec-onds.

When pushing ICC switch on, the conven-tional (fixed speed) cruise control modedisplay and indicators �B are displayed inthe vehicle information display. After youhold ICC switch on for longer than about1.5 seconds, the ICC system display turnsoff. The cruise indicator appears. You cannow set your desired cruising speed. Push-

ing the ICC switch again will turn the sys-tem completely off. When the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position, thesystem is also automatically turned off.

To use the ICC system again, quickly pushand release the ICC switch (vehicle-to ve-hicle distance control mode) or push andhold it (conventional cruise control mode)again to turn it on.

CAUTIONTo avoid accidentally engaging cruisecontrol, make sure to turn the ICC switchoff when not using the ICC system.LSD3556


To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push the SET- �Cswitch and release it. (The color of thecruise indicator changes to green and setvehicle speed indicator comes on.) Takeyour foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

∙ To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the pre-viously set speed.

∙ The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, manually maintainvehicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any of thefollowing methods:

1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehiclespeed indicator will turn off.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speedindicator will turn off.

3. Turn the ICC switch off. Both the cruiseindicator and vehicle speed indicatorwill turn off.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

1. Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET- switch.

2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,release the switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the RES+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 mph(1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET- switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Releasethe switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the SET-switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 mph(1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES+ switch. The vehicle will re-sume the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).

LSD3557


System temporarily unavailableA chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed:

∙ When the vehicle slows down morethan 8 mph (13 km/h) below the setspeed

∙ When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)or manual shift mode


∙ When the VDC operates (including thetraction control system)


When the system is not operating properly,the chime sounds and the color of thecruise indicator will change to orange.

Action to take

If the color of the cruise indicator changesto orange, stop the vehicle in a safe placeand place the shift lever in the P (Park) po-sition. Turn the engine off, restart the en-gine, resume driving, and then perform thesetting again.

LSD2684


If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the systemis malfunctioning. Although the vehicleis still drivable under normal conditions,have the vehicle checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the ProPI-LOT Assist system could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ ProPILOT Assist is not a self-drivingsystem. Within the limits of its capa-bilities, as described in this manual, ithelps the driver with certain drivingactivities.

∙ The ProPILOT Assist system is not areplacement for proper driving proce-dures and is not designed to correctcareless, inattentive or absent-minded driving. ProPILOT Assist willnot always steer the vehicle to keep itin the lane. The ProPILOT Assist sys-tem is not designed to prevent loss ofcontrol. It is the driver’s responsibilityto stay alert, drive safely, keep the ve-hicle in the traveling lane, and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times.

∙ There are limitations to the ProPILOTAssist system capability. The ProPI-LOT Assist system does not functionin all driving, traffic, weather, and roadconditions. It is the driver’s responsi-bility to stay alert, drive safely, keepthe vehicle in the traveling lane, andbe in control of the vehicle at all times.

∙ The ProPILOT Assist system is only anaid to assist the driver and is not acollision warning or avoidance device.

∙ The ProPILOT Assist system is forhighway use only and is not intendedfor city driving. Failure to apply thebrakes or steer the vehicle when nec-essary may result in a seriousaccident.


∙ Never take your hands off the steeringwheel when driving. Always keep yourhands on the steering wheel and driveyour vehicle safely.

∙ Never unfasten your safety belt whenusing ProPILOT Assist. Doing so auto-matically cancels the ProPILOT Assistsystem.

PROPILOT ASSIST (if so equipped)


∙ The ProPILOT Assist system does notreact to stationary and slow movingvehicles.

∙ Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the ProPILOT Assist sys-tem. Read and understand the Own-er’s Manual thoroughly before usingthe ProPILOT Assist system. To avoidserious injury or death, do not rely onthe system to prevent accidents or tocontrol the vehicle’s speed in emer-gency situations. Do not use the Pro-PILOT Assist system except in appro-priate road and traffic conditions.

The ProPILOT Assist system is intended toenhance the operation of the vehicle whenfollowing a vehicle traveling in the samelane and direction.

The ProPILOT Assist system uses a multi-sensing front camera �A installed behindthe windshield and a radar sensor locatedon the front of the vehicle �B to measurethe distance to the vehicle ahead in thesame lane and to monitor the lane mark-ers. If the vehicle detects a slower movingvehicle ahead, the system will reduce thevehicle speed so that your vehicle followsthe vehicle in front at the selected distance.The system will also help keep the vehicle

centered in the traveling lane when clearlane markings are detected.

LSD2799


�1 Steering-wheel-mounted control (left)

�2 Vehicle information display

�3 Steering-wheel-mounted control (right)

�4 ProPILOT Assist switch

PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEMOPERATIONThe ProPILOT Assist system has the follow-ing two functions:

1. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

The ICC system can be set to one oftwo cruise control modes:

∙ Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode: For cruising at a pre-set speed

NOTE:

Steering Assist is not available in theconventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode.

∙ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode: The ICC system maintains aselected distance from the vehicle infront of you within the speed range of0 to 90 mph (0 to 144 km/h) up to theset speed. The set speed can be se-LSD2800


lected by the driver between 20 to90 mph (32 to 144 km/h). When thevehicle ahead slows to a stop, yourvehicle gradually decelerates to astandstill. When the vehicle isstopped, the ICC system maintainsbraking force to keep your vehiclestopped.

NOTE:

When your vehicle is stopped for lessthan 3 seconds and the vehicle aheadbegins to move, your vehicle will startmoving again automatically.

– When your vehicle is at a standstillfor more than 3 seconds and thevehicle ahead begins to accelerate,push the RES+ switch or lightly de-press the accelerator pedal. The ICCsystem starts to follow the vehicleahead.

– When no vehicle is detected aheadwithin the driver selected distance,the vehicle travels at the speed setby the driver. The speed must beabove 20 mph (32 km/h) to use thisfunction.

NOTE:

Even if the Automatic Emergency Brak-ing (AEB) setting is turned off by thedriver using the “Settings” menu in thevehicle information display, AEB will beautomatically turned on when ICC isused.

2. Steering Assist

The Steering Assist function controlsthe steering system to help keep yourvehicle within the traveling lane.

When there is no vehicle ahead, Steer-ing Assist is not available at speedsunder 37 mph (60 km/h). ProPILOT Assist switches

�1 DISTANCE switch:

– Long

– Middle

– Short

�2 RES+ switch:

Resumes set speed or increasesspeed incrementally

�3 CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the ProPILOT Assist sys-tem

LSD3272


�4 ProPILOT Assist switch:

Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on oroff

�5 SET- switch:

Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally

�6 Steering Assist switch:

Turns the Steering Assist function onor off

The ProPILOT Assist systemdisplay and indicators

�1 Lane marker indicator

Indicates whether the system detectslane markers

– No lane markers displayed: SteeringAssist is turned off

– Lane marker indicator (gray): No lanemarkers detected

– Lane marker indicator (green): Lanemarkers detected

– Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lanedeparture is detected

�2 Set distance indicator

Displays the selected distance

�3 Vehicle ahead detection indicator

Indicates whether the system detectsa vehicle in front of you

�4 Steering Assist indicator

Indicates the status of the Steering As-sist function by the color of the indica-tor

– Steering Assist indicator (gray):Steering Assist standby

– Steering Assist indicator (green):Steering Assist active

– Steering Assist indicator (orange):Steering Assist malfunction

�5 ProPILOT Assist activation

Displays once the ProPILOT Assist sys-tem is activated

LSD2807 LSD3110


�6 Steering Assist status indicator/warning

Displays the status of the SteeringAssist by the color of the indicator/warning

– No Steering Assist status indicatordisplayed: Steering Assist is turnedoff

– Steering Assist indicator (gray):Steering Assist standby

– Steering Assist indicator (green):Steering Assist active

– Steering Assist indicator (orange):Steering Assist malfunction

�7 Speed control status indicator/warning

Displays the status of speed control bythe color and shape of theindicator/warning

– Speed control status indicator/warning (gray): ICC standby

– Speed control status indicator/warning (solid green ): ICC (dis-tance control mode) is active (ve-hicle detected ahead). Your vehiclematches the speed of the vehicleahead.

– Speed control status indicator/warning (green outline ): ICC(maintain speed control mode) isactive (no vehicle detected ahead).Your vehicle maintains the driver-selected set speed.

– Speed control statusindicator/warning (orange): Indi-cates an ICC malfunction

�8 Set vehicle speed indicator

Indicates the set vehicle speed

�9 ProPILOT Assist status indicator

Indicates the status of the ProPILOTAssist system by the color of the indi-cator

– ProPILOT Assist status indicator(white): ProPILOT Assist is on but instandby.

– ProPILOT Assist status indicator(blue): ProPILOT Assist active

TURNING THE CONVENTIONAL(fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROLMODE ON

NOTE:

ProPILOT Assist provides no approachwarnings, automatic braking, or steeringassist in the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode.To choose the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold theProPILOT Assist switch for longer than ap-proximately 1.5 seconds. For additional in-formation, refer to “Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode” in this section.


1. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)

2. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) whenshaded and Intelligent Lane Interven-tion (I-LI) when solid

3. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

OPERATING PROPILOT ASSIST1. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch �A .

This turns on the ProPILOT Assist sys-tem.

2. A screen is displayed for a period oftime that indicates the status of thedriving aid functions.

– AEB, LDW, and BSW are enabledwhen the specified driving aid isshaded.

– I-LI is enabled when the driving aid issolid.

– To change the status of the drivingaids, use the �1 or �2 but-ton to navigate the settings screen.For additional information, refer to“How to use the vehicle informationdisplay” in the “Instruments and con-trols” section of this manual.

3. The status of the ProPILOT Assist sys-tem is displayed in the vehicle informa-tion display �B .

4. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicleto the desired speed.

LSD3311 LSD3111 LSD3074


5. Push the SET- switch �C . The ProPILOTAssist system begins to automaticallymaintain the set speed. The ProPILOTAssist activation indicator �D and Pro-PILOT Assist status indicator �E illumi-nate (blue). When a vehicle ahead istraveling at a speed of 20 mph(32 km/h) or below and the SET- switchis pushed, the set speed of your vehicleis 20 mph (32 km/h).

NOTE:

When “Prevention (LDP)” is selected inthe settings menu, turning the ProPILOTAssist system (if so equipped) on will ac-tivate the I-LI system at the same time. If“Prevention (LDP)” is not selected in thesettings menu, I-LI will automatically ac-tivate when the ProPILOT Assist systemis “SET.” For additional information, referto “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” inthis section.

When the SET- switch is pushed under thefollowing conditions, the ProPILOT Assistsystem cannot be set and the set vehiclespeed indicator �1 blinks for approximately2 seconds:

∙ When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h)and the vehicle ahead is not detected

∙ When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)position or manual shift mode


∙ When the brakes are operated by thedriver

LSD3112 LSD2826


∙ When the VDC system is off. For addi-tional information, refer to “Vehicle Dy-namic Control (VDC) system” in this sec-tion.

∙ When the VDC system (including thetraction control system) is operating

∙ When a wheel is slipping

∙ When any door is open

∙ When the driver’s seat belt is not fas-tened

How to change the set vehiclespeedThe set vehicle speed can be adjusted.

To change to a faster cruising speed:

∙ Push and hold the RES+ switch. The setvehicle speed increases by approxi-mately 5 mph (5 km/h).

∙ Push, then quickly release, the RES+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed increases by approximately1 mph (1 km/h).

To change to a slower cruising speed:

∙ Push and hold the SET- switch. The setvehicle speed decreases by approxi-mately 5 mph (5 km/h).

∙ Push, then quickly release, the SET-switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed decreases by approximately1 mph (1 km/h).

How to momentarily accelerate ordecelerate

∙ Depress the accelerator pedal whenacceleration is required. Release the ac-celerator pedal to resume the previ-ously set vehicle speed.

∙ Depress the brake pedal when decel-eration is required. Control by the ProPI-LOT Assist system is canceled. Push theRES+ switch to resume the previouslyset vehicle speed.

LSD3113


WARNINGWhen the accelerator pedal is de-pressed and you are approaching thevehicle ahead, the ICC system will nei-ther control the brake nor warn thedriver with the chime and display. Thedriver must manually control the ve-hicle speed to maintain a safe distanceto the vehicle ahead. Failure to do socould result in severe personal injury ordeath.

NOTE:

When you accelerate by depressing theaccelerator pedal or decelerate by push-ing the SET- switch and the vehicle trav-els faster than the speed set by thedriver, the set speed vehicle indicator willblink.

How to change the set distanceto the vehicle aheadThe distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time.

Each time the DISTANCE switch �A ispushed, the set distance will change tolong, middle, short and back to long againin that sequence.

LSD3114


Distance Approximate distance at60 mph (100 km/h) [ft (m)]

1. Long 200 (60)2. Middle 150 (45)3. Short 90 (30)

∙ The distance to the vehicle aheadchanges automatically according tothe vehicle speed. The higher the ve-hicle speed, the longer the distance.

∙ If the engine is stopped, the set distancebecomes “long.” (Each time the engineis started, the initial setting becomes“long.”)

LSD2806


1. Steering-wheel-mounted control (left)

2. Vehicle information display

3. Steering Assist switch

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THESTEERING ASSISTUse the following methods to enable ordisable the Steering Assist.

Steering Assist switch:

To turn the Steering Assist on or off, pushthe Steering Assist switch (3) on the instru-ment panel.

NOTE:

∙ When the Steering Assist switch isused to turn the system on or off, thesystem remembers the setting evenif the ignition switch is cycled. Theswitch must be pushed again tochange the setting to on or off.

∙ The Steering Assist switch changesthe status of the “Steering Assist” se-lection made in the “Settings” screenin the vehicle information display.

LSD2813


Setting in the vehicle information dis-play:

1. Press the button on the steeringwheel (1) until “Settings” displays in thevehicle information display (2).

2. Use the button (1) to select “DriverAssistance.” Then press the OK button(1).

3. Use the button (1) to select “Driv-ing Aids.” Then press the OK button (1).

4. Select “Steering Assist” and press theOK button (1).

NOTE:

∙ When the Cruise screen is displayedon the vehicle information display,press the OK button on the steeringwheel to call up the “Driving Aids” set-ting display.

∙ When enabling/disabling the systemthrough the vehicle information dis-play or when pushing the SteeringAssist switch, the system retains thecurrent settings even if the engine isrestarted.

How to cancel the ProPILOT AssistsystemTo cancel the ProPILOT Assist system, useone of the following methods:


∙ Tap the brake pedal (except at a stand-still).

∙ Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turnthe system off. The ProPILOT Assist sta-tus indicator will go out.

When the ProPILOT Assist system is can-celed while the vehicle is stopped, the elec-tronic parking brake is automatically acti-vated.

WARNINGTo prevent the vehicle from moving orrolling unexpectedly, which could resultin serious personal injury or propertydamage, before exiting the vehiclemake sure to push the ProPILOT Assistswitch to turn the system off, place theshift lever in the P (Park) position, andturn the engine off.

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL(ICC) (for vehicles with ProPILOTAssist)

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the ICC sys-tem could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The ICC system is only an aid to assistthe driver and is not a collision warn-ing or avoidance device. It is recom-mended for highway use only and it isnot intended for city driving. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely, and be in control of thevehicle at all times.

∙ There are limitations to the ICC sys-tem capability. The ICC system doesnot function in all driving, traffic,weather, and road conditions. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely, keep the vehicle in thetraveling lane, and be in control of thevehicle at all times.



∙ The ICC system does not react to sta-tionary and slow moving vehicles.

∙ Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the ICC system. Read andunderstand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the ICC system.To avoid serious injury or death, donot rely on the system to prevent ac-cidents or to control the vehicle’sspeed in emergency situations. Donot use the ICC system except in ap-propriate road and traffic conditions.

ICC system operationThe ICC system is designed to maintain aselected distance from the vehicle in frontof you and can reduce the speed to matcha slower vehicle ahead. The system decel-erates the vehicle as necessary and if thevehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill. However, the ICCsystem can only apply up to 40% of thevehicle’s total braking power. This systemshould only be used when traffic condi-tions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairlyconstant or when vehicle speeds changegradually. If a vehicle moves into the travel-ing lane ahead or if a vehicle travelingahead rapidly decelerates, the distance be-tween vehicles may become closer be-

cause the ICC system cannot deceleratethe vehicle quickly enough. If this occurs,the ICC system sounds a warning chimeand blinks the system display to notify thedriver to take necessary action.

The ICC system cancels and a warningchime sounds if the speed is below ap-proximately 15 mph (24 km/h) and a vehicleis not detected ahead.

The ICC system operates as follows:

∙ When there are no vehicles travelingahead, the ICC system maintains thespeed set by the driver. The set speedrange is between approximately 20 and90 mph (32 and 144 km/h).

∙ When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,the ICC system adjusts the speed tomaintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If the ve-hicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill. Once yourvehicle stops, the ICC system keeps thevehicle stopped.

∙ When your vehicle is stopped for lessthan 3 seconds and the vehicle aheadbegins to move, your vehicle will startmoving again automatically.

∙ When your vehicle is at a standstill formore than 3 seconds and the vehicleahead begins to accelerate, push theRES+ switch or lightly depress the accel-erator pedal. The ICC system starts tofollow the vehicle ahead.

∙ When the vehicle traveling aheadmoves to a different traveling lane, theICC system accelerates and maintainsvehicle speed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operation tomaintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates or traf-fic congestion.


When driving on the freeway at a set speedand approaching a slower traveling vehicleahead, the ICC system adjusts the speed tomaintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicleahead changes lanes or exits the freeway,the ICC system accelerates and maintainsthe speed up to the set speed. Pay atten-tion to the driving operation to maintaincontrol of the vehicle as it accelerates tothe set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If this oc-curs, you will have to manually control thevehicle speed.

Normally when controlling the distance toa vehicle ahead, the system automaticallyaccelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac-cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.

Depress the accelerator to properly accel-erate your vehicle when acceleration is re-quired for a lane change. Depress the brakepedal when deceleration is required tomaintain a safe distance to the vehicleahead due to sudden braking or if a vehiclecuts in. Always stay alert when using theICC system.

No vehicle detected ahead

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICC sys-tem maintains the set vehicle speed, simi-lar to standard cruise control, as long as novehicle is detected in the lane ahead. TheICC system displays the set speed.

SSD0254System set display with no vehicle

detected ahead

LSD3115


Vehicle detected ahead

When a vehicle is detected in the laneahead, the ICC system decelerates the ve-hicle by controlling the throttle and apply-ing the brakes to match the speed of aslower vehicle ahead. The ICC system thencontrols the vehicle speed based on thespeed of the vehicle ahead to maintain thedriver selected distance.

NOTE:

∙ The stop lights of the vehicle come onwhen braking is performed by the ICCsystem.

∙ When the brake is applied by the sys-tem, a noise may be heard. This is nota malfunction.

When the ICC system detects a vehicleahead, the vehicle ahead detection indica-tor and the speed control status indicator(distance control mode) illuminates (solidgreen ).

Vehicle ahead stopsWhen the vehicle ahead decelerates tostop, your vehicle decelerates to a stand-still. Once your vehicle stops, the ICC sys-tem automatically applies the brakes tokeep the vehicle stopped. When your ve-hicle is at a standstill, the “(RES+) Press tostart” message is displayed on the vehicleinformation display.

NOTE:

When your vehicle stops for less than3 seconds, your vehicle will automati-cally follow the vehicle as it acceleratesfrom a stop.

Vehicle ahead accelerates

When your vehicle is stopped and the ve-hicle ahead begins to accelerate, push theRES+ switch or lightly depress the accelera-tor pedal. The ICC system starts to followthe vehicle ahead.

Vehicle ahead not detected

When a vehicle is no longer detectedahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-ates your vehicle to resume the previouslyset vehicle speed. The ICC system thenmaintains the set speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns offand speed control status indicator (main-tain speed control mode) illuminates(green outline ).The ICC system gradually accelerates tothe set speed, but you can depress theaccelerator pedal to quickly accelerate.When a vehicle is no longer detected andyour vehicle is traveling under approxi-mately 15 mph (24 km/h), the ICC systemautomatically cancels.

System set display with vehicle aheadLSD3116


When passing another vehicle, the setspeed indicator �A flashes when the ve-hicle speed exceeds the set speed. The ve-hicle ahead detection indicator turns offwhen the area ahead of the vehicle is open.When the pedal is released, the vehicle re-turns to the previously set speed. Eventhough your vehicle speed is set in the ICCsystem, you can depress the acceleratorpedal when it is necessary to accelerateyour vehicle rapidly.

Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the sys-tem warns the driver with the chime andICC system display. Decelerate by depress-ing the brake pedal to maintain a safe ve-hicle distance if:

∙ The chime sounds.

∙ The vehicle ahead detection indicatorand set distance indicator blink.

∙ You judge it necessary to maintain asafe distance.

The warning chime may not sound insome cases when there is a short distancebetween vehicles. Some examples are:

∙ When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing.

∙ When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between ve-hicles is increasing.

∙ When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.

The warning chime will not sound when:

∙ Your vehicle approaches other vehiclesthat are parked or moving slowly.

∙ The accelerator pedal is depressed,overriding the system.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may flash whenthe radar sensor detects objects on theside of the vehicle or on the side of theroad. This may cause the ICC system todecelerate or accelerate the vehicle. Theradar sensor may detect these objectswhen the vehicle is driven on winding,narrow, or hilly roads or when the vehicleis entering or exiting a curve. In thesecases, you will have to manually controlthe proper distance ahead of your ve-hicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af-fected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or driving position in the lane)or traffic or vehicle conditions (for ex-ample, if a vehicle is being driven withsome damage).

LSD3267


ICC system limitations

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the ICC system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death:

∙ The ICC system is primarily intendedfor use on straight, dry, open roadswith light traffic. It is not advisable touse the ICC system in city traffic orcongested areas.

∙ The ICC system will not adapt auto-matically to road conditions. This sys-tem should be used in evenly flowingtraffic. Do not use the system on roadswith sharp curves or on icy roads, inheavy rain or in fog.

∙ As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the ICC system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentiveor absentminded driving or overcomepoor visibility in rain, fog, or other badweather. Decelerate the vehicle speedby depressing the brake pedal, de-pending on the distance to the vehicleahead and the surrounding circum-stances in order to maintain a safedistance between vehicles.

∙ When the ICC system automaticallybrings the car to a stop, your vehiclecan automatically accelerate if the ve-hicle is stopped for less than approxi-mately 3 seconds. Be prepared to stopyour vehicle if necessary.

∙ Always pay attention to the operationof the vehicle and be ready to manu-ally control the proper following dis-tance. The ICC system may not be ableto maintain the selected distance be-tween vehicles (following distance) orselected vehicle speed under somecircumstances.

∙ The system may not detect the ve-hicle in front of you in certain road orweather conditions. To avoid acci-dents, never use the ICC system underthe following conditions:

– On roads with heavy, high-speedtraffic or sharp curves

– On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

– During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.)

– When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe bumper around the distancesensor

– On steep downhill roads (the vehiclemay go beyond the set vehiclespeed and frequent braking may re-sult in overheating the brakes)

– On repeated uphill and downhillroads

– When traffic conditions make it dif-ficult to keep a proper distance be-tween vehicles because of fre-quent acceleration or deceleration

– Interference by other radarsources.


∙ Do not use the ICC system if you aretowing a trailer. The system may notdetect a vehicle ahead.

∙ In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zoneand cause automatic braking. Alwaysstay alert and avoid using the ICC sys-tem where not recommended in thiswarning section.

The ICC system will not detect the followingobjects:

∙ Stationary or slow moving vehicles

∙ Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

∙ Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

∙ Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

The following are some conditions in whichthe radar sensor cannot properly detect avehicle ahead and the system may not op-erate properly:

∙ When the sensor detection is reduced(conditions such as rain, snow, fog, duststorms, sandstorms, and road sprayfrom other vehicles)

∙ Driving on a steep downhill slope orroads with sharp curves

∙ Driving on a bumpy road surface, suchas an uneven dirt road

∙ If dirt, ice, snow or other material is cov-ering the radar sensor area

∙ A complicated-shaped vehicle such asa car carrier trailer or flatbedtruck/trailer is near the vehicle ahead.

∙ Interference by other radar sources

∙ When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.

∙ When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or cargo area ofyour vehicle.

The ICC system is designed to automati-cally check the radar sensor’s operationwithin the limitations of the system.

The detection zone of the radar sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in the de-tection zone for the ICC system to maintainthe selected distance from the vehicleahead. A vehicle ahead may move outsideof the detection zone due to its positionwithin the same lane of travel. Motorcyclesmay not be detected in the same laneahead if they are traveling offset from thecenter line of the lane. A vehicle that is en-

tering the lane ahead may not be detecteduntil the vehicle has completely moved intothe lane.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime. The driver may haveto manually control the proper distanceaway from the vehicle traveling ahead.

The ICC system (with ProPILOT Assist) usesa multi-sensing front camera. The follow-ing are some conditions in which the cam-era may not properly detect a vehicle anddetection of a vehicle ahead may be de-layed:

∙ Poor visibility (conditions such as rain,snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms,and road spray from other vehicles)

∙ The camera area of the windshield isfogged up or covered with dirt, waterdrops, ice, snow, etc.

∙ Strong light (for example, sunlight orhigh beams from oncoming vehicles)enters the front camera

∙ A sudden change in brightness occurs(for example, when the vehicle enters orexits a tunnel or shaded area or light-ning flashes)


SSD0252


When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the radarsensor may detect vehicles in a differentlane, or may temporarily not detect a ve-hicle traveling ahead. This may cause theradar system to decelerate or acceleratethe vehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also be af-fected by vehicle operation (steering ma-neuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.)or vehicle condition.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime unexpectedly. You willhave to manually control the proper dis-tance away from the vehicle travelingahead.

Automatic cancellationThe following are conditions in which theICC system may be temporarily unavail-able. In these instances, the ICC systemmay not cancel and may not be able tomaintain the selected following distancefrom the vehicle ahead.

Condition A

Under the following conditions, the ICC sys-tem is automatically canceled. A chime willsound and the system will not be able to beset:

∙ Any door is open.

∙ The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.

∙ The vehicle ahead is not detected andyour vehicle is traveling below thespeed of 15 mph (24 km/h).

∙ Your vehicle has been stopped by theICC system for approximately 3 minutesor longer.

∙ The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) po-sition or manual shift mode.

∙ The electronic parking brake is applied.

∙ The VDC system is turned off.

∙ The AEB applies harder braking.

∙ VDC (including the traction control sys-tem) operates.

∙ A wheel slips.

∙ When distance measurement be-comes impaired due to adhesion of dirtor obstruction to the sensor.

SSD0253


∙ When the radar signal is temporarily in-terrupted.

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off usingthe ProPILOT Assist switch. Turn the ProPI-LOT Assist system back on to use the sys-tem.

NOTE:

When the ICC system is canceled underthe following conditions at a standstill,the electronic parking brake is auto-matically activated:

∙ Any door is open.

∙ The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.

∙ Your vehicle has been stopped by theICC system for approximately 3 min-utes or longer.

∙ The shift lever is not in the D (Drive)position or manual shift mode.

∙ The VDC system is turned off.

∙ When distance measurement be-comes impaired due to adhesion ofdirt or obstruction to the sensor.

∙ When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted.

Condition B

When the radar sensor of the front bumperis covered with dirt or is obstructed, the ICCsystem will automatically be canceled.

The chime will sound and the “Unavailable:Front Radar Obstruction” warning mes-sage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Action to take:


Condition C

When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next tolong walls), the system may illuminate thesystem warning light and display the “Un-available: Front Radar Obstruction” mes-sage.

Action to take:


ICC system malfunctionIf the ICC system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime willsound, and the speed control status warn-ing (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, stop the ve-hicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine and set the ICC systemagain. If it is not possible to set the ICCsystem or the indicator stays on, it may bea malfunction. Although the normal drivingcan be continued, the ICC system shouldbe inspected. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.


ICC sensor maintenanceThe radar sensor is located on the front ofthe vehicle.

To keep the ICC system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:

∙ Always keep the sensor area clean.


∙ Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the sensor. This could cause failureor malfunction.


∙ Do not alter, remove, or paint the frontbumper.

Before customizing or restoring the frontbumper, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.

The camera sensor is located above theinside mirror.

To keep the proper operation of the sys-tems and prevent a system malfunction,be sure to observe the following:




∙ Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touchthe camera lens or remove the screwlocated on the camera unit.

If the camera unit is damaged due to anaccident, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.

STEERING ASSIST

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the Steer-ing Assist could result in serious injuryor death.

∙ The Steering Assist is not a replace-ment for proper driving proceduresand is not designed to correct care-less, inattentive or absent-mindeddriving. The Steering Assist will not al-ways steer the vehicle to keep it in thelane. It is not designed to prevent lossof control. It is the driver’s responsibil-ity to stay alert, drive safely, keep thevehicle in the traveling lane, and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times.

∙ As there is a performance limit to theSteering Assist’s capability, never relysolely on the system. The Steering As-sist does not function in all driving,traffic, weather, and road conditions.Always drive safely, pay attention tothe operation of the vehicle, andmanually control your vehicleappropriately.

∙ The Steering Assist is intended for useon well-developed freeways or high-ways with gentle (moderate) curves.To avoid risk of an accident, do not usethis system on local or non-highwayroads.


∙ The Steering Assist only steers the ve-hicle to maintain its position in thecenter of a lane. The vehicle will notsteer to avoid objects in the road infront of the vehicle or to avoid a ve-hicle moving into your lane.

∙ It is the driver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely, keep the vehicle inthe traveling lane, and be in control ofthe vehicle at all times. Never takeyour hands off the steering wheelwhen driving. Always keep your handson the steering wheel and drive yourvehicle safely.

∙ Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the Steering Assist. Readand understand the Owner’s Manualthoroughly before using the SteeringAssist. To avoid serious injury ordeath, do not rely on the system toprevent accidents or to control the ve-hicle’s speed in emergency situations.Do not use the Steering Assist exceptin appropriate road and trafficconditions.

Steering Assist operationThe Steering Assist controls the steeringsystem to help keep your vehicle near thecenter of the lane when driving. The Steer-ing Assist is combined with the IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) system. For additionalinformation, refer to “Intelligent Cruise Con-trol (ICC) (for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist)”in this section.

The Steering Assist can be activated whenthe following conditions are met:

∙ The ICC system is activated.

∙ Lane markers on both sides are clearlydetected.

∙ A vehicle ahead is detected (when thevehicle is driven at speeds under37 mph [60 km/h]).

∙ The driver grips the steering wheel.

∙ The vehicle is driven at the center of thelane.

∙ The turn signals are not operated.

∙ The windshield wiper is not operated inthe low (LO) or high (HI) speed operation(the Steering Assist function is disabledafter the wiper operates for approxi-mately 10 seconds).

Steering Assist display andindicators�1 Steering Assist status indicator/

warning

Displays the status of the Steering As-sist by the color of theindicator/warning

∙ Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-ing Assist standby

∙ Steering Assist indicator (green):Steering Assist active

∙ Steering Assist indicator (yellow):Steering Assist malfunction

LSD3118


�2 Steering Assist indicator

Indicates the status of the Steering As-sist by the color of the indicator

∙ Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-ing Assist standby

∙ Steering Assist indicator (green):Steering Assist active

�3 Lane marker indicator

Indicates whether the system detectsthe lane marker

∙ Lane marker indicator (gray): Lanemarkers not detected

∙ Lane marker indicator (green): Lanemarkers detected

∙ Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lanedeparture is detected

When the Steering Assist is in operation,the Steering Assist status indicator �1 , theSteering Assist indicator �2 , and the lanemarker indicator �3 on the vehicle infor-mation display turn green. A chime soundswhen the Steering Assist initially activates.

When the Steering Assist deactivates, theSteering Assist status indicator �1 , theSteering Assist indicator �2 , and the lanemarker indicator �3 on the vehicle infor-mation display turn gray and a chimesounds twice.

Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)When a curve or strong cross wind exceedsthe capabilities of the Steering Assist andyour vehicle approaches either the left orthe right side of the traveling lane, a warn-ing chime sounds and the I-LI indicatorlight (orange) on the instrument panelflashes to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI sys-tem automatically applies the brakes for ashort period of time to help assist thedriver to return the vehicle to the center ofthe traveling lane. This action is in additionto any Steering Assist actions.


Hands on detectionWhen the Steering Assist is activated, itmonitors the driver’s steering wheel opera-tion.

If the steering wheel is not operated or thedriver takes his/her hands off the steeringwheel for a period of time, the warning (1)appears in the vehicle information display.

If the driver does not operate the steeringwheel after the warning has been dis-played, an audible alert sounds and thewarning flashes in the vehicle informationdisplay, followed by a quick brake applica-tion to request the driver to take control ofthe vehicle again.

If the driver still does not respond, the Pro-PILOT Assist turns on the hazard flasherand slows the vehicle to a complete stop.

The driver can cancel the deceleration atany time by steering, braking, accelerating,or operating the ProPILOT Assist switch.

LSD3119


WARNINGSteering Assist is not a system for ahands-free driving. Always keep yourhands on the steering wheel and driveyour vehicle safely. Failure to do socould cause a collision resulting in seri-ous personal injury or death.

NOTE:

If the driver lightly touches (instead offirmly grips) the steering wheel, thesteering torque sensor may not detectthe driver’s hand(s) on the wheel and asequence of warnings may occur. Whenthe driver holds and operates the steer-ing wheel again, the warnings turn off.

Steering Assist limitations

WARNING∙ In the following situations, the cam-

era may not detect lane markers cor-rectly or may detect lane markers in-correctly and the Steering Assist maynot operate properly:

– When driving on roads where thereare multiple parallel lane markers,lane markers that are faded or notpainted clearly, nonstandard lanemarkers, or lane markers coveredwith water, dirt, snow, etc.

– When driving on roads with dis-continued lane markers

– When driving on roads with a wid-ening or narrowing lane width

– When driving on roads where thereare multiple lanes or unclear lanemarkers due to road construction

– When driving on roads where thereare sharply contrasting objects,such as shadows, snow, water,wheel ruts, seams, or lines remain-ing after road repairs (the SteeringAssist could detect these items aslane markers)

– When driving on roads where thetraveling lane merges or separates

∙ Do not use the Steering Assist underthe following conditions because thesystem may not properly detect lanemarkers. Doing so could cause a lossof vehicle control and result in anaccident.

– During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, dust, etc.)

– When rain, snow, sand, etc., isthrown up by the wheels of othervehicles

– When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, oranother object adheres to thecamera unit

– When the lens of the camera unit isfoggy

– When strong light (for example,sunlight or high beams from on-coming vehicles) shines on thecamera

– When the headlights are not brightdue to dirt on the lens or the head-lights are off in tunnels or darkness

– When a sudden change in bright-ness occurs (for example, when thevehicle enters or exits a tunnel or isunder a bridge)


– When driving on roads where thetraveling lane merges or separatesor where there are temporary lanemarkers because of roadconstruction

– When there is a lane closure due toroad repairs

– When driving on a bumpy road sur-face, such as an uneven dirt road

– When driving on sharp curves orwinding roads

– When driving on repeated uphilland downhill roads

∙ Do not use the Steering Assist underthe following conditions because thesystem will not operate properly:

– When driving with a tire that is notwithin normal tire conditions (forexample, tire wear, abnormal tirepressure, installation of a sparetire, tire chains, nonstandardwheels)

– When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original brake or suspensionparts

– When an object such as a sticker orcargo obstructs the camera

– When excessively heavy baggageis loaded in the rear seat or lug-gage area of your vehicle

– When the vehicle load capacity isexceeded

– When towing a trailer or othervehicle

∙ Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the beepmay not be heard.

∙ For the ProPILOT Assist system to op-erate properly, the windshield in frontof the camera must be clean. Replaceworn wiper blades. The correct sizewiper blades must be used to helpmake sure the windshield is keptclean. Only use Genuine NISSAN wiperblades, or equivalent wiper blades,that are specifically designed for useon your vehicle model and modelyear. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for the correct partsfor your vehicle.

Steering Assist temporarystandbyAutomatic standby due to driving opera-tion:

When the driver activates the turn signal,the Steering Assist is temporarily placed ina standby mode. (The Steering Assist re-starts automatically when the operatingconditions are met again.)

Automatic standby:

In the following cases, a warning messageis displayed along with the chime, and theSteering Assist is placed in a temporarystandby mode. (The Steering Assist re-starts automatically when the operatingconditions are met again.)

∙ When lane markers on both sides areno longer detected

∙ When a vehicle ahead is no longer de-tected under approximately 37 mph(60 km/h)

Steering Assist cancelUnder the following conditions, the Steer-ing Assist cancels, and the Steering Assiststatus indicator and the Steering Assist in-dicator turn off:


∙ When unusual lane markers appear inthe traveling lane or when the lanemarker cannot be correctly detectedfor some time due to certain conditions(for example, a snow rut, the reflectionof light on a rainy day, the presence ofseveral unclear lane markers)

∙ When the windshield wiper operates inthe low (LO) or high (HI) speed operation(the Steering Assist is disabled whenthe wiper operates for more than ap-proximately 10 seconds)

Action to take:

Turn the ICC system off using the CANCELswitch. When the conditions listed aboveare no longer present, turn the ICC systemon again.

Steering Assist malfunctionWhen the system malfunctions, it turns offautomatically. The Steering Assist statuswarning illuminates (orange). A chime maysound depending on the situation.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off, restart the engine, resume driving,and set the Intelligent Cruise Control sys-

tem again. If the warning (orange) contin-ues to illuminate, the Steering Assist is mal-functioning. Although the vehicle is stilldrivable under normal conditions, have thesystem checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Steering Assist maintenanceThe camera sensor is located above theinside mirror.

To keep the proper operation of the systemand prevent a system malfunction, be sureto observe the following:




∙ Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touchthe camera lens or remove the screwlocated on the camera unit.

If the camera unit is damaged due to anaccident, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.

Radio frequency statement

For USA

FCC ID OAYARS4B

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:



FCC Warning



For Canada

Model: ARS4–B

IC: 4135A-ARS4B

FCC ID: OAYARS4B




Le present appareil est conforme aux CNRd’Industrie Canada applicables aux appar-eils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitationest autorisee aux deux conditions suiv-antes:


2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioelectrique subi,meme si le brouillage est susceptibled’en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure Infor-mation:

This equipment complies with FCC radia-tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon-trolled environment.

This equipment should be installed andoperated with minimum distance of 30 cmbetween the radiator and your body.

The transmitter must not be co-located oroperating in conjunction with any other an-tenna or transmitter.

Cet equipement est conforme aux limitesd’exposition aux rayonnements IC etabliespour un environnement non controle. Cetequipement doit etre installe et utilise avecun minimum de 30 cm de distance entre lasource de rayonnement et votre corps.

FCC Notice


CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)CRUISE CONTROL MODE

NOTE:

ProPILOT Assist provides no approachwarnings, automatic braking, or steeringassist in the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode.

This mode allows driving at a speed be-tween 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) with-out keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

WARNING∙ In the conventional (fixed speed)

cruise control mode, a warning chimedoes not sound to warn you if you aretoo close to the vehicle ahead, as nei-ther the presence of the vehicle aheadnor the vehicle-to-vehicle distance isdetected.

∙ Pay special attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision could occur.

∙ Always confirm the setting in the ICCsystem display.


∙ Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode whendriving under the followingconditions:

– When it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

– In heavy traffic or in traffic that var-ies in speed

– On winding or hilly roads

– On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

– In very windy areas

∙ Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol switches

�1 RES+ switch:Resumes set speed or increasesspeed incrementally

�2 CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without eras-ing the set speed

�3 ProPILOT Assist switch:Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on oroff

�4 SET- switch:Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally

LSD3120


Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display andindicatorsThe display is located in the vehicle infor-mation display.

1. Cruise indicator:This indicator indicates the condition ofthe ICC system depending on a color.

∙ Cruise control ON indicator (gray): In-dicates that the ProPILOT Assistswitch is on

∙ Cruise control SET indicator (green):Indicates that the cruising speed isset

∙ Cruise control warning (yellow): Indi-cates that there is a malfunction inthe ICC system

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:This indicator indicates the set vehiclespeed. For Canadian models, thespeed is displayed in km/h.

Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control modeTo turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold theProPILOT Assist switch �A for longer thanabout 1.5 seconds.

When pushing the ProPILOT Assist switchon, the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and indicators �B aredisplayed in the vehicle information dis-play. After you hold the ProPILOT Assistswitch on for longer than about 1.5 sec-onds, the ICC system display turns off. Thecruise indicator appears. You can now set

LSD3106 LSD3094


your desired cruising speed. Pushing theProPILOT Assist switch again will turn thesystem completely off. When the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position, thesystem is also automatically turned off.

To use the ICC system again, quickly pushand release the ProPILOT Assist switch(vehicle-to vehicle distance control mode)or push and hold it (conventional cruisecontrol mode) again to turn it on.

CAUTIONTo avoid accidentally engaging cruisecontrol, make sure to turn the ProPILOTAssist switch off when not using the ICCsystem.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push the SET- �Cswitch and release it. (The color of thecruise indicator changes to green and setvehicle speed indicator comes on.) Takeyour foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

∙ To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the pre-viously set speed.

∙ The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, manually maintainvehicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any of thefollowing methods:

1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehiclespeed indicator will turn off.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speedindicator will turn off.

3. Turn the ProPILOT Assist switch off.Both the cruise indicator and vehiclespeed indicator will turn off.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

1. Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET- switch.

2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,release the switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the RES+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 mph(1.6 km/h).

LSD3117


To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET- switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Releasethe switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the SET-switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 mph(1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES+ switch. The vehicle will re-sume the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the AEBsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The AEB system is a supplemental aidto the driver. It is not a replacementfor the driver’s attention to trafficconditions or responsibility to drivesafely. It cannot prevent accidentsdue to carelessness or dangerousdriving techniques.

∙ The AEB system does not function inall driving, traffic, weather and roadconditions.

The AEB system can assist the driver whenthere is a risk of a forward collision with thevehicle ahead in the traveling lane.

The AEB system uses a radar sensor �Alocated on the front of the vehicle to mea-sure the distance to the vehicle ahead inthe same lane.

LSD2690

AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING(AEB) (if so equipped)


1. AEB emergency warning indicator

2. AEB system warning light

AEB SYSTEM OPERATIONThe AEB system will function when yourvehicle is driven at speeds above approxi-mately 3 mph (5 km/h).

If a risk of a forward collision is detected,the AEB system will firstly provide the warn-ing to the driver by flashing the warning(yellow) in the vehicle information displayand providing an audible alert.

If the driver applies the brakes quickly andforcefully after the warning, and the AEBsystem detects that there is still the possi-bility of a forward collision, the system willautomatically increase the braking force. Ifthe driver does not take action, the AEBsystem issues the second visual (flashing)(red) and audible warning. If the driver re-leases the accelerator pedal, then the sys-tem applies partial braking.

If the risk of a collision becomes imminent,the AEB system applies harder braking au-tomatically.

LSD3079


While the AEB system is operating, you mayhear the sound of brake operation. This isnormal and indicates that the AEB systemis operating properly.

NOTE:

The vehicle’s brake lights come on whenbraking is performed by the AEB system.

Depending on vehicle speed and distanceto the vehicle ahead, as well as driving androadway conditions, the system may helpthe driver avoid a forward collision or mayhelp mitigate the consequences of a colli-sion, should one be unavoidable. If thedriver is handling the steering wheel, accel-erating or braking, the AEB system willfunction later or will not function.

The automatic braking will cease under thefollowing conditions:

∙ When the steering wheel is turned as faras necessary to avoid a collision.

∙ When the accelerator pedal is de-pressed.

∙ When there is no longer a vehicle de-tected ahead.

If the AEB system has stopped the vehicle,the vehicle will remain at a standstill forapproximately 2 seconds before thebrakes are released.


TURNING THE AEB SYSTEMON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn the AEBsystems ON or OFF.



3. Select “Emergency Brake” and pressthe OK button.

4. Select “Front” and use the OK button toturn the system on or off.

When the AEB system is turned off, the AEBsystem warning light illuminates.

NOTE:

The AEB system will be automaticallyturned on when the engine is restarted.

LSD3333


AEB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the AEB system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ The AEB system cannot detect all ve-hicles under all conditions.

∙ The radar sensor does not detect thefollowing objects:

– Pedestrians, animals or obstaclesin the roadway.

– Oncoming vehicles.

– Crossing vehicles.

∙ The radar sensor has some perfor-mance limitations. If a stationary ve-hicle is in the vehicle’s path, the AEBsystem will not function when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds over approxi-mately 50 mph (80 km/h).

∙ The radar sensor may not detect a ve-hicle ahead in the following conditions:

– Dirt, ice, snow or other materialcovering the radar sensor.


– Snow or road spray from travelingvehicles.

– If the vehicle ahead is narrow (e.g.,motorcycle).

– When driving on a steep downhillslope or roads with sharp curves.

∙ In some road or traffic conditions, theAEB system may unexpectedly applypartial braking. When acceleration isnecessary, continue to depress theaccelerator pedal to override thesystem.

∙ Braking distances increase on slip-pery surfaces.

∙ The system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s functionality,within certain limitations. The systemmay not detect some forms of ob-structions of the sensor area such asice, snow, stickers, etc. In these cases,the system may not be able to warnthe driver properly. Be sure that youcheck, clean and clear the sensor arearegularly.



SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLECondition A

When the radar sensor picks up interfer-ence from another radar source, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theAEB system is automatically turned off.

The AEB system warning light (orange) willilluminate.

Action to take

When the above conditions no longer exist,the AEB system will resume automatically.

Condition B

When the radar sensor area of the frontbumper is covered with dirt or is ob-structed, the AEB system will automaticallybe canceled. The chime will sound and the“Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction”warning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.

Action to take

If the warning message appears, stop thevehicle in a safe place, place the shift leverin the P (Park) position, and turn the engineoff. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted, clean the sensor area of theLSD2717


front bumper and restart the engine. If the“Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction”warning message continues to be dis-played, have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

Condition C


Action to take


SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the AEB system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime willsound, the AEB system warning light (or-ange) will illuminate and the warning mes-sage [Malfunction] will appear in the vehicleinformation display.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe location, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the warn-ing light continues to illuminate, have theAEB system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor �A is located on the front of thevehicle.

To keep the system operating properly, besure to observe the following:

∙ Always keep the sensor area of the frontbumper clean.


∙ Do not cover or attach stickers or simi-lar objects on the front bumper nearthe sensor area. This could cause failureor malfunction.

LSD2690



∙ Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restor-ing the front bumper, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

Radio frequency statement

For USA

FCC ID OAYARS4B

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and


FCC Warning


For Canada

Model: ARS4–B

IC: 4135A-ARS4B

FCC ID: OAYARS4B


1. This device may not cause interfer-ence, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operationof the device.

Le présent appareil est conforme auxCNR d’Industrie Canada applicables auxappareils radio exempts de licence.L’exploitation est autorisée aux deuxconditions suivantes:


2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit ac-cepter tout brouillage radioélec-trique subi, même si le brouillage estsusceptible d’en compromettre lefonctionnement.

Radio frequency radiation exposure in-formation:

This equipment complies with FCC and ICradiation exposure limits set forth for anuncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed andoperated with minimum distance of30 cm between the radiator and yourbody.

This transmitter must not be co-locatedor operating in conjunction with anyother antenna or transmitter.

Cet équipement est conforme aux lim-ites d’exposition aux rayonnements ICétablies pour un environnement noncontrôlé.

Cet équipement doit être installé etutilisé avec un minimum de 30 cm dedistance entre la source de rayonnementet votre corps.

FCC Notice



WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the AEBwith Pedestrian Detection systemcould result in serious injury or death.

∙ The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem is a supplemental aid to thedriver. It is not a replacement for thedriver’s attention to traffic conditionsor responsibility to drive safely. It can-not prevent accidents due to care-lessness or dangerous drivingtechniques.

∙ The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem does not function in all driv-ing, traffic, weather and roadconditions.

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemcan assist the driver when there is a risk ofa forward collision with the vehicle ahead inthe traveling lane or with a pedestrianahead in the traveling lane.

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemuses a radar sensor located on the front ofthe vehicle �B to measure the distance tothe vehicle ahead in the same lane. Forpedestrians, the AEB with Pedestrian De-tection system uses a camera installed be-hind the windshield �A in addition to theradar sensor.

LSD2799

AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING(AEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION(if so equipped)


1. AEB with Pedestrian Detection emer-gency warning indicator

2. AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light

AEB WITH PEDESTRIANDETECTION SYSTEM OPERATIONThe AEB system operates at speeds aboveapproximately 3 mph (5 km/h). For the pe-destrian detection function, the systemoperates at speeds between 6 – 37 mph (10– 60 km/h).

If a risk of a forward collision is detected,the AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwill firstly provide the warning to the driverby flashing the warning (yellow) in the ve-hicle information display and providing anaudible alert. If the driver applies the brakesquickly and forcefully after the warning,and the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem detects that there is still the possibilityof a forward collision, the system will auto-matically increase the braking force.

If the driver does not take action, the AEBwith Pedestrian Detection system issuesthe second visual (flashing) (red) and au-dible warning. If the driver releases the ac-celerator pedal, then the system appliespartial braking. If the risk of a collision be-LSD3079


comes imminent, the AEB with PedestrianDetection system applies harder brakingautomatically.

While the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem is operating, you may hear thesound of brake operation. This is normaland indicates that the AEB with PedestrianDetection system is operating properly.

NOTE:

The vehicle’s brake lights come on whenany braking is performed by the AEBwith Pedestrian Detection system.

Depending on vehicle speed and distanceto the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as wellas driving and roadway conditions, the sys-tem may help the driver avoid a forwardcollision or may help mitigate the conse-quences if a collision should be unavoid-able. If the driver is handling the steeringwheel, accelerating or braking, the AEB withPedestrian Detection system will functionlater or will not function.

The automatic braking will cease under thefollowing conditions:

∙ When the steering wheel is turned toavoid a collision.

∙ When the accelerator pedal is de-pressed.

∙ When there is no longer a vehicle or apedestrian detected ahead.

If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem has stopped the vehicle, the vehiclewill remain at a standstill for approximately2 seconds before the brakes are released.


TURNING THE AEB WITHPEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEMON/OFFPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem.




4. Select “Front” and use the OK button toturn the system on or off.

When the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem is turned off, the AEB with Pedes-trian Detection system warning light illumi-nates.

NOTE:

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem will be automatically turned onwhen the engine is restarted.

LSD3333


AEB WITH PEDESTRIANDETECTION SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem. Failure to operate the vehicle inaccordance with these system limita-tions could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem cannot detect all vehicles orpedestrians under all conditions.

∙ The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem does not detect the followingobjects:

– Small pedestrians (including smallchildren), animals and cyclists.

– Pedestrians in wheelchairs or us-ing mobile transport such asscooters, child-operated toys, orskateboards.

– Pedestrians who are seated or oth-erwise not in a full upright stand-ing or walking position.

– Oncoming vehicles

– Crossing vehicles

– Obstacles on the roadside

∙ The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem has some performancelimitations.

– If a stationary vehicle is in the vehi-cle’s path, the AEB with PedestrianDetection system will not functionwhen the vehicle is driven atspeeds over approximately50 mph (80 km/h).

– For pedestrian detection, the AEBwith Pedestrian Detection systemwill not function when the vehicleis driven at speeds over approxi-mately 37 mph (60 km/h) or belowapproximately 6 mph (10 km/h).

∙ The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem will not function for pedestri-ans in darkness or in tunnels, even ifthere is street lighting in the area.

∙ The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem may not function if the vehicleahead is narrow (for example, amotorcycle).

∙ The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem may not function if the speeddifference between the two vehicles istoo small.

∙ The radar sensor AEB with PedestrianDetection system may not functionproperly or detect a vehicle ahead inthe following conditions:

– Poor visibility (conditions such asrain, snow, fog, dust storms, sand-storms, and road spray from othervehicles)

– Driving on a steep downhill slopeor roads with sharp curves.

– Driving on a bumpy road surface,such as an uneven dirt road.

– If dirt, ice, snow or other material iscovering the radar sensor area.


– The camera area of the windshieldis fogged up, or covered with dirt,water drops, ice, snow, etc.


– Strong light (for example, sunlightor high beams from oncoming ve-hicles) enters the front camera.Strong light causes the areaaround the pedestrian to be cast ina shadow, making it difficult to see.

– A sudden change in brightness oc-curs. (For example, when the ve-hicle enters or exits a tunnel or ashaded area or lightning flashes.)

– The poor contrast of a person tothe background, such as havingclothing color or pattern which issimilar to the background.

– The pedestrian’s profile is partiallyobscured or unidentifiable due tothe pedestrian transporting lug-gage, wearing bulky or very loose-fitting clothing or accessories.

∙ The system performance may de-grade in the following conditions:

– The vehicle is driven on a slipperyroad.

– The vehicle is driven on a slope.

– Excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the trunkroom of your vehicle.

∙ The system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s (radar andcamera) functionality, within certainlimitations. The system may not de-tect blockage of sensor areas coveredby ice, snow or stickers, for example.In these cases, the system may not beable to warn the driver properly. Besure that you check, clean and clearsensor areas regularly.

∙ In some road and traffic conditions,the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem may unexpectedly apply par-tial braking. When acceleration is nec-essary, depress the accelerator pedalto override the system.



SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLECondition A:

In the following conditions, the AEB withPedestrian Detection system warning lightblinks and the system will be turned offautomatically:

∙ The radar sensor picks up interferencefrom another radar source.

∙ The camera area of the windshield ismisted or frozen.

∙ Strong light is shining from the front.

∙ The cabin temperature is over approxi-mately 104°F (40°C) in direct sunlight.

∙ The camera area of the windshieldglass is continuously covered with dirt,etc.

Action to take

When the above conditions no longer exist,the AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwill resume automatically.

LSD2717


NOTE:

When the inside of the windshield oncamera area is misted or frozen, it willtake a period of time to remove it afterthe A/C turns on. If dirt appears on thisarea, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.

Condition B

When the radar sensor area of the frontbumper is covered with dirt or is ob-structed, the AEB with Pedestrian Detec-tion system will automatically be canceled.The chime will sound and the “Unavailable:Front Radar Obstruction” warning mes-sage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Action to take


Condition C


Action to take


SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem malfunctions, it will be turned off auto-matically, a chime will sound, the AEB withPedestrian Detection system warning light(orange) will illuminate and the warningmessage [Malfunction] will appear in thevehicle information display.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe location, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the warn-ing light continues to illuminate, have theAEB with Pedestrian Detection systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe radar sensor is located on the front ofthe vehicle �B . The camera is located onthe upper side of the windshield �A .

To keep the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem operating properly, be sure to ob-serve the following:

∙ Always keep the sensor areas of thefront bumper and windshield clean.

∙ Do not strike or damage the areasaround the sensors (e.g., bumper, wind-shield).

LSD2799


∙ Do not cover or attach stickers, or installany accessory near the sensors. Thiscould block sensor signals and/orcause failure or malfunction.

∙ Do not attach metallic objects near theradar sensor (brush guard, etc.). Thiscould cause failure or malfunction.

∙ Do not place reflective materials, suchas white paper or a mirror, on the instru-ment panel. The reflection of sunlightmay adversely affect the camera unit’sdetection capability.

∙ Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restor-ing the front bumper, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.


FCC ID OAYARS4B

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and


FCC Warning


For Canada

Model: ARS4–B

IC: 4135A-ARS4B

FCC ID: OAYARS4B

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera-tion is subject to the following two con-ditions:

1. This device may not cause interfer-ence, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operationof the device.

Le présent appareil est conforme auxCNR d’Industrie Canada applicables auxappareils radio exempts de licence.

L’exploitation est autorisée aux deuxconditions suivantes:


2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit ac-cepter tout brouillage radioélec-trique subi, même si le brouillage estsusceptible d’en compromettre lefonctionnement.

Radio frequency radiation exposure in-formation:

This equipment complies with FCC and ICradiation exposure limits set forth for anuncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed andoperated with minimum distance of30 cm between the radiator and yourbody.

This transmitter must not be co-locatedor operating in conjunction with anyother antenna or transmitter.

Cet équipement est conforme aux lim-ites d’exposition aux rayonnements ICétablies pour un environnement noncontrôlé.


Cet équipement doit être installé etutilisé avec un minimum de 30 cm dedistance entre la source de rayonnementet votre corps.

FCC Notice


WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the RABsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

∙ The RAB system is a supplemental aidto the driver. It is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures. Alwaysuse the side and rear mirrors and turnand look in the direction you will movebefore and while backing up. Neverrely solely on the RAB system. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely, and be in control of thevehicle at all times.

∙ There is a limitation to the RAB systemcapability. The RAB system is not ef-fective in all situations.

The RAB system can assist the driver whenthe vehicle is backing up and approachingobjects directly behind the vehicle.

The RAB system detects obstacles behindthe vehicle using the parking sensors �1located on the rear bumper.

NOTE:

You can temporarily cancel the sonarfunction in the vehicle, but the RAB sys-tem will continue to operate. For addi-tional information, please refer to “RearSonar System (RSS)” in this section.

LSD3334

REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB) (ifso equipped)


�1 RAB system warning light and RAB sys-tem warning indicator

�2 Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)

�3 Center display (if so equipped)

RAB SYSTEM OPERATIONWhen the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is less thanapproximately 9 mph (15 km/h), the RABsystem operates.

If a risk of a collision with an obstacle is de-tected when your vehicle is backing up, theRAB system warning indicator will flash inthe vehicle information display, a red framewill appear in the center display (for vehicleswith the Intelligent Around View Monitor sys-tem), and the system will chime three times.The system will then automatically apply thebrakes. After the automatic brake applica-tion, the driver must depress the brake pedalto maintain brake pressure.

NOTE:

∙ The brake lights of the vehicle comeon when braking is performed by theRAB system.

∙ When the brakes operate, a noise maybe heard. This is not a malfunction.LSD3335


TURNING THE RAB SYSTEMON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn the RABsystem ON or OFF.




4. To set the RAB system to on or off, usethe OK button to check the box for“Rear.”

When the RAB system is turned off, the RABsystem warning light illuminates.

NOTE:

The RAB system will be automaticallyturned on when the engine is restarted.

LSD3333


RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the RAB system. Failure to follow thewarnings and instructions for properuse of the RAB system could result inserious injury or death.

∙ When the vehicle approaches an ob-stacle while the accelerator or brakepedal is depressed, the function maynot operate or the start of the opera-tion may be delayed. The RAB systemmay not operate or may not performsufficiently due to vehicle conditions,driving conditions, the traffic environ-ment, the weather, road surface con-ditions, etc. Do not wait for the systemto operate. Operate the brake pedalby yourself as soon as necessary.

∙ If it is necessary to override RAB op-eration, strongly press the acceleratorpedal.

∙ Always check your surroundings andturn to check what is behind you be-fore and while backing up. The RABsystem detects stationary objects be-hind the vehicle. The RAB system doesnot detect the following objects:

– Moving objects

– Low objects

– Narrow objects

– Wedge-shaped objects

– Objects close to the bumper (lessthan approximately 1 ft [30 cm])

– Objects that suddenly appear

– Thin objects such as rope, wire,chain, etc.

∙ The RAB system may not operate forthe following obstacles:

– Obstacles located high off theground

– Obstacles in a position offset fromyour vehicle

– Obstacles, such as spongy materi-als or snow, that have soft outersurfaces and can easily absorb asound wave

∙ The RAB system may not operate inthe following conditions:

– There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc., at-tached to the sonar sensors.

– A loud sound is heard in the areaaround the vehicle.

– The surface of the obstacle is di-agonal to the rear of the vehicle.

∙ The RAB system may unintentionallyoperate in the following conditions:

– There is overgrown grass in thearea around the vehicle.

– There is a structure (e.g., a wall, tollgate equipment, a narrow tunnel, aparking lot gate) near the side ofthe vehicle.

– There are bumps, protrusions, ormanhole covers on the roadsurface.

– The vehicle drives through adraped flag or a curtain.

– There is an accumulation of snowor ice behind the vehicle.


– An ultrasonic wave source, such asanother vehicle’s sonar, is near thevehicle.

∙ Once the automatic brake control op-erates, it does not operate again if thevehicle approaches the sameobstacle.

∙ The automatic brake control can onlyoperate for a short period of time.Therefore, the driver must depressthe brake pedal.

∙ In the following situations, the RABsystem may not operate properly ormay not function sufficiently:

– The vehicle is driven in badweather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

– The vehicle is driven on a steep hill.

– The vehicle’s posture is changed(e.g., when driving over a bump).

– The vehicle is driven on a slipperyroad.

– The vehicle is turned sharply byturning the steering wheel fully.

– Snow chains are used.

– Wheels or tires other than NISSANrecommended are used.

– The brakes are cold at low ambienttemperatures or immediately afterdriving has started.

– The braking force becomes poordue to wet brakes after drivingthrough a puddle or washing thevehicle.

∙ Turn the RAB system off in the follow-ing conditions to prevent the occur-rence of an unexpected accident re-sulting from sudden system operation:

– The vehicle is towed.

– The vehicle is carried on a flatbedtruck.

– The vehicle is on the chassisdynamometer.

– The vehicle drives on an unevenroad surface.

– Suspension parts other than thosedesignated as Genuine NISSANparts are used. (If the vehicleheight or the vehicle body inclina-tion is changed, the system maynot detect an obstacle correctly.)

∙ Excessive noise (e.g., audio systemvolume, an open vehicle window) willinterfere with the chime sound, and itmay not be heard.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the RAB system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, the RAB systemwarning light will illuminate, and the “Sys-tem fault” warning message will appear inthe vehicle information display.

Action to take

If the warning light illuminates, park the ve-hicle in a safe location, turn the engine off,and restart the engine. If the warning lightcontinues to illuminate, have the RAB sys-tem checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

NOTE:

If the RAB system cannot be operatedtemporarily, the RAB system warninglight blinks.


SYSTEM MAINTENANCEObserve the following items to ensureproper operation of the system:

∙ Always keep the parking sensors �1clean.

∙ If the parking sensors are dirty, wipethem off with a soft cloth while beingcareful to not damage them.

∙ Do not subject the area around theparking sensors �1 to strong impact.Also, do not remove or disassemble theparking sensors. If the parking sensorsand peripheral areas are deformed inan accident, etc., have the sensorschecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

∙ Do not install any stickers (includingtransparent stickers) or accessories onthe parking sensors �1 and their sur-rounding areas. This may cause a mal-function or improper operation.

CAUTIONDuring the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to ob-tain maximum engine performanceand ensure the future reliability andeconomy of your new vehicle. Failure tofollow these recommendations may re-sult in shortened engine life and re-duced engine performance.

∙ Avoid driving for long periods at con-stant speed, either fast or slow, and donot run the engine over 4,000 rpm.

∙ Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

∙ Avoid quick starts.

∙ Avoid hard braking as much as pos-sible.

∙ Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(805 kilometers). Your engine, axle orother parts could be damaged.

LSD3334

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE


Follow these easy-to-use Fuel EfficientDriving Tips to help you achieve the mostfuel economy from your vehicle.

1. Use Smooth Accelerator and BrakePedal Application

∙ Avoid rapid starts and stops.

∙ Use smooth, gentle accelerator andbrake application whenever possible.

∙ Maintain constant speed while com-muting and coast whenever pos-sible.

2. Maintain Constant Speed

∙ Look ahead to try and anticipate andminimize stops.

∙ Synchronizing your speed with trafficlights allows you to reduce your num-ber of stops.

∙ Maintaining a steady speed can mini-mize red light stops and improve fuelefficiency.

3. Use Air Conditioning (A/C) at HigherVehicle Speeds

∙ Below 40 mph (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to open windows to cool thevehicle due to reduced engine load.

∙ Above 40 mph (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool the vehicledue to increased aerodynamic drag.

∙ Recirculating the cool air in the cabinwhen the A/C is on reduces coolingload.

4. Drive at Economical Speeds and Dis-tances

∙ Observing the speed limit and notexceeding 60 mph (97 km/h) (wherelegally allowed) can improve fuel effi-ciency due to reduced aerodynamicdrag.

∙ Maintaining a safe following distancebehind other vehicles reduces un-necessary braking.

∙ Safely monitoring traffic to anticipatechanges in speed permits reducedbraking and smooth accelerationchanges.

∙ Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use Cruise Control

∙ Using cruise control during highwaydriving helps maintain a steadyspeed.

∙ Cruise control is particularly effectivein providing fuel savings when drivingon flat terrains.

6. Plan for the Shortest Route

∙ Utilize a map or navigation system todetermine the best route to savetime.

7. Avoid Idling

∙ Shutting off your engine when safefor stops exceeding 30–60 secondssaves fuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads

∙ Automated passes permit drivers touse special lanes to maintain cruis-ing speed through the toll and avoidstopping and starting.

9. Winter Warm Up

∙ Limit idling time to minimize impactto fuel economy.

∙ Vehicles typically need no more than30 seconds of idling at start-up toeffectively circulate the engine oil be-fore driving.

∙ Your vehicle will reach its ideal oper-ating temperature more quicklywhile driving versus idling.

FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS


10. Keeping your Vehicle Cool

∙ Park your vehicle in a covered parkingarea or in the shade whenever pos-sible.

∙ When entering a hot vehicle, openingthe windows will help to reduce theinside temperature faster, resulting inreduced demand on your A/C sys-tem.

∙ Keep your engine tuned up.

∙ Follow the recommended scheduledmaintenance.

∙ Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increasestire wear and lowers fuel economy.

∙ Keep all the wheels in correct align-ment. Improper alignment increasestire wear and lowers fuel economy.

∙ Use the recommended viscosity engineoil. For additional information, refer to“Engine oil and oil filter recommenda-tions” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

If any malfunction occurs in the AWD sys-tem while the engine is running, the masterwarning light will come on.

The master warning light may illuminatewhile trying to free a stuck vehicle due tohigh powertrain oil temperature. The driv-ing mode may change to 2–Wheel Drive.AUTO mode may change to LOCK modebefore the warning light illuminates. If themaster warning light illuminates duringoperation, stop the vehicle with the engineidling in a safe place immediately. Then, ifthe light turns off after a while, you cancontinue driving.

A large difference between the diametersof the front and rear wheels will make thewarning light illuminate. Pull off the road ina safe area and idle the engine. Check thatall tire sizes are the same, tire pressure iscorrect, and the tires are not worn.

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if soequipped)


CAUTION∙ If the warning light remains on after

the above operation, have your ve-hicle checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

∙ If the warning light comes on whiledriving, there may be a malfunction inthe AWD system. Reduce the vehiclespeed and have your vehicle checkedas soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

∙ The powertrain may be damaged ifyou continue driving with the warninglight illuminated.

∙ Never drive on dry, hard surface roadsin the LOCK mode, as this will overloadthe powertrain and may cause a seri-ous malfunction.

WARNING∙ For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at-

tempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position with theengine running. Doing so may resultin drivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could resultin serious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

∙ Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2–wheel dyna-mometer (such as the dynamometersused by some states for emissionstesting) or similar equipment even ifthe other two wheels are raised off theground. Make sure that you informthe test facility personnel that yourvehicle is equipped with AWD before itis placed on a dynamometer. Usingthe wrong test equipment may resultin drivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could resultin serious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) LOCKSWITCH OPERATIONSThe AWD LOCK switch is located on thelower side of the instrument panel. Thisswitch is used to select the AUTO or LOCKmode depending on the driving conditions.

LOCK mode:

The AWD LOCK indicator light will illumi-nate.

AUTO mode:

The AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off.

LIC2645


AWD mode Wheels driven AWD LOCK indicator light Use conditions

AUTO

Distribution of torqueto the front and rearwheels changesautomatically, depend-ing on road conditionsencountered [100:0]←→ [50:50]. This resultsin improved drivingstability. *1

For driving on pavedor slippery roads.

LOCKAWD *2, *3

For driving on roughroads.

*1 When the rotation difference between the front and rear wheels is large, the AWD modemay change from AUTO to LOCK for a while; however, this is not a malfunction.

*2 The LOCK mode will change to AUTO mode automatically when the vehicle has beendriven at a high speed. The AWD LOCK indicator light turns off.

*3 LOCK mode will automatically be canceled when the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

∙ The AWD torque distribution betweenthe front and rear wheels can be dis-played in the video information display.

∙ If the AWD LOCK switch is operatedwhile accelerating or decelerating, or ifthe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition, you may feel a jolt. This is nor-mal.

∙ The oil temperature of the powertrainparts will increase if the vehicle is con-tinuously operated under conditionswhere the difference in rotation be-tween the front and rear wheels is large(wheel slip), such as when driving thevehicle on rough roads or through sandor mud or freeing a stuck vehicle. Inthese cases, the master warning lightilluminates and the AWD modechanges to 2–Wheel Drive to protect thepowertrain parts. Stop driving with theengine idling and wait until the warninglight turns off and the AWD returns tothe AUTO mode. If the warning light re-mains on, have your vehicle checked assoon as possible. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.


WARNING∙ When driving straight, shift the AWD

LOCK switch to AUTO. Do not operatethe AWD LOCK switch when making aturn or backing up.

∙ Do not operate the AWD LOCK switchwith the front wheel spinning.

∙ Engine idling speed is high whilewarming up the engine. Be especiallycareful when starting or driving onslippery surfaces.

∙ When turning the vehicle in LOCKmode on paved roads, you may feel abraking effect. This is a normal condi-tion of the AWD model. WARNING

∙ Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

∙ Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park). Fail-ure to do so could cause the vehicle tomove unexpectedly or roll away andresult in an accident. Make sure theshift lever has been pushed as far for-ward as it can go and cannot bemoved without depressing the footbrake pedal.

∙ Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.

WSD0050

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


∙ Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls ormake the vehicle move. Unattendedchildren could become involved in se-rious accidents.


1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-sition.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto traffic when parked on an incline, itis a good practice to turn the wheels asillustrated.

∙ HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB �A :

Turn the wheels into the curb andmove the vehicle forward until the curbside wheel gently touches the curb.

∙ HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB �B :

Turn the wheels away from the curband move the vehicle back until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

∙ HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB �C :

Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move awayfrom the center of the road if it moves.

4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition.

WARNING∙ If the engine is not running or is

turned off while driving, the power as-sist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

∙ When the power steering warninglight illuminates with the engine run-ning, there will be no power assist forthe steering. You will still have controlof the vehicle, but the steering will bemuch harder to operate. Have thepower steering system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

The power steering system is designed toprovide power assistance while driving tooperate the steering wheel with light force.

When the steering wheel is operated re-peatedly or continuously while parking ordriving at a very low speed, the power as-sist for the steering wheel will be reduced.This is to prevent overheating of the powersteering system and protect it from gettingdamaged. While the power assist is re-duced, steering wheel operation will be-come heavy. If the steering wheel opera-tion is still performed, the power steeringmay stop and the power steering warninglight will illuminate. In a safe location, stop

POWER STEERING


the engine and place the ignition switch inthe OFF position. The temperature of thepower steering system will go down after aperiod of time and the power assist levelwill return to normal after starting the en-gine. The power steering warning light willgo off. Avoid repeating such steering wheeloperations that could cause the powersteering system to overheat.

You may hear a noise from the front of thevehicle when the steering wheel is oper-ated. This is a normal operational noiseand is not a malfunction.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the power steering system is notfunctioning properly and may need servic-ing. Have the power steering systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, thepower assist for the steering will cease op-eration but you will still have control of thevehicle. At this time, greater steering effortsare required to operate the steering wheel,especially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

The brake system has two separate hy-draulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions,you will still have braking at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONSVacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, youcan stop the vehicle by depressing thebrake pedal. However, greater foot pres-sure on the brake pedal will be required tostop the vehicle and stopping distance willbe longer.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will overheat the brakes,wear out the brake pads faster, and reducegas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to preventthe brakes from overheating, reduce speedand downshift to a lower gear before goingdown a slope or long grade. Overheatedbrakes may reduce braking performanceand could result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING∙ While driving on a slippery surface, be

careful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or ac-celerating could cause the wheels toskid and result in an accident.

∙ If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the power as-sist for the brakes will not work. Brak-ing will be harder.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet. Asa result, your braking distance will be lon-ger and the vehicle may pull to one sideduring braking.

To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brakepedal to heat up the brakes. Do this untilthe brakes return to normal. Avoid drivingthe vehicle at high speeds until the brakesfunction correctly.

BRAKE SYSTEM


Parking brake break-inBreak in the parking brake shoes wheneverthe stopping effect of the parking brake isweakened or whenever the parking brakeshoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced,in order to assure the best braking perfor-mance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING∙ The ABS is a sophisticated device, but

it cannot prevent accidents resultingfrom careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintain ve-hicle control during braking on slip-pery surfaces. Remember that stop-ping distances on slippery surfaceswill be longer than on normal sur-faces even with ABS. Stopping dis-tances may also be longer on rough,gravel or snow covered roads, or if youare using tire chains. Always maintaina safe distance from the vehicle infront of you. Ultimately, the driver isresponsible for safety.

∙ Tire type and condition may also af-fect braking effectiveness.

– When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

– When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size andtype as specified on the Tire andLoading Information label. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Tireand Loading Information label” inthe “Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

– For additional information, refer to“Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

The ABS controls the brakes so the wheelsdo not lock during hard braking or whenbraking on slippery surfaces. The systemdetects the rotation speed at each wheeland varies the brake fluid pressure to pre-vent each wheel from locking and sliding.By preventing each wheel from locking, thesystem helps the driver maintain steeringcontrol and helps to minimize swervingand spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheAnti-lock Braking System will operate toprevent the wheels from locking up. Steerthe vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNINGDo not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stoppingdistances.

Self-test featureThe Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) includeselectronic sensors, electric pumps, hydraulicsolenoids and a computer. The computerhas a built-in diagnostic feature that teststhe system each time you start the engineand move the vehicle at a low speed in for-ward or reverse. When the self-test occurs,you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel apulsation in the brake pedal. This is normaland does not indicate a malfunction. If thecomputer senses a malfunction, it switchesthe ABS off and illuminates the ABS warninglight on the instrument panel. The brake sys-tem then operates normally but withoutanti-lock assistance.


If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, have the ve-hicle checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Normal operationThe Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) oper-ates at speeds above 3 - 6 mph (5 -10 km/h). The speed varies according toroad conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuatorrapidly applies and releases hydraulic pres-sure. This action is similar to pumping thebrakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsa-tion in the brake pedal and hear a noisefrom under the hood or feel a vibrationfrom the actuator when it is operating. Thisis normal and indicates that the ABS is op-erating properly. However, the pulsationmay indicate that road conditions are haz-ardous and extra care is required whiledriving.

BRAKE ASSISTWhen the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater braking forcethan a conventional brake booster evenwith light pedal force.

WARNINGThe Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle atall times.

The VDC system uses various sensors tomonitor driver inputs and vehicle motion.Under certain driving conditions, the VDCsystem helps to perform the followingfunctions:

∙ Controls brake pressure to reducewheel slip on one slipping drive wheelso power is transferred to a non-slipping drive wheel on the same axle.

∙ Controls brake pressure and engineoutput to reduce drive wheel slip basedon vehicle speed (traction control func-tion).

∙ Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help thedriver maintain control of the vehicle inthe following conditions:

– Understeer (vehicle tends to not fol-low the steered path despite in-creased steering input)

– Oversteer (vehicle tends to spin dueto certain road or driving conditions)

The VDC system can help the driver tomaintain control of the vehicle, but it can-not prevent loss of vehicle control in all driv-ing situations.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM


When the VDC system operates, theindicator light in the instrument panelflashes so note the following:

∙ The road may be slippery or the systemmay determine some action is requiredto help keep the vehicle on the steeredpath.

∙ You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise or vibration fromunder the hood. This is normal and indi-cates that the VDC system is workingproperly.

∙ Adjust your speed and driving to theroad conditions.

For additional information, refer to “Slip in-dicator light” and “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light” in the “Instru-ments and controls” section of this manual.

If a malfunction occurs in the system,the and indicator lights comeon in the instrument panel. The VDC sys-tem automatically turns off when these in-dicator lights are on.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off theVDC system. The indicator light and ifso equipped, the RAB system warning light,AEB system warning light or the AEB withPedestrian Detection system warning lightilluminate to indicate the VDC, AEB, AEBwith Pedestrian Detection and RAB sys-tems are off.When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn offthe system, the VDC system still operatesto prevent one drive wheel from slipping bytransferring power to a non-slipping drivewheel. The indicator light flashes ifthis occurs. All other VDC functions are offand the indicator light will not flash.The VDC system is automatically reset toon when the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position then back to the ON position.

The computer has a built-in diagnostic fea-ture that tests the system each time youstart the engine and move the vehicle for-ward or in reverse at a slow speed. Whenthe self-test occurs, you may hear a clunknoise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and is not an indica-tion of a malfunction.

WARNING∙ The VDC system is designed to help

the driver maintain stability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. Reduce vehicle speed andbe especially careful when driving andcornering on slippery surfaces and al-ways drive carefully.

∙ Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-bilizer bars, bushings and wheels arenot NISSAN recommended for yourvehicle or are extremely deteriorated,the VDC system may not operateproperly. This could adversely affectvehicle handling performance, andthe indicator light may flash orboth the and indicatorlights may illuminate.


∙ If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and boththe and the indicator lightsmay illuminate.

∙ If engine control related parts are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, both theand indicator lights mayilluminate.

∙ When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-ners, the VDC system may not operateproperly and the indicator lightmay flash or both the andindicator lights may illuminate. Do notdrive on these types of roads.

∙ When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the indicator light mayflash or both the and indi-cator lights may illuminate. This is nota malfunction. Restart the engine af-ter driving onto a stable surface.

∙ If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones are used,the VDC system may not operateproperly and the indicator lightmay flash or both the andindicator lights may illuminate.

∙ The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snowcovered road.

BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTIONDuring braking while driving through turns,the system optimizes the distribution offorce to each of the four wheels dependingon the radius of the turn.

WARNING∙ The VDC system is designed to help

the driver maintain stability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. Reduce vehicle speed andbe especially careful when driving andcornering on slippery surfaces and al-ways drive carefully.

∙ Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-bilizer bars, bushings and wheels arenot NISSAN recommended for yourvehicle or are extremely deteriorated,the VDC system may not operateproperly. This could adversely affectvehicle handling performance, andthe indicator light may flash orboth the and indicatorlights may illuminate.

∙ If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and boththe and the indicator lightsmay illuminate.

∙ If engine control related parts are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, both theand indicator lights mayilluminate.


∙ When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-ners, the VDC system may not operateproperly and the indicator lightmay flash or both the andindicator lights may illuminate. Do notdrive on these types of roads.

∙ When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the indicator light mayflash or both the and indi-cator lights may illuminate. This is nota malfunction. Restart the engine af-ter driving onto a stable surface.

∙ If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones are used,the VDC system may not operateproperly and the indicator lightmay flash or both the andindicator lights may illuminate.

∙ The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snowcovered road.

The chassis control is an electric controlmodule that includes the following func-tions:

∙ Intelligent Trace Control

∙ Intelligent Engine Brake

∙ Active Ride Control

INTELLIGENT TRACE CONTROL(I-TC)This system senses driving based on thedriver’s steering and acceleration/brakingpatterns, and controls brake pressure atindividual wheels to aid tracing at cornersand help smooth vehicle response.

The I-TC can be set to on (enabled) or off(disabled) through the vehicle informationdisplay “Settings” page. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Vehicle information dis-play” in the “Instruments and controls” sec-tion of this manual.

When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC sys-tem, the I-TC is also turned off.

CHASSIS CONTROL


When the I-TC is operated and the “ChassisControl” mode is selected in the vehicle in-formation display, the I-TC graphics areshown in the vehicle information display.For additional information, refer to “Vehicleinformation display” in the “Instrumentsand controls” section of this manual.

If the “Chassis Control System Error: SeeOwner’s Manual” warning message ap-pears in the vehicle information display, itmay indicate that the I-TC is not function-ing properly. Have the system checked assoon as possible. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNINGThe I-TC may not be effective depend-ing on the driving condition. Alwaysdrive carefully and attentively.

When the I-TC is operating, you may feel apulsation in the brake pedal and hear anoise. This is normal and indicates that theI-TC is operating properly.

Even if the I-TC is turned off, some functionswill remain on to assist the driver (for ex-ample, avoidance scenes).

INTELLIGENT ENGINE BRAKE (I-EB)The I-EB function adds subtle decelerationby controlling Continuously Variable Trans-mission (CVT) gear ratio, depending on thecornering condition calculated from driv-er’s steering input and plural sensors. Thisbenefit is for easier traceability and lessworkload of adjusting speed with brakingat corners.

The I-EB also enhances braking feel byadding subtle deceleration with CVT gearratio control according to driver’s brakepedal operation

The I-EB can be set to on (enabled) or off(disabled) through the vehicle informationdisplay “Settings” page. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Vehicle information dis-play” in the “Instruments and controls” sec-tion of this manual.

LSD2185


When the I-EB is operated at corners andthe “Chassis Control” mode is selected inthe vehicle information display, the I-EBgraphics are shown in the vehicle informa-tion display. For additional information, re-fer to “Vehicle information display” in the“Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

If the “Chassis Control System Error: SeeOwner’s Manual” warning message ap-pears in the vehicle information display, itmay indicate that the I-EB is not function-ing properly. Have the system checked assoon as possible. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNINGThe I-EB may not be effective depend-ing on the driving condition. Alwaysdrive carefully and attentively.

When the I-EB is operating, the needle ofthe tachometer will rise up and you mayhear an engine noise. This is normal andindicates that the I-EB is operating prop-erly.

ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL (ARC)This system senses upper body motion(based on wheel speed information) andcontrols engine torque and four wheelbrake pressure. This will enhance ride com-fort in effort to restrain uncomfortable up-per body movement when passing overundulated road surfaces. This systemcomes into effect above 25 mph (40 km/h).

When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC sys-tem, the ARC is also turned off.

LSD2185


When brake control of ARC is operated andthe “Chassis Control” mode is selected inthe vehicle information display, the ARCgraphics are shown in the vehicle informa-tion display. For additional information, re-fer to “Vehicle information display” in the“Instruments and controls” section of thismanual.

If the “Chassis Control System Error: SeeOwner’s Manual” warning message ap-pears in the vehicle information display, itmay indicate that the ARC is not function-ing properly. Have the system checked assoon as possible. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

When the ARC is operating, you may hearnoise and sense slight deceleration. This isnormal and indicates that the ARC is oper-ating properly.

WARNING∙ Never rely solely on the hill start assist

system to prevent the vehicle frommoving backward on a hill. Alwaysdrive carefully and attentively. De-press the brake pedal when the ve-hicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be es-pecially careful when stopped on a hillon frozen or muddy roads. Failure toprevent the vehicle from rolling back-wards may result in a loss of control ofthe vehicle and possible serious injuryor death.

LSD2186 LSD2441

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM


∙ The hill start assist system is not de-signed to hold the vehicle at a stand-still on a hill. Depress the brake pedalwhen the vehicle is stopped on asteep hill. Failure to do so may causethe vehicle to roll backwards and mayresult in a collision or serious personalinjury.

∙ The hill start assist may not preventthe vehicle from rolling backwards ona hill under all load or road conditions.Always be prepared to depress thebrake pedal to prevent the vehiclefrom rolling backwards. Failure to doso may result in a collision or seriouspersonal injury.

When the vehicle is stopped on a hill, the hillstart assist system automatically keepsthe brakes applied. This helps prevent thevehicle from rolling backward in the time ittakes the driver to release the brake pedaland apply the accelerator.

Hill start assist will operate automaticallyunder the following conditions:

∙ The shift lever is moved to a forward orreverse gear.

∙ The vehicle is stopped completely on ahill by applying the brake.

The maximum holding time is 2 seconds.After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to rollback and hill start assist will stop operatingcompletely.

Hill start assist will not operate when theshift lever is moved to N (Neutral) or P (Park)or on a flat and level road.

The RSS sounds a tone to inform the driverof obstacles near the bumper.

When the “DISPLAY” key is on, the sonarview will automatically appear in thetouch-screen display. An additional view ofthe sonar status will appear in the vehicleinformation display for reference.

LSD3247

REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS) (if soequipped)


WARNING∙ The RSS is a convenience but it is not a

substitute for proper parking.

∙ The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and other ma-neuvers. Always look around andcheck that it is safe to do so beforeparking.

∙ Read and understand the limitationsof the RSS as contained in this section.The colors of the corner sonar indica-tor and the distance guide lines in therear view indicate different distancesto the object.

∙ Inclement weather or ultrasonicsources such as an automatic carwash, a truck’s compressed-airbrakes or a pneumatic drill may affectthe function of the system; this mayinclude reduced performance or afalse activation.

∙ This function is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large station-ary objects to help avoid damagingthe vehicle.

∙ The system is not designed to preventcontact with small or moving objects.Always move slowly. The system willnot detect small objects below thebumper, and may not detect objectsclose to the bumper or on the ground.

∙ The system may not detect the fol-lowing objects: fluffy objects such assnow, cloth, cotton, glass, wool, etc.;thin objects such as rope, wire andchain, etc.; or wedge-shaped objects.

If your vehicle sustains damage to thebumper fascia, leaving it misaligned orbent, the sensing zone may be alteredcausing inaccurate measurement of ob-stacles or false alarms.

CAUTION∙ Excessive noise (such as audio system

volume or an open vehicle window)will interfere with the tone and it maynot be heard.

∙ Keep the sonar sensors (located onthe bumper fascia) free from snow, iceand large accumulations of dirt. Donot clean the sensors with sharp ob-jects. If the sensors are covered, theaccuracy of the sonar function will bediminished.

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe system informs with a visual and au-dible alert of rear obstacles when the shiftlever is in the R (Reverse) position.Sonar Operation Table

RR SensorRange Sound Display

P x †R o oN x †D x †

o – Display/Beep when detect† – Display on camera viewx – No Display and Beep

The system is deactivated at speeds above6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.


The intermittent tone will stop after 3 sec-onds when an obstacle is detected by onlythe corner sensor and the distance doesnot change. The tone will stop when theobstacle gets away from the vehicle.

When the object is detected, the indicator(green) appears and blinks and the tonesounds intermittently. When the vehiclemoves closer to the object, the color of theindicator turns yellow and the rate of theblinking increases. When the vehicle is veryclose to the object, the indicator stopsblinking and turns red, and the tonesounds continuously.

When the corner of the vehicle movescloser to an object, the corner sonar indi-cator �A appears. When the center of thevehicle moves close to an object, the cen-ter sonar indicator �B appears.

The system indicators �A will appear whenthe vehicle moves closer to an object.

LSD3246 LSD2137


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THESONAR SYSTEMThe system is automatically activatedwhen the ignition is in the ON position andthe shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the sonar system:


2. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OKbutton.

3. Select “Rear Sensor” and press the OKbutton to turn the system on or off.

– Select “Display” to display the park-ing sensor in the vehicle informationdisplay when the sonar system acti-vates.

– Select “Range” to change the sonarsystem distance to “Far,” “Mid,” or“Near.”

LSD3336


SONAR LIMITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limitationsfor the sonar system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.

∙ Read and understand the limitationsof the sonar system as contained inthis section. Inclement weather mayaffect the function of the sonar sys-tem; this may include reduced perfor-mance or a false activation.

∙ The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reacti-vated at lower speeds.

∙ Inclement weather or ultrasonicsources such as an automatic carwash, a truck’s compressed-airbrakes or a pneumatic drill may affectthe function of the system; this mayinclude reduced performance or afalse activation.

∙ The system is not designed to preventcontact with small or moving objects.Always move slowly. The system willnot detect small objects below thebumper or on the ground.

∙ The system may not detect the fol-lowing objects: fluffy objects such assnow, cloth, cotton, glass-wool, etc.;thin objects such as rope, wire andchain, etc.; or wedge-shaped objects.

∙ The system may not detect objects atspeeds above 3 mph (5 km/h) andmay not detect certain angular ormoving objects.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEWhen sonar blockage is detected, the sys-tem will be deactivated automatically.

The system is not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.

The sonar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condi-tion may also be caused by objects such asice, frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sen-sors.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.


SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sonar sensors �1 are located on therear bumper. Always keep the area nearthe sonar sensors clean.

The sonar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be causedby objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-structing the sonar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the sonar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transpar-ent material), install accessories or applyadditional paint near the sonar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe sonar sensors. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer if the area aroundthe sonar sensors is damaged due to acollision.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKTo prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer through the key hole. If the lockbecomes frozen, heat the key before in-serting it into the key hole, or use theNISSAN Intelligent Key®.

ANTIFREEZEIn the winter when it is anticipated that thetemperature will drop below 32°F (0°C),check the antifreeze to assure proper win-ter protection. For additional information,refer to “Engine cooling system” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, thebattery fluid may freeze and damage thebattery. To maintain maximum efficiency,the battery should be checked regularly.For additional information, refer to “Battery”in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of thismanual.

LSD3334

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERIf the vehicle is to be left outside withoutantifreeze, drain the cooling system, includ-ing the engine block. Refill before operatingthe vehicle. For additional information, referto “Changing engine coolant” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

TIRE EQUIPMENT1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed to

provide superior performance on drypavement. However, the performanceof these tires will be substantially re-duced in snowy and icy conditions. Ifyou operate your vehicle on snowy oricy roads, NISSAN recommends the useof MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRESon all four wheels. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for the tiretype, size, speed rating and availabilityinformation.

2. For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However,some U.S. states and Canadian prov-inces prohibit their use. Check local,state and provincial laws before install-ing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

3. Tire chains may be used. For additionalinformation, refer to “Tire chains” in the“Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the following itemsbe carried in the vehicle during winter:

∙ A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-move ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

∙ A sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

∙ A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

∙ Extra washer fluid to refill thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING∙ Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),

very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip” un-der these conditions. Try to avoid driv-ing on wet ice until the road is saltedor sanded.

∙ Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheels willlose even more traction.

∙ Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

∙ Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

∙ Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patchof ice is seen ahead, brake beforereaching it. Try not to brake while onthe ice, and avoid any sudden steeringmaneuvers.


∙ Do not use the cruise control (if soequipped) on slippery roads.

∙ Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

PARKING BRAKE

CAUTIONWhen parking in an area where the out-side temperature is below 32°F (0°C), theparking brake, if applied, may freeze inplace and may be difficult to release.

For safe parking, it is recommendedthat you place the shift lever in the P(Park) position and securely block thewheels.

For models equipped withelectronic parking brake system

CAUTIONTo keep the electronic parking brake re-leased after the engine is turned off, re-fer to “Parking brake” in this section.


MEMO


6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Emergency engine shut off(push-button ignition models only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Vehicle recovery(freeing a stuck vehicle). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lights flash.

WARNING∙ If stopping for an emergency, be sure

to move the vehicle well off the road.

∙ Do not use the hazard warning flash-ers while moving on the highway un-less unusual circumstances force youto drive so slowly that your vehiclemight become a hazard to othertraffic.

∙ Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flashers will operate with the ignitionswitch placed in any position.

Some jurisdictions may prohibit the useof the hazard warning flasher switchwhile driving.

To shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the follow-ing procedure:

∙ Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch three consecutive times in lessthan 1.5 seconds, or

∙ Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

LIC0394

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF(push-button ignition models only)

6-2 In case of emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TPMS. Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires except thespare. When the low tire pressure warninglight is lit and the “Tire Pressure Low — AddAir” warning appears in the vehicle infor-mation display, one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated. If the vehicle isbeing driven with low tire pressure, theTPMS will activate and warn you of it by thelow tire pressure warning light. This systemwill activate only when the vehicle is drivenat speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h). For ad-ditional information, refer to “Warninglights, indicator lights and audible remind-ers” in the “Instruments and controls” sec-tion, and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.



∙ If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopthe vehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with underinflated tires may per-manently damage the tires and in-crease the likelihood of tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label to turn the low tire pres-sure warning light OFF. If the light stillilluminates while driving after adjust-ing the tire pressure, a tire may be flator the TPMS may be malfunctioning. Ifyou have a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible. If no tireis flat and all tires are properly in-flated, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tire pres-sure warning light will flash for ap-proximately 1 minute. The light will re-main on after 1 minute. Have yourtires replaced and/or TPMS systemreset as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor these services.


∙ Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

∙ If the light still comes on while drivingafter adjusting the tire pressure, a tiremay be flat or the TPMS may be mal-functioning. If you have a flat tire, re-place it with a spare tire as soon aspossible. If no tire is flat and all tiresare properly inflated, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

FLAT TIRE

In case of emergency 6-3

CHANGING A FLAT TIREIf you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow:

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Move the shift lever to P(Park).

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other trafficand to signal professional road assis-tance personnel that you need assis-tance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the ve-hicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING∙ Make sure the parking brake is se-

curely applied and the shift lever isshifted into P (Park).

∙ Never change tires when the vehicle ison a slope, ice or slippery areas. This ishazardous.

∙ Never change tires if oncoming trafficis close to your vehicle. Wait for pro-fessional road assistance.

A. BlocksB. Flat tire

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite theflat tire to prevent the vehicle from movingwhen it is jacked up.

WARNINGBe sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.

LCE2142


Getting the spare tire and toolsOpen the rear liftgate. Remove the Divide-N-Hide® floor. For additional information,refer to “Divide-N-Hide® adjustable floor” inthe “Instruments and controls” section ofthis manual.

Lift the floorboard.

1. The jack and tool kit are located in thestorage compartment to the left.

2. Remove the storage door by pressingthe two release tabs �A simultane-ously.

3. Unhook the clips �B restraining the jackand tool kit.

4. Remove the tool kit.

LCE2111 LIC2640 LCE2437


5. Remove the jack by turning the spindle�C counterclockwise, relieving thepressure on the jack.

6. To loosen the bolt, turn counterclock-wise.

7. Once loosened, remove the bolt.

8. Remove the spare tire.

9. Once the flat tire is exchanged with thespare tire, store the flat tire where thespare tire was located.

10. Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten.

Changing the spare tire withBOSE® sub-woofer (if soequipped)

1. To loosen the bolt, turn counterclock-wise.

2. Once loosened, remove the bolt.

LCE2247 WCE0188 LCE2109


3. Place the sub-woofer in the upper rightcorner of the cargo space, leaningagainst the 2nd row passenger sideseat.

4. Remove the spare tire.

5. Once the flat tire is exchanged with thespare tire, store the flat tire where thespare was located.

6. Place the sub-woofer inside the flat tire.

7. Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten.

Removing wheel cover (if soequipped)

CAUTIONDo not use your hands to pry off wheelcaps or wheel covers. Doing so couldresult in personal injury.

To remove the wheel cover, use the jackingrod �1 .

Apply cloth �2 between the wheel andjacking rod to prevent damaging the wheeland wheel cover.

Use caution not to scratch the wheel coveror wheel surface.

LCE2110 SCE0630


Jacking up vehicle and removingthe damaged tire

WARNING∙ Never get under the vehicle while it is

supported only by the jack. If it is nec-essary to work under the vehicle, sup-port it with safety stands.

∙ Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not usethe jack provided with your vehicle onother vehicles. The jack is designedfor lifting only your vehicle during atire change.

∙ Use the correct jack-up points. Neveruse any other part of the vehicle forjack support.

∙ Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

∙ Never use blocks on or under the jack.

∙ Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack. It may cause thevehicle to move. This is especially truefor vehicles with limited slipdifferentials.

∙ Do not allow passengers to stay in thevehicle while it is on the jack.

LCE2380


∙ Never run the engine with a wheel(s)off the ground. It may cause the ve-hicle to move.

Always refer to the illustrations for the cor-rect placement and jack-up points for yourspecific vehicle model and jack type.

Carefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following in-structions.

1. Loosen each wheel nut 1 or 2 turns byturning counterclockwise with thewheel nut wrench. Do not remove thewheel nuts until the tire is off theground.

2. Place the jack directly under thejack-up point so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-uppoint. Align the jack head between the2 notches in the front or the rear. Also fitthe groove of the jack head betweenthe notches.

The jack should be used on firm andlevel ground.

3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jacklever and rod with both hands. Carefullyraise the vehicle until the tire clears theground. Remove the wheel nuts, andthen remove the tire.

SCE0002


Installing the spare tireThe spare tire is designed for emergencyuse. For additional information, refer to“Wheels and tires” in the “Do-it-yourself”section of this manual.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on andtighten the wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly in thesequence illustrated until they are tight(�A , �B , �C , �D , �E ).

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with thewheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence illus-trated (�A , �B , �C , �D , �E ). Lower the ve-hicle completely.

5. Securely store the jacking equipmentin the vehicle. When storing the tool kit,it is requested to tighten the bag se-curely with the attached band to pre-vent movement of the tools, otherwisenoise may occur.

NOTE:

You may need to remove the wheel capin order to secure the damaged tire us-ing the spare tire clamp.

WARNING∙ Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly

tightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

∙ Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause thenuts to become loose.

∙ Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

83 ft-lb (113 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightenedto specification at all times. It is recom-mended that wheel nuts be tightened tospecifications at each lubrication inter-val.

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pres-sure.

COLD pressure: After vehicle has beenparked for 3 hours or more or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on the tireand loading information label affixed tothe driver side center pillar.

WCE0056


To start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions belowmust be followed.

WARNING∙ If done incorrectly, jump starting can

lead to a battery explosion, resultingin severe injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

∙ Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames away fromthe battery.

∙ Do not allow battery fluid to come intocontact with eyes, skin, clothing orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulfuric acid solution whichcan cause severe burns. If the fluidshould come into contact with any-thing, immediately flush the con-tacted area with water.

∙ Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

∙ The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

∙ Whenever working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eye protec-tors (for example, goggles or indus-trial safety spectacles) and removerings, metal bands, or any other jew-elry. Do not lean over the batterywhen jump starting.

∙ Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and causeserious injury.

∙ Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at anytime. Keep hands and other objectsaway from it.

JUMP STARTING


WARNINGAlways follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and cause per-sonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another ve-hicle, position the two vehicles to bringtheir batteries near each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles totouch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the shiftlever to P (Park). Switch off all unneces-sary electrical systems (lights, heater,air conditioner, etc.).

3. Place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition.

4. Ensure the vent caps (if so equipped)are level and tight.

5. Connect the jumper cables in the se-quence illustrated (�A , �B , �C , �D ).

CAUTION∙ Always connect positive (�) to posi-

tive (�) and negative (�) to bodyground (for example, strut mountingbolt, engine lift bracket, etc.) — not tothe battery.

∙ Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that the cableclamps do not contact any othermetal.

6. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand let it run for a few minutes.

7. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle at about 2,000 rpm and start theengine of the vehicle being jumpstarted.

CAUTIONDo not keep the starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, place the ig-nition switch in the OFF position andwait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again.

8. After starting the engine, carefully dis-connect the negative cable and thenthe positive cable.

LCE2223


CAUTION∙ Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) models cannot be push-startedor tow-started. Attempting to do somay cause transmission damage.

∙ Do not push start this vehicle. Thethree-way catalyst may be damaged.

WARNING∙ Do not continue to drive if your vehicle

overheats. Doing so could cause en-gine damage or a vehicle fire.

∙ To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator or coolantreservoir cap while the engine is stillhot. When the radiator or coolant res-ervoir cap is removed, pressurized hotwater will spurt out, possibly causingserious injury.

∙ Do not open the hood if steam is com-ing out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated byan extremely high temperature gaugereading), or if you feel a lack of enginepower, detect abnormal noise, etc. take thefollowing steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, ap-ply the parking brake and move theshift lever to P (Park).

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air condi-tioner temperature control to maxi-mum hot and fan control to highspeed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listenfor steam or coolant escaping from theradiator before opening the hood. Ifsteam or coolant is escaping, turn offthe engine. Do not open the hood fur-ther until no steam or coolant can beseen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNINGIf steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damageor looseness. Also check if the coolingfan is running. The radiator hoses andradiator should not leak water. If cool-ant is leaking, the water pump belt ismissing or loose, or the cooling fandoes not run, stop the engine.

WARNINGBe careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts orthe engine cooling fan. The engine cool-ing fan can start at any time.

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


6. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the engine coolant res-ervoir tank with the engine running.Add coolant to the engine coolant res-ervoir tank if necessary. Have your ve-hicle repaired. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.

When towing your vehicle, all jurisdictionaland local regulations for towing must befollowed. Incorrect towing equipmentcould damage your vehicle. Towing in-structions are available from a NISSANdealer. Local service operators are gener-ally familiar with the applicable laws andprocedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damageto your vehicle, NISSAN recommends hav-ing a service operator tow your vehicle. It isadvisable to have the service operatorcarefully read the following precautions:

WARNING∙ Never ride in a vehicle that is being

towed.

∙ Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION∙ When towing, make sure that the

transmission, axles, steering systemand powertrain are in working condi-tion. If any of these conditions apply,dollies or a flatbed tow truck must beused.

∙ Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

For additional information, refer to “Flattowing for All-Wheel drive vehicle” or “Flattowing for front wheel drive vehicle” in the“Technical and consumer information” sec-tion of this manual.

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSANNISSAN recommends towing your vehiclebased upon the type of drivetrain. For addi-tional information, refer to the diagrams inthis section to ensure that your vehicle isproperly towed.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models withContinuously VariableTransmission (CVT)NISSAN recommends that towing dolliesbe used when towing your vehicle or placethe vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTIONNever tow All-Wheel Drive (AWD) mod-els equipped with a Continuously Vari-able Transmission (CVT) with any of thewheels on the ground as this may causeserious and expensive damage to thetransfer case and transmission.

LCE2238


Two-Wheel Drive models withContinuously VariableTransmission (CVT)NISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (front) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flatbedtruck as illustrated.

CAUTION∙ Never tow Continuously Variable

Transmission (CVT) models with thefront wheels on the ground or fourwheels on the ground (forward orbackward), as this may cause seriousand expensive damage to the trans-mission. If it is necessary to tow thevehicle with the rear wheels raised al-ways use towing dollies under thefront wheels.

∙ When towing Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) models with therear wheels on the ground or on tow-ing dollies:

– Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition, and secure the steeringwheel in a straight-ahead positionwith a rope or similar device. Neversecure the steering wheel by plac-ing the ignition switch in the LOCKposition. This may damage thesteering lock mechanism (formodels with a steering lockmechanism).

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing astuck vehicle)

WARNINGTo avoid vehicle damage, serious per-sonal injury or death when recovering astuck vehicle:

∙ Contact a professional towing serviceto recover the vehicle if you have anyquestions regarding the recoveryprocedure.

LCE2239


∙ Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to main structural mem-bers of the vehicle.

∙ Do not use the vehicle tie-downs totow or free a stuck vehicle.

∙ Only use devices specifically designedfor vehicle recovery and follow themanufacturer’s instructions.

∙ Always pull the recovery devicestraight out from the front of the ve-hicle. Never pull at an angle.

∙ Route recovery devices so they do nottouch any part of the vehicle exceptthe attachment point.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use a tow strap or other device de-signed specifically for vehicle recovery. Al-ways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the recovery device.

Rocking a stuck vehicle

WARNING∙ Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

∙ Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explode andresult in serious injury. Parts of yourvehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behindthe vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left toclear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.

∙ Shift back and forth between R (Re-verse) and D (Drive).

∙ Apply the accelerator as little as pos-sible to maintain the rocking motion.

∙ Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R (Reverse) and D(Drive).

∙ Do not spin the tires above 35 mph(55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after afew tries, contact a professional towingservice to remove the vehicle.


MEMO


7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Washing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 7-3Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Tire dressings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Cleaning interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Power moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Floor mats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Cleaning the seat tracks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Environmental factors influence therate of corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

In order to maintain the appearance ofyour vehicle, it is important to take propercare of it.

To protect the paint surfaces, please washyour vehicle as soon as you can:

∙ After a rainfall to prevent possible dam-age from acid rain.

∙ After driving on coastal roads.

∙ When contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface.

∙ When dust or mud builds up on the sur-face.

Whenever possible, store or park your ve-hicle inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park ina shady area or protect the vehicle with abody cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint sur-face when putting on or removing thebody cover.

WASHINGWash dirt off with a wet sponge and plentyof water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly us-ing a mild soap, a special vehicle soap orgeneral purpose dishwashing liquid mixedwith clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION∙ Do not concentrate water spray di-

rectly on the sonar sensors (if soequipped) on the bumper as this willresult in damage to the sensors. Donot use pressure washers capable ofspraying water over 1,200 psi(8,274 kPa) to wash your vehicle. Useof high-pressure washers over1,200 psi (8,274 kPa) can result in dam-age to or removal of paint or graphics.Avoid using a high-pressure washercloser than 12 inches (30 cm) to thevehicle. Always use a wide-anglenozzle only, keep the nozzle movingand do not concentrate the waterspray on any one area.

∙ Do not use car washes that use acid inthe detergent. Some car washes, es-pecially brushless ones, use someacid for cleaning. The acid may reactwith some plastic vehicle compo-nents, causing them to crack. Thiscould affect their appearance, andalso could cause them not to functionproperly. Always check with your carwash to confirm that acid is not used.

∙ Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical de-tergents, gasoline or solvents.

∙ Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light or while the vehicle body is hot,as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

∙ Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty ofclean water.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

Inside edges, seams and folds on thedoors, hatches and hood are particularlyvulnerable to the effects of road salt. There-fore, these areas must be cleaned regularly.Take care that the drain holes in the loweredge of the door are open. Spray waterunder the body and in the wheel wells toloosen the dirt and wash away road salt.

A damp chamois can be used to dry thevehicle to avoid water spots.

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to removebuilt-up wax residue and to avoid a weath-ered appearance before re-applying wax.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosingthe proper product.

∙ Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

∙ Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleanersthat may damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compounding or aggressive pol-ishing on a base coat/clear coat paint fin-ish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the surface of the paint to avoid last-ing damage or staining. Special cleaningproducts are available at a NISSAN dealeror any automotive accessory store. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for these products.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter, itis necessary to clean the underbody regu-larly in order to prevent dirt and salt frombuilding up and causing the acceleration ofcorrosion on the underbody and suspen-sion. Before the winter period and again inthe spring, the underseal must be checkedand, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke anddust film from the glass surfaces. It is nor-mal for glass to become coated with a filmafter the vehicle is parked in the hot sun.Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easilyremove this film.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the inside of the win-dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine-baseddisinfectant cleaners. They could dam-age the electrical conductors, radio an-tenna elements or rear window de-froster elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS (if soequipped)Wash the wheels regularly with a spongedampened in a mild soap solution, espe-cially during winter months in areas whereroad salt is used. If not removed, road saltcan discolor the wheels.

CAUTIONFollow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:

∙ Do not use a cleaner that uses strongacid or alkali contents to clean thewheels.

∙ Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. The wheeltemperature should be the same asambient temperature.

Appearance and care 7-3

∙ Rinse the wheel to completely removethe cleaner within 15 minutes afterthe cleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTSClean all chrome parts regularly with anon-abrasive chrome polish to maintainthe finish.

TIRE DRESSINGSNISSAN does not recommend the use oftire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply acoating to the tires to help reduce discolor-ation of the rubber. If a tire dressing is ap-plied to the tires, it may react with the coat-ing and form a compound. This compoundmay come off the tire while driving andstain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

∙ Use a water-based tire dressing. Thecoating on the tire dissolves more easilythan with an oil-based tire dressing.

∙ Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tiretread/grooves (where it would be diffi-cult to remove).

∙ Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tiretread/grooves.

∙ Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by the tire dressing manufac-turer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipethe vinyl and leather (if so equipped) sur-faces with a clean, soft cloth dampened inmild soap solution, then wipe clean with adry, soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required inorder to maintain the appearance of theleather (if so equipped).

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Somefabric protectors contain chemicals thatmay stain or bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water toclean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNINGDo not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classifi-cation sensor. This can also affect theoperation of the air bag system and re-sult in serious personal injury.

CLEANING INTERIOR


CAUTION∙ Never use benzine, thinner or any

similar material.

∙ Small dirt particles can be abrasiveand damaging to leather surfacesand should be removed promptly. Donot use saddle soap, car waxes, pol-ishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents,detergents or ammonia-based clean-ers as they may damage the leather’snatural finish.

∙ Never use fabric protectors unlessrecommended by the manufacturer.

∙ Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERSMost air fresheners use a solvent thatcould affect the vehicle interior. If you usean air freshener, take the following precau-tions:

∙ Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when theycontact vehicle interior surfaces. Placethe air freshener in a location that al-lows it to hang free and not contact aninterior surface.

∙ Liquid-type air fresheners typically clipon the vents. These products can causeimmediate damage and discolorationwhen spilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufactur-er’s instructions before using the air fresh-eners.

POWER MOONROOF (if soequipped)The sunshade is made from a tricot mate-rial.

CAUTIONTo help prevent damaging the moon-roof while cleaning:

∙ Do not rub the material with a cloth.Doing so can damage the surface ofthe material or cause a stain tospread.

∙ Never use benzine, thinner or anysimilar chemical to clean the sun-shade. This may discolor the moon-roof and damage the surface.

∙ Clean water based stains by pattingthe surface with a clean soft clothdampened in warm water. Press aclean dry cloth onto the surface to re-move as much dampness as possibleand then let air dry.

∙ Clean oil based stains by patting thesurface with a clean soft cloth damp-ened in warm water. Press a clean drycloth onto the surface to remove asmuch dampness as possible and thenlet air dry.


FLOOR MATS (if so equipped)

WARNINGTo avoid potential pedal interferencethat may result in a collision, injury ordeath:

∙ NEVER place a floor mat on top of an-other floor mat in the driver front po-sition or install them upside down orbackwards.

∙ Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats,or equivalent floor mats, that are spe-cifically designed for use in your ve-hicle model and model year.

∙ Properly position the mats in thefloorwell using the floor mat position-ing hook. For additional information,refer to "Floor mat installation" in thissection.

∙ Make sure the floor mat does not in-terfere with pedal operation.

∙ Periodically check the floor mats tomake sure they are properly installed.

∙ After cleaning the vehicle interior,check the floor mats to make surethey are properly installed.

The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Matsshould be maintained with regular clean-ing and replaced if they become exces-sively worn.

Floor mat installationYour vehicle is equipped with floor mat po-sitioning hook(s). The number and shape of

the floor mat positioning hooks for eachseating position varies depending on thevehicle.

When installing Genuine NISSAN floor mats,follow the installation instructions providedwith the mat and the following:

1. With the ignition in the OFF position, theshift lever in P (Park) position and withthe parking brake fully applied, positionthe floor mat in the floorwell so that thefloor mat grommet holes are alignedwith the hook(s).

2. Secure the grommet holes into thehook(s) and ensure that the floor mat isproperly positioned.

3. Make sure the floor mat does not inter-fere with pedal operation. With the igni-tion still in the OFF position, the shiftlever in the P (Park) position and withthe parking brake applied, fully applyand release all pedals. The floor matmust not interfere with pedal opera-tion or prevent the pedal from return-ing to its normal position.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for details about installing the floormats in your vehicle.

LAI2007


The illustration shows the location of thefloor mat positioning hooks.

SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthem with a sponge dampened in a mildsoap solution. Allow the belts to dry com-pletely in the shade before using them. Foradditional information, refer to “Seat beltmaintenance” in the “Safety—Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system”section of this manual.

WARNINGDo not allow wet seat belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye orchemical solvents to clean the seatbelts, since these materials may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS

CAUTIONPeriodically clean the seat tracks to pre-vent reduction of ability to move theseats.

Clean periodically with a high-poweredvacuum cleaner. Dirt and debris may re-duce the ability to adjust the seat. A wetcleansing agent may be used if necessary.

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSIONMost vehicle corrosion is caused by:

∙ The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and debris in body panelsections, cavities, and other areas.

∙ Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic collisions.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSIONMoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water onthe vehicle body underside can acceleratecorrosion. Wet floor coverings will not drycompletely inside the vehicle and shouldbe removed for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Positioning hooksLAI2046

CORROSION PROTECTION


Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas ofhigh relative humidity, especially those ar-eas where the temperatures stay abovefreezing and where atmospheric pollutionexists and road salt is used.

TemperatureHigh temperatures accelerate the rate ofcorrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse accelerates the corrosion process.Road salt also accelerates the disintegra-tion of paint surfaces.

PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

∙ Wash and wax your vehicle often tokeep the vehicle clean.

∙ Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

∙ Keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumula-tion.

∙ Check the underbody for accumulationof sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash withwater as soon as possible.

CAUTION∙ NEVER remove dirt, sand or other de-

bris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner orbroom.

∙ Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic com-ponents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icingare extremely corrosive. They acceleratecorrosion and deterioration of underbodycomponents such as the exhaust system,fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor panand fenders.

In winter, the underbody must becleaned periodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.


8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Changing engine oil and oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Windshield-washer fluid reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Variable voltage control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20

Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23Passenger compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25NISSAN Intelligent Key® (if so equipped) . . . . . . 8-25NISSAN jackknife key (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 8-27

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Fog lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-29Exterior and interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-38Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-40

When performing any inspection or main-tenance work on your vehicle, always takecare to prevent serious accidental injury toyourself or damage to the vehicle. The fol-lowing are general precautions whichshould be closely observed.

WARNING∙ Park the vehicle on a level surface, ap-

ply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent the ve-hicle from moving. Move the shift le-ver to P (Park).

∙ Be sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position when perform-ing any parts replacement or repairs.

∙ If you must work with the engine run-ning, keep your hands, clothing, hairand tools away from moving fans,belts and any other moving parts.

∙ It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and remove any jew-elry, such as rings, watches, etc. be-fore working on your vehicle.

∙ Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.

∙ Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic engine cooling fan. It may comeon at any time without warning, evenif the ignition switch is in the OFF po-sition and the engine is not running.To avoid injury, always disconnect thenegative battery cable before work-ing near the fan.

∙ If you must run the engine in an en-closed space such as a garage, be surethere is proper ventilation for exhaustgases to escape.

∙ Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is neces-sary to work under the vehicle, sup-port it with safety stands.

∙ Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from the fuel tank andbattery.

∙ Because the fuel lines on gasoline en-gine models are under high pressureeven when the engine is off, it is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for service of the fuel filter orfuel lines.

CAUTION∙ Do not work under the hood while the

engine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

∙ Avoid contact with used engine oiland coolant. Improperly disposed en-gine oil, engine coolant and/or othervehicle fluids can damage the envi-ronment. Always conform to localregulations for disposal of vehiclefluid.

∙ Never leave the engine or Continu-ously Variable Transmission (CVT) re-lated component harnesses discon-nected while the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

∙ Never connect or disconnect the bat-tery or any transistorized componentwhile the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

This “Do-it-yourself ” section gives instruc-tions regarding only those items which arerelatively easy for an owner to perform.

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, andcould affect warranty coverage. If in doubtabout any servicing, it is recommendedthat you have it done by a NISSAN dealer.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

8-2 Do-it-yourself

QR25DE engine1. Engine coolant reservoir2. Engine oil filler cap3. Brake fluid reservoir4. Battery5. Air cleaner6. Fuse/Fusible link box7. Radiator cap8. Engine oil dipstick9. Drive belt location10. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir* Engine cover removed for clarity.

LDI2809

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

Do-it-yourself 8-3

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water toprovide year-round antifreeze and coolantprotection. The antifreeze solution con-tains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Addi-tional engine cooling system additives arenot necessary.

WARNING∙ Never remove the radiator or coolant

reservoir cap when the engine is hot.Wait until the engine and radiator cooldown. Serious burns could be causedby high pressure fluid escaping fromthe radiator. For additional informa-tion on precautions, refer to “If yourvehicle overheats” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

∙ The radiator is equipped with a pres-sure type radiator cap. To prevent en-gine damage, use only a GenuineNISSAN radiator cap.

CAUTION∙ Never use any cooling system addi-

tives such as radiator sealer. Additivesmay clog the cooling system andcause damage to the engine, trans-mission and/or cooling system.

∙ When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to provide antifreeze protec-tion to -34° F (-37° C). If additionalfreeze protection is needed due toweather where you operate your ve-hicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) concen-trate following the directions on thecontainer. If an equivalent coolantother than Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-low the coolant manufacturer’s in-structions to maintain minimum anti-freeze protection to -34° F (-37° C). Theuse of other types of coolant solu-tions other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent may damage the enginecooling system.

∙ The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km)or 7 years. Mixing any other type ofcoolant other than Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) (orequivalent coolant), including Genu-ine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (green), or the useof non-distilled water may reduce thelife expectancy of the factory-fill cool-ant. For additional information, referto the "Maintenance and schedules"section of this manual.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

8-4 Do-it-yourself

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoirwhen the engine is cold. If the coolantlevel is below the MIN level �B , add coolantto the MAX level �A . If the reservoir is empty,check the coolant level in the radiatorwhen the engine is cold. If there is insuffi-cient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiatorwith coolant up to the filler opening andalso add it to the reservoir up to the MAXlevel �A .

This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue). The life ex-pectancy of the factory-fill coolant is105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixingany other type of coolant or the use ofnon-distilled water will reduce the life ex-pectancy of the factory-fill coolant. For ad-ditional information, refer to the "Mainte-nance and schedules" section of thismanual.

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

For additional information on the locationof the engine coolant reservoir, refer to “En-gine compartment check locations” in thissection.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTA NISSAN dealer can change the enginecoolant. The service procedure can befound in the NISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine over-heating.

WARNING∙ To avoid the danger of being scalded,

never change the coolant when theengine is hot.

∙ Never remove the radiator or enginecoolant reservoir cap when the en-gine is hot. Serious burns could becaused by high pressure fluid escap-ing from the radiator.

∙ Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

∙ Keep coolant out of the reach of chil-dren and pets.

Type A (if so equipped)LDI2810

Type B (if so equipped)LDI3211

Do-it-yourself 8-5

Engine coolant must be disposed of prop-erly. Check your local regulations.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until itreaches operating temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than10 minutes for the oil to drain backinto the oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and checkthe oil level. It should be between the H(High) and L (Low) marks �B . This is thenormal operating oil level range. If theoil level is below the L (Low) mark �A ,remove the oil filler cap and pour rec-ommended oil through the opening.Do not overfill �C .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the sever-ity of operating conditions.

LDI2811 LDI2812

ENGINE OIL

8-6 Do-it-yourself

CAUTIONOil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage the en-gine, and such damage is not coveredby warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND OILFILTERFor additional information on engine oiland oil filter change, refer to the instruc-tions outlined in this section.

Vehicle set-up1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operat-ing temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for 15 min-utes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jackstands.

∙ Place the safety jack stands under thevehicle jack-up points.

∙ A suitable adapter should be attachedto the jack stand saddle.

CAUTIONMake sure the correct lifting and sup-port points are used to avoid vehicledamage.

�1 Oil filler capLDI3417

Do-it-yourself 8-7

�2 Oil drain plugLDI3418

�3 Oil filterLDI3350

�4 Engine protectorLDI3382

8-8 Do-it-yourself

Removal of engine protector1. Remove pins�A and engine protector.

Engine oil and filter1. Place a large drain pan under the drain

plug and oil filter.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrenchby turning it counterclockwise andcompletely drain the oil.

CAUTIONBe careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

WARNING∙ Prolonged and repeated contact with

used engine oil may cause skincancer.

∙ Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

∙ Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench by turning it counterclockwise.Remove the oil filter by turning it byhand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting sur-face with a clean rag.

CAUTIONBe sure to remove any old gasket mate-rial remaining on the sealing surface ofthe engine. Failure to do so could lead toan oil leak and engine damage.

∙ The dipstick must be inserted in placeto prevent oil spillage from the dip-stick hole when filling the engine withoil.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tighten ad-ditionally more than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb (14.7 to 20.6 N·m)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug witha new washer. Securely tighten thedrain plug with a wrench. Do not useexcessive force.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb (29.4 to 39.2 N·m)

9. Refill the engine with the recom-mended oil through the oil filler open-ing, and install the oil filler cap securely.

For additional information about drain andrefill capacity, refer to “Recommendedfluids/lubricants and capacities” in the“Technical and consumer information” sec-tion of this manual. The drain and refill ca-pacity depends on the oil temperature anddrain time. Use these specifications for ref-

LDI3385

Do-it-yourself 8-9

erence only. Always use the dipstick to de-termine the proper amount of oil in theengine.

10. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required. Turn the engine offand wait more than 15 minutes. Checkthe oil level with the dipstick. Add en-gine oil if necessary.

After the operation1. Reinstall engine protectors in reverse

order of removal.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to theground.

3. Reset oil and oil filter maintenance re-minder. For additional information, re-fer to “Vehicle information display” inthe “Instruments and controls” sectionof this manual.

∙ Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

∙ Check your local regulations.

CAUTION∙ NISSAN recommends using Genuine

NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent)ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix withother fluids.

∙ Do not use Automatic TransmissionFluid (ATF) or manual transmissionfluid in a NISSAN CVT, as it may dam-age the CVT. Damage caused by theuse of fluids other than as recom-mended is not covered underNISSAN’s New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

∙ Using fluids that are not equivalent toGenuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 mayalso damage the CVT. Damage causedby the use of fluids other than as rec-ommended is not covered underNISSAN’s New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

When checking or replacement of CVT fluidis required, it is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING∙ Use only new fluid from a sealed con-

tainer. Old, inferior or contaminatedfluid may damage the brake system.The use of improper fluids can dam-age the brake system and affect thevehicle’s stopping ability.

∙ Clean the filler cap before removing.

∙ Brake fluid is poisonous and shouldbe stored carefully in marked contain-ers out of reach of children.

LDI2815

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

BRAKE FLUID

8-10 Do-it-yourself

CAUTIONDo not spill the fluid on any painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluidis spilled, immediately wash the surfacewith water.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thebrake fluid is below the MIN line �B , thebrake warning light will illuminate. Addbrake fluid up to the MAX line �A . For addi-tional information on brake fluid type, referto “Recommended fluids/lubricants andcapacities” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

If the brake fluid must be added frequently,the brake system should be thoroughlychecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUIDRESERVOIRFill the windshield-washer fluid reservoirperiodically. Add windshield-washer fluidwhen the “Low Washer Fluid” warning mes-sage (if so equipped) shows on the vehicleinformation display or when there is nofluid in the dip tube.

To check the fluid level with the dip tube,use your finger to plug the center hole �A ofthe cap/tube assembly, then remove itfrom the reservoir. If there is no fluid in thedip tube, add fluid.

To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir,lift the cap off the reservoir and pour thewindshield-washer fluid into the reservoiropening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer forbetter cleaning. In the winter season, add awindshield washer antifreeze. Follow themanufacturer’s instructions for the mix-ture ratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently whendriving conditions require an increasedamount of windshield-washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSANWindshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &Antifreeze or equivalent.

CAUTION∙ Do not substitute engine antifreeze

coolant for windshield-washer fluid.This may result in damage to thepaint.

∙ Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with washer fluid concen-trates at full strength. Some methylalcohol based washer fluid concen-trates may permanently stain thegrille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

LDI3130

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID

Do-it-yourself 8-11

∙ Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’s rec-ommended levels before pouring thefluid into the windshield-washer fluidreservoir. Do not use the windshield-washer fluid reservoir to mix thewasher fluid concentrate and water.

8-12 Do-it-yourself

Caution symbols for batteryWARNING

�1 No smoking, No exposed flames, NoSparks

Do not expose the battery to electrical sparks, flames or smoking. Hydrogen gas generated by thebattery is explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness or injury.

�2 Shield eyesHandle the battery cautiously. Always wear eye protection glasses to protect against explosion orbattery acid.

�3 Keep away from childrenNever allow children to handle the battery. Keep the battery out of the reach of children.

�4 Battery acid

Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. Sulfuric acid cancause blindness or severe burns. After touching a battery or battery cap, do not touch or rub youreyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If the acid contacts your eyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Battery fluid is acid. If the bat-tery fluid gets into your eyes or onto your skin, it could cause loss of your eyesight or burns.

�5 Note operating instructionsBefore handling the battery, read this instruction carefully to ensure correct and safe handling.

�6 Explosive gasHydrogen gas generated by battery fluid is explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness orinjury.

BATTERY

Do-it-yourself 8-13

∙ If the battery is labeled "do not open" itis maintenance free and battery fluidshould not be checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealeror a qualified specialist workshop toconfirm the battery’s performance.

∙ Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution of bak-ing soda and water.

∙ Make certain the terminal connectionsare clean and securely tightened.

∙ If the vehicle is not to be used for30 days or longer, disconnect the nega-tive (-) battery terminal cable to preventdischarge.

NOTE:


1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is notrunning (Phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.


WARNING∙ Do not expose the battery to flames,

an electrical spark or a cigarette. Hy-drogen gas generated by the batteryis explosive. Explosive gases cancause blindness or injury. Do not allowbattery fluid to contact your skin,eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. Sul-furic acid can cause blindness or in-jury. After touching a battery or bat-tery cap, do not touch or rub youreyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. Ifthe acid contacts your eyes, skin orclothing, immediately flush with wa-ter for at least 15 minutes and seekmedical attention.

∙ Do not operate the vehicle if the fluidin the battery is low. Low battery fluidcan cause a higher load on the batterywhich can generate heat, reduce bat-tery life, and in some cases lead to anexplosion.

∙ When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

∙ Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands afterhandling.

∙ Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

∙ Do not tip the battery. Keep the ventcaps tight and the battery level.

8-14 Do-it-yourself

NOTE:

Do not try to open the top of the battery.

The Type A battery is not equipped withremovable vent caps. If low battery fluid issuspected, it is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

NOTE:

Do not try to open the top of the battery.

The Type B battery is not equipped withremovable vent caps. If low battery fluid issuspected, it is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

For Type C batteries, check the fluid level ineach cell. It should be between the UPPERLEVEL �1 and LOWER LEVEL�2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only dis-tilled water to bring the level to the indica-tor in each filler opening. Do not overfill.

Battery (Type A) (if so equipped)LDI3302

Battery (Type B) (if so equipped)LDI2817

Battery (Type C) (if so equipped)LDI3324

Do-it-yourself 8-15

1. Remove the cell plugs �A .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPERLEVEL �1 line. If the side of the battery isnot clear, check the distilled water levelby looking directly above the cell; con-dition �1 indicates a correct fluid leveland condition �2 indicates that fluidneeds to be added.

3. Tighten the cell plugs �A .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, refer to “Jumpstarting” in the “In case of emergency” sec-tion of this manual. If the engine does notstart by jump starting, the battery mayhave to be replaced. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.

CAUTION∙ Do not ground accessories directly to

the battery terminal. Doing so will by-pass the variable voltage control sys-tem and the vehicle battery may notcharge completely.

∙ Use electrical accessories with the en-gine running to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

Your vehicle is equipped with a variablevoltage control system �A . This systemmeasures the amount of electrical dis-charge from the battery and controls volt-age generated by the generator.

LDI2854 LDI2178

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROLSYSTEM

8-16 Do-it-yourself

The current sensor is located near the bat-tery along the negative battery cable. If youadd electrical accessories to your vehicle,be sure to ground them to a suitable bodyground such as the frame or engine blockarea.

1. Crankshaft pulley2. Drive belt automatic tensioner pul-

ley3. Water pump pulley4. Generator pulley5. Air conditioner compressor pulley

WARNINGBe sure the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF or LOCK position before servic-ing drive belt. The engine could rotateunexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of un-usual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. Ifthe belt is in poor condition or is loose,have it replaced or adjusted. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

2. Have the belt checked regularly forcondition and tension in accordancewith the maintenance schedule foundin the "Maintenance and schedules"section of this manual.

QR25DE engineLDI2130

DRIVE BELT

Do-it-yourself 8-17

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSIridium-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace iridium-tipped �A spark plugs as frequently as con-ventional type spark plugs because theylast much longer. Follow the maintenancelog shown in the "Maintenance and sched-ules" section of this manual. Do not serviceiridium-tipped spark plugs by cleaning orregapping.

∙ Always replace spark plugs with rec-ommended or equivalent ones.

WARNINGBe sure the engine and ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTIONBe sure to use the correct socket to re-move the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

If replacement is required, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

The viscous paper type filter elementshould not be cleaned and reused. Replaceit according to the maintenance log shownin the "Maintenance and schedules" sec-tion of this manual.

To remove the air cleaner filter:

1. Pinch the retaining clips �A inward tounlock, move tab �B frontward, and re-move air duct �C upward.

NOTE:

Do not bend retaining clips outward orthey may break.

SDI1895 LDI3139

SPARK PLUGS AIR CLEANER

8-18 Do-it-yourself

2. Unlatch the retaining clips �D andmove air cleaner cover �E forward.

3. Remove air cleaner filter.

Follow the removal instruction in reverseorder to install air cleaner filter, air cleanercover and air cleaner duct.

NOTE:

After installing a new air cleaner filter,make sure the air cleaner cover and aircleaner duct are seated correctly and allthe retaining clips are latched.

WARNING∙ Operating the engine with the air

cleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air, it stops theflame if the engine backfires. If it isn’tthere, and the engine backfires, youcould be burned. Do not drive with theair cleaner removed, and be carefulwhen working on the engine with theair cleaner removed.

∙ Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyor attempt to start the engine withthe air cleaner removed. Doing socould result in serious injury.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTERThe in-cabin microfilter restricts the entryof airborne dust and pollen particles andreduces some objectionable outsideodors. The filter is located behind the glovebox. For additional information, refer to the“Maintenance and schedules” section ofthis manual for change intervals.

If replacement is required, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

LDI3141

Do-it-yourself 8-19

CLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after usingthe windshield-washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or other mate-rial may be on the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild de-tergent. Then rinse the blades with clearwater. If your windshield is still not clearafter cleaning the blades and using thewiper, replace the blades.

CAUTIONWorn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

REPLACINGReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.

To replace the windshield wiper blades, fol-low the procedure below:

1. When ignition switch is ON or within60 seconds after placing the ignitionswitch from the ON to OFF position,place the windshield wiper and washerlever into the OFF position.

2. Rapidly lift the windshield wiper andwasher lever �A upwards twice within0.5 seconds. This action will cause thewipers to automatically take the ser-vice position.

LDI2476

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

8-20 Do-it-yourself

3. Once the wipers are in the service po-sition, push the release tab �B .

4. Move the wiper blade down �C and re-move.

5. Insert the new wiper blade onto thewiper arm until it clicks into place.

6. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple isin the groove.

7. Finally, lift the windshield wiper andwasher lever to the mist position �Donce and release. This action will causethe wipers to resume the set position.

CAUTION∙ After wiper blade replacement, return

the wiper arm to its original position;otherwise it may be damaged whenthe hood is opened.

∙ Make sure the wiper blades contactthe glass; otherwise the arms may bedamaged from wind pressure.

If you wax the surface of the hood, be care-ful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle�F . This may cause clogging or improperwindshield-washer operation. If wax getsinto the nozzle, remove it with a needle orsmall pin �E .

LDI2475 LDI2477

LDI2820

Do-it-yourself 8-21

Rear window wiper bladeIf checking or replacement is required, it isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

If the brakes do not operate properly, havethe brakes checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.

Self-adjusting brakesYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The front and rear disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the brake pedal is ap-plied.

WARNINGHave your brake system checked if thebrake pedal height does not return tonormal. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Brake pad wear indicatorsThe disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, a high pitchedscraping or screeching sound will be heardwhen the vehicle is in motion. The noise willbe heard whether or not the brake pedal isdepressed. Have the brakes checked assoon as possible if the wear indicatorsound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brakenoise during light to moderate stops is nor-mal and does not affect the function orperformance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information re-garding brake inspections, refer to the ap-propriate maintenance schedule informa-tion in the "Maintenance and schedules"section of this manual.

BRAKES

8-22 Do-it-yourself

If any electrical equipment does not oper-ate, check for an open fuse.

Fuses are used in the passenger and en-gine compartment. Spare fuses are pro-vided and can be found in the passengercompartment fuse box.

When installing a fuse make sure the fuse isinstalled in the fuse box securely.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WARNINGNever use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or electronic con-trol units or cause a fire

If any electrical equipment does not comeon, check for an open fuse.

For checking and replacing fuses, it is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

Fusible linksIf the electrical equipment does not oper-ate and fuses are in good condition, checkthe fusible links. If any of these fusible linksare melted, replace with only GenuineNISSAN parts.

LDI2385 LDI2840

FUSES

Do-it-yourself 8-23

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

WARNINGNever use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or electronic con-trol units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not oper-ate, check for an open fuse.

NOTE:

The fuse box is located on the driver’sside of the instrument panel.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and theheadlight switch are OFF.

2. Remove the fuse box cover with a suit-able tool. Use a cloth to avoid damag-ing the trim.

3. Locate the fuse that needs to be re-placed.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller�A .

5. If the fuse is open �B , replace it with anequivalent good fuse �C .

6. Push the fuse box cover to install.

If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired, It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

LDI2821 LDI2760

8-24 Do-it-yourself

CAUTIONBe careful not to allow children to swal-low the battery or removed parts.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® (if soequipped)Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key asfollows:

1. Remove the mechanical key from theIntelligent Key.

2. Insert a small flathead screwdriver �Ainto the slit �B of the corner and twist itto separate the upper part from thelower part. Place a cloth over thescrewdriver to protect the casing.

LDI2001

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Do-it-yourself 8-25

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR2032 orequivalent.

∙ Do not touch the internal circuit andelectric terminals as doing so couldcause a malfunction.

∙ Hold the battery by the edges. Hold-ing the battery across the contactpoints will seriously deplete the stor-age capacity.

∙ Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the lower part.

4. Close the lid securely as illustrated with�C and �D .

5. Operate the buttons to check the op-eration.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer if you need assistance for replace-ment.

FCC Notice:

For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

Note:


For Canada:This device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

LDI2637

8-26 Do-it-yourself

NISSAN JACKKNIFE KEY (if soequipped)Replace the battery in the jackknife key asfollows:

�1 Hold jackknife key button side up. In-sert a small screwdriver into the slit ofthe corner and twist it to separate theupper part from the lower part. Use acloth to protect the casing.

�2 Remove old battery.

�3 Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR2032 orequivalent.

∙ Do not touch the internal circuit andelectric terminals as doing so couldcause a malfunction.

∙ Hold the battery by the edges. Hold-ing the battery across the contactpoints will seriously deplete the stor-age capacity.

�4 Close lid securely as illustrated.

Operate the buttons to check the opera-tion.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer if you need assistance for replace-ment.

NOTE:


LDI2354

Do-it-yourself 8-27

FCC Notice:

For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:This device complies with IndustryCanada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

HEADLIGHTSFor additional information on headlightbulb replacement, refer to the instructionsoutlined in this section.

Replacing the halogen headlightbulb (if so equipped)The headlight is a semi-sealed beam typewhich uses a replaceable headlight (halo-gen) bulb. They can be replaced from insidethe engine compartment without remov-ing the headlight assembly.

If headlight bulb replacement is required, itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

CAUTION∙ Aiming is not necessary after replac-

ing the bulb. When aiming adjustmentis necessary, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

∙ Do not leave the headlight assemblyopen without a bulb installed for along period of time. Dust, moisture,smoke, etc. entering the headlightbody may affect bulb performance.Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly just before a replacementbulb is installed.

∙ Only touch the base when handlingthe bulb. Never touch the glass enve-lope. Touching the glass could signifi-cantly affect bulb life and/or head-light performance.

∙ High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulb maybreak if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

∙ Use the same number and wattage asshown in the chart.

Fog may temporarily form inside the lensof the exterior lights in the rain or in a carwash. A temperature difference betweenthe inside and the outside of the lenscauses the fog. This is not a malfunction. Iflarge drops of water collect inside the lens,it is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for servicing.

LIGHTS

8-28 Do-it-yourself

Replacing the LED headlight bulb(if so equipped)If LED headlight bulb replacement is re-quired, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)For additional information on fog light bulbreplacement, refer to the instructions out-lined in this section.

Replacing the fog light bulbIf bulb replacement is required, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

CAUTION∙ High pressure halogen gas is sealed

inside the halogen bulb. The bulb maybreak if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

∙ When handling the bulb, do not touchthe glass envelope.

∙ Use the same number and wattage asoriginally installed as shown in thechart.

∙ Do not leave the bulb out of the foglight for a long period of time as dust,moisture and smoke may enter thefog light body and affect the perfor-mance of the fog light.

Do-it-yourself 8-29

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTSItem Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight assembly (Type A) (if so equipped)*High 65 H9Low 55 H11Turn 28/8 7444NASide marker 5 W5WDaytime running lights/clearancelights* — —

Headlight assembly (Type B) (if so equipped)*High — —Low — —Turn 28/8 7444NASide marker — —Daytime running lights/clearancelights* — —

Fog lights (if so equipped)* 35 H8Courtesy light* — —Door mirror turn signal light (if so equipped)* — —Map light* — —Glove box light* 1.4 —Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) 1.8 —Room light (if so equipped) 8 —Personal lights (if so equipped) 8 —Cargo light* 5 —High-mounted stop light* — —Rear combination light*

Stop 21 W21WTail/Stop — —Turn 21 WY21WSide marker 5 W5W

Backup (reversing) assembly*Backup 18 921Tail — —

License plate light* 5 W5W

* It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information. LDI3227

8-30 Do-it-yourself

1. Headlight assembly2 Map light3 Personal light (if so equipped)4. Door mirror turn signal light (if so

equipped)5. Fog light (if so equipped)6. Daytime running light7. Room light (if so equipped)8. Cargo light9. High mounted stop light10. License plate light11. Backup (reversing) assembly12. Rear combination light

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C or D.When replacing a bulb, first remove thelens, lamp and/or cover.

Indicates bulb removalIndicates bulb installation

WDI0263

Do-it-yourself 8-31

If you have a flat tire, refer to “Flat tire” inthe “In case of emergency” section ofthis manual.

TIRE PRESSURETire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)

WARNINGRadio waves could adversely af-fect electric medical equipment.Those who use a pacemakershould contact the electric medi-cal equipment manufacturer forthe possible influences beforeuse.This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS).It monitors tire pressure of all tiresexcept the spare. When the low tirepressure warning light is lit and the“Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningappears in the vehicle informationdisplay, one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated. Ifequipped, the system also displayspressure of all tires (except the spare

tire) on the display screen by send-ing a signal from a sensor that isinstalled in each wheel.

The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this systemmay not detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).For additional information, refer to“Low tire pressure warning light” inthe “Instruments and controls” sec-tion, “Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-tem (TPMS)” in the “Starting and driv-ing” section and “Flat tire” in the “Incase of emergency” section of thismanual.Tire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressures (includingthe spare) often and always prior tolong distance trips. The recom-mended tire pressure specificationsare shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label or the Tire andLoading Information label under the

“Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tireand Loading Information label is af-fixed to the driver side center pillar.Tire pressures should be checkedregularly because:

∙ Most tires naturally lose air overtime.

∙ Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or other ob-jects or if the vehicle strikes acurb while parking.

The tire pressures should bechecked when the tires are cold. Thetires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 ormore hours, or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km) at moderate speeds.The TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alertprovides visual and audible signalsoutside the vehicle for inflating thetires to the recommended COLD tirepressure. For additional information,refer to “TPMS with Easy-Fill TireAlert” in the “Starting and driving”section of this manual.

WHEELS AND TIRES

8-32 Do-it-yourself

Incorrect tire pressure, includingunder inflation, may adversely af-fect tire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING∙ Improperly inflated tires can fail

suddenly and cause anaccident.

∙ The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label. The vehicle weightcapacity is indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.Do not load your vehicle beyondthis capacity. Overloading yourvehicle may result in reducedtire life, unsafe operating condi-tions due to premature tire fail-ure, or unfavorable handlingcharacteristics and could alsolead to a serious accident. Load-ing beyond the specified capac-ity may also result in failure ofother vehicle components.

∙ Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressuregauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specifiedlevel.

∙ For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “Impor-tant Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

Do-it-yourself 8-33

Tire and Loading Informationlabel

�1 Seating capacity: The maximumnumber of occupants that canbe seated in the vehicle.

�2 Tire size - refer to “Tire labeling” inthis section.

�3 Cold tire pressure: Inflate thetires to this pressure when thetires are cold. Tires are consid-ered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km)at moderate speeds. The rec-ommended cold tire inflation isset by the manufacturer to pro-vide the best balance of tirewear, vehicle handling, drivability,tire noise, etc., up to the vehicle’sGVWR.

�4 Original tire size: The size of thetires originally installed on thevehicle at the factory.

�5 Spare tire size (if so equipped).

�6 Vehicle load limit: Refer to “Ve-hicle loading information” in the“Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

LDI2737

8-34 Do-it-yourself

Checking tire pressure1. Remove the valve stem cap from

the tire.

2. Press the pressure gaugesquarely onto the valve stem. Donot press too hard or force thevalve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heardwhile checking the pressure, re-position the gauge to eliminatethis leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.4. Read the tire pressure on the

gauge stem and compare to thespecification shown on the Tireand Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. Iftoo much air is added, press thecore of the valve stem brieflywith the tip of the gauge stem torelease pressure. Recheck thepressure and add or release airas needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.7. Check the pressure of all other

tires, including the spare.

Size Cold Tire Infla-tion Pressure

Front and RearOriginal Tire:225/65R17 102H

33 psi, 230 kPa


33 psi, 230 kPa


33 psi, 230 kPa

Spare Tire:T155/90D17 101M 60 psi, 420 kPa

Spare Tire:T145/90D16106M

60 psi, 420 kPa

LDI0393

Do-it-yourself 8-35

TIRE LABELINGFederal law requires tire manufac-turers to place standardized infor-mation on the sidewall of all tires.This information identifies and de-scribes the fundamental character-istics of the tire and also provides theTire Identification Number (TIN) forsafety standard certification. The TINcan be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

�1 Tire size (example: P215/65R1595H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de-signed for passenger vehicles(not all tires have this informa-tion).

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in milli-meters of the tire from sidewalledge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (65): Thisnumber, known as the aspectratio, gives the tire’s ratio ofheight to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.5. Two-digit number (15): This num-

ber is the wheel or rim diameterin inches.

ExampleWDI0394

ExampleWDI0395

8-36 Do-it-yourself

6. Two- or three-digit number (95):This number is the tire’s load in-dex. It is a measurement of howmuch weight each tire can sup-port. You may not find this infor-mation on all tires because it isnot required by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You shouldnot drive the vehicle faster thanthe tire speed rating.

�2 TIN (Tire Identification Number)for a new tire (example: DOT XX XXXXX XXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De-partment Of Transportation”.The symbol can be placedabove, below or to the left orright of the Tire IdentificationNumber.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark.

3. Two-digit code: Tire size.4. Three-digit code: Tire type code

(Optional).5. Four numbers represent the

week and year the tire was built.For example, the numbers 3103means the 31st week of 2003. Ifthese numbers are missing thenlook on the other sidewall of thetire.

ExampleLDI2786

Do-it-yourself 8-37

�3 Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which in-clude steel, nylon, polyester and oth-ers.

�4 Maximum permissible inflationpressureThis number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure.

�5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maxi-mum load in kilograms and poundsthat can be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle, al-ways use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

�6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”

Indicates whether the tire requiresan inner tube (“tube type”) or not(“tubeless”).

�7 The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown if the tirehas radial structure.

�8 Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or brand name isshown.Other Tire-related Terminology

In addition to the many terms thatare defined throughout this section,Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) thesidewall that contains a whitewall,bears white lettering or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/or modelname molding that is higher ordeeper than the same molding onthe other sidewall of the tire, or (2)the outward facing sidewall of anasymmetrical tire that has a particu-lar side that must always face out-ward when mounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING∙ When changing or replacing tires, be

sure all four tires are of the same type(i.e., Summer, All Season or Snow) andconstruction. A NISSAN dealer may beable to help you with informationabout tire type, size, speed rating andavailability.

∙ Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.

∙ Replacing tires with those not origi-nally specified by NISSAN could affectthe proper operation of the low tirepressure warning system.

∙ For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In-formation Booklet.

8-38 Do-it-yourself

∙ Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels. Failure todo so may result in a circumferencedifference between tires on the frontand rear axles which can cause theVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemto malfunction resulting in personalinjury or death, excessive tire wearand may damage the transmission,transfer case and differential gears.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

CAUTION∙ ONLY use spare tires specified for the

AWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced withtires of the same size, brand, constructionand tread pattern. The tire pressure andwheel alignment should also be checkedand corrected as necessary. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

All season tiresNISSAN specifies All Season tires on somemodels to provide good performance allyear, including snowy and icy road condi-

tions. All Season tires are identified by ALLSEASON and/or M&S on the tire sidewall.Snow tires have better snow traction thanAll Season tires and may be more appropri-ate in some areas.

Summer tiresNISSAN specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performanceon dry roads. Summer tire performance issubstantially reduced in snow and ice.Summer tires do not have the tire tractionrating “M&S” on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowyor icy conditions, NISSAN recommends theuse of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on allfour wheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load rat-ing to the original equipment tires. If you donot, it can adversely affect the safety andhandling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires have lower speed rat-ings than factory equipped tires and maynot match the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be thesame size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, stud-ded tires may be used. However, some U.S.states and Canadian provinces prohibittheir use. Check local, state and provinciallaws before installing studded tires. Skidand traction capabilities of studded snowtires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorerthan that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibited ac-cording to location. Check the local lawsbefore installing tire chains. When installingtire chains, make sure they are the propersize for the tires on your vehicle and areinstalled according to the chain manufac-turer’s suggestions. Use only SAE class “S”chains. Class “S” chains are used on ve-hicles with restricted tire to vehicle clear-ance. Vehicles that can use Class “S” chainsare designed to meet the minimum clear-ances between the tire and the closest ve-hicle suspension or body component re-quired to accommodate the use of awinter traction device (tire chains orcables). The minimum clearances are de-termined using the factory equipped tire

Do-it-yourself 8-39

size. Other types may damage your vehicle.Use chain tensioners when recommendedby the tire chain manufacturer to ensure atight fit. Loose end links of the tire chainmust be secured or removed to preventthe possibility of whipping action damageto the fenders or underbody. If possible,avoid fully loading your vehicle when usingtire chains. In addition, drive at a reducedspeed. Otherwise, your vehicle may bedamaged and/or vehicle handling andperformance may be adversely affected.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Drivingwith chains in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress. CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotationNISSAN recommends rotating thetires every 7,500 miles (12,000 km).

For additional information on tire re-placing procedures, refer to “Flat tire”in the “In case of emergency” sectionof this manual.

As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:83 ft-lb (113 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tight-ened to specifications at all times.It is recommended that wheel nutsbe tightened to specification ateach tire rotation interval.

WARNING∙ After rotating the tires, check

and adjust the tire pressure.∙ Retighten the wheel nuts when

the vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

∙ Do not include the spare tire inthe tire rotation.


WDI0258

8-40 Do-it-yourself

Tire wear and damage1. Wear indicator

2. Location mark

WARNING∙ Tires should be periodically in-

spected for wear, cracking,bulging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found,the tire(s) should be replaced.

∙ The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When thewear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

∙ Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician becausesome tire damage may not beobvious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tire failureand possible personal injury.

∙ Improper service of the sparetire may result in serious per-sonal injury. If it is necessary torepair the spare tire, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.


Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and load carry-

ing capacity as originally equipped. Rec-ommended types and sizes are shown in“Wheels and tires” in the “Technical and con-sumer information” section of this manual.

WARNING∙ The use of tires other than those rec-

ommended or the mixed use of tiresof different brands, construction(bias, bias-belted or radial), or treadpatterns can adversely affect the ride,braking, handling, Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance, tirechain clearance, speedometer cali-bration, headlight aim and bumperheight. Some of these effects maylead to accidents and could result inserious personal injury.

∙ For 2WD models, if your vehicle wasoriginally equipped with four tiresthat were the same size and you areonly replacing two of the four tires,install the new tires on the rear axle.Placing new tires on the front axlemay cause loss of vehicle control insome driving conditions and cause anaccident and personal injury

WDI0259

Do-it-yourself 8-41

∙ If the wheels are changed for any rea-son, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimen-sion. Wheels of a different off-setcould cause premature tire wear, de-grade vehicle handling characteris-tics, affect the VDC system and/or in-terference with the brake discs. Suchinterference can lead to decreasedbraking efficiency and/or early brakepad/shoe wear. For additional infor-mation on wheel off-set dimensions,refer to “Wheels and tires” in the“Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

∙ When replacing a wheel without theTPMS, such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tire pres-sure warning light will flash for ap-proximately 1 minute. The light will re-main on after 1 minute. Have yourtires replaced and/or TPMS systemreset as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.


∙ The TPMS sensor may be damaged ifit is not handled correctly. Be carefulwhen handling the TPMS sensor.

∙ When replacing the TPMS sensor, theID registration may be required. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for ID registration.

∙ Do not use a valve stem cap that is notspecified by NISSAN. The valve stemcap may become stuck.

∙ Be sure that the valve stem caps arecorrectly fitted. Otherwise the valvemay be clogged up with dirt andcause a malfunction or loss ofpressure.

∙ Do not install a damaged or deformedwheel or tire even if it has been re-paired. Such wheels or tires couldhave structural damage and could failwithout warning.

∙ The use of retread tires is notrecommended.

∙ For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In-formation Booklet.

CAUTIONAlways use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-beltedor radial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and maydamage the transmission, transfer caseand differential gears (AWD models).

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced withtires of the same size, brand, constructionand tread pattern. The tire pressure andwheel alignment should also be checkedand corrected as necessary. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Wheel balanceUnbalanced wheels may affect vehiclehandling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,they should be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

8-42 Do-it-yourself

∙ For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety In-formation” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation Booklet.

Care of wheels∙ Wash the wheels when washing the ve-

hicle to maintain their appearance.

∙ Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the undersideof the vehicle is washed.

∙ Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

∙ Inspect wheel rims regularly for dentsor corrosion. Such damage may causeloss of pressure or poor seal at the tirebead.

∙ NISSAN recommends waxing the roadwheels to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire)When replacing a wheel without the TPMSsuch as the spare tire, the TPMS will notfunction.

Observe the following precautions if theTEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must beused. Otherwise, your vehicle could bedamaged or involved in an accident:

WARNING∙ The spare tire should be used for

emergency use only. It should be re-placed with the standard tire at thefirst opportunity to avoid possible tireor differential damage.

∙ Drive carefully while the TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoidsharp turns and abrupt braking whiledriving.

∙ Periodically check spare tire inflationpressure. Always keep the pressure ofthe TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tireat 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).

∙ With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire installed do not drive the vehicleat speeds faster than 50 mph(80 km/h).

∙ When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire should be used on therear wheels and the original tire usedon the front wheels (drive wheels).

∙ Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a fasterrate than the standard tire. Replacethe spare tire as soon as the treadwear indicators appear.

∙ Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

∙ Do not use more than one spare tire atthe same time.

∙ Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed.

CAUTION∙ Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO-

RARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire chainswill not fit properly and may causedamage to the vehicle.

∙ Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire is smaller than the originaltire, ground clearance is reduced. Toavoid damage to the vehicle, do notdrive over obstacles. Also, do not drivethe vehicle through an automatic carwash since it may get caught.

Do-it-yourself 8-43

MEMO

8-44 Do-it-yourself

9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Where to go for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Explanation of general maintenanceitems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 9-5Emission control system maintenance:. . . . . . . 9-5Chassis and body maintenance:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Additional Maintenance Items forsevere operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Maintenance under severe operatingconditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Severe driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Maintenance log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11

Some day-to-day and regular mainte-nance is essential to maintain your vehiclegood mechanical condition, as well as itsemissions and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make surethat the scheduled maintenance, as well asgeneral maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesproper maintenance. You are a vital link inthe maintenance chain.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGeneral maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normalday-to-day operation. They are essentialfor proper vehicle operation. It is your re-sponsibility to perform these proceduresregularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checksrequires minimal mechanical skill and onlya few general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be doneby yourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, a NISSAN dealer.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEThe maintenance items listed in this sec-tion are required to be serviced at regularintervals. However under severe drivingconditions, additional or more frequentmaintenance will be required.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEIf maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up-to-date with thelatest service information through techni-cal bulletins, service tips and training pro-grams. They are fully qualified to work onNISSAN vehicles before work begins.

If your vehicle is involved in a collision, it isrecommended that you ask your NISSANdealer where the nearest NISSAN CertifiedCollision Center is located, or go tohttp://collision.nissanusa.com.

You can be confident that a NISSAN deal-er’s service department can perform theservice needed to meet the maintenancerequirements on your vehicle.

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance shouldbe performed regularly as prescribed inthis section. If you detect any unusualsounds, vibrations or smells, be sure tocheck for the cause or have it checkedpromptly. In addition, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer if you thinkthat repairs are required.

When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, closely observe the “Mainte-nance precautions” in the “Do-it-yourself ”section of this manual.

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMSAdditional information on the followingitems with “ * ” is found in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe performed from time to time, unlessotherwise specified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that thedoors and engine hood operate properly.Also ensure that all latches lock securely.Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollersand links if necessary. Make sure that the

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

9-2 Maintenance and schedules

secondary latch keeps the hood fromopening when the primary latch is re-leased.

When driving in areas using road salt orother corrosive materials, check lubrica-tion frequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and in-stalled securely. Also check headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When check-ing the tires, make sure no wheel nuts aremissing, and check for any loose wheelnuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated ev-ery 7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeoften and always prior to long distancetrips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in alltires, including the spare, to the pressurespecified. Check carefully for damage, cutsor excessive wear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace theTPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve coreand cap when the tires are replaced due towear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detect un-even or abnormal tire wear, there may be aneed for wheel alignment. If the steeringwheel or seat vibrates at normal highwayspeeds, wheel balancing may be needed.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) inthe Warranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield at leastevery six months for cracks or other dam-age. Have a damaged windshield repairedby a qualified repair facility. It is recom-mended that you have a damaged wind-shield repaired by a NISSAN dealer, or aNISSAN Certified Collision Center. To locatea collision center in your area, refer tohttp://collision.nissanusa.com.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked on a regular basis, such aswhen performing scheduled maintenance,cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure thepedal does not catch or require uneveneffort. Keep the floor mat away from thepedal.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenly goesdown further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longerto stop, have your vehicle checked imme-diately. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service. Keep thefloor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pullthe vehicle to one side when applied.

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) P (Park) position mechanism: On afairly steep hill check that the vehicle is heldsecurely with the shift lever in the P (Park)position without applying any brakes.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with onlythe parking brake applied. If the parkingbrake needs adjustment, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Maintenance and schedules 9-3

Seats: Check seat position controls suchas seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc., toensure they operate smoothly and alllatches lock securely in every position.Check that the head restraints/headrestsmove up and down smoothly and the locks(if so equipped) hold securely in all latchedpositions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (for example, buckles, anchors,adjusters and retractors) operate properlyand smoothly, and are installed securely.Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying,wear or damage.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering system, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure allwarning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operatingthe heater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Checkthat the wipers and washer operate prop-erly and that the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked periodically (for example, eachtime you check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery (except for maintenance freebatteries)*: Check the fluid level in eachcell. It should be between the UPPER LEVELand LOWER LEVEL lines. Vehicles operatedin high temperatures or under severe con-ditions require frequent checks of the bat-tery fluid level.

Battery (for maintenance free batter-ies)*: This vehicle is equipped with a sealedmaintenance free battery. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forservice.

NOTE:


1. Installation or extended use of elec-tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is notrunning (Phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.).

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.


Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MAX and MIN lineson the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belt*: Make sure the drive beltis not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level spot andturning off the engine. Wait more than15 minutes for the oil to drain back into theoil pan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If thesound of the exhaust seems unusual orthere is a smell of exhaust fumes, immedi-ately have the exhaust system inspected. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Exhaust gas (carbon mon-oxide)” in the “Starting and driving” sectionof this manual.


Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle forfuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after useis normal. If you should notice any leaks or iffuel fumes are evident, check for the causeand have it corrected immediately.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks, defor-mation, rot or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to control dust. Itis very important to remove these sub-stances, otherwise rust may form on thefloor pan, frame, fuel lines and around theexhaust system. At the end of winter, theunderbody should be thoroughly flushedwith plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accu-mulate. For additional information, refer tothe “Appearance and care” section of thismanual.

Windshield-washer fluid*: Check thatthere is adequate fluid in the reservoir.

The following descriptions are provided togive you a better understanding of thescheduled maintenance items that shouldbe regularly checked or replaced. Themaintenance schedule indicates at whichmileage/time intervals each item requiresservice.

In addition to scheduled maintenance,your vehicle requires that some items bechecked during normal day-to-day opera-tion. For additional information, refer to“General maintenance” in this section.

Items marked with “*” are recommendedby NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation.You are not required to perform mainte-nance on these items in order to maintainthe warranties which come with yourNISSAN. Other maintenance items and in-tervals are required.

When applicable, additional informationcan be found in the “Do-it-yourself ” sectionof this manual.

NOTE:

NISSAN does not advocate the use ofnon-OEM approved aftermarket flush-ing systems and strongly advisesagainst performing these services on aNISSAN product. Many of the aftermar-ket flushing systems use non-OEM ap-proved chemicals or solvents, the use ofwhich has not been validated by NISSAN.

For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids,grease, and refrigerant, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capaci-ties” in the “Technical and consumer in-formation” section of this manual.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMMAINTENANCE:Drive belt*: Check engine drive belt forwear, fraying or cracking and for propertension. Replace any damaged drive belt.

Engine air filter: Replace at specified inter-vals. When driving for prolonged periods industy conditions, check/replace the filtermore frequently.

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS


Engine coolant*: Replace coolant at thespecified interval. When adding or replac-ing coolant, be sure to use only GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)or equivalent with the proper mixture. (Foradditional information on the proper mix-ture for your area, refer to “Engine coolingsystem” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section ofthis manual.)

NOTE:

Mixing any other type of coolant or theuse of non-distilled water may reducethe recommended service interval of thecoolant.

Engine oil and oil filter: Replace engine oiland oil filter at the specified intervals. Forrecommended oil grade and viscosity referto “Recommended fluids/lubricants andcapacities” in the “Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

Engine valve clearance*: Inspect only ifvalve noise increase. Adjust valve clearanceif necessary.

Evaporative emissions control vaporlines*: Check vapor lines for leaks or loose-ness. Tighten connections or replace partsas necessary.

Fuel filter*: Periodic maintenance is not re-quired. (in-tank type filter)

Fuel lines*: Check the fuel hoses, pipingand connections for leaks, looseness, ordeterioration. Tighten connections or re-place parts as necessary.

Spark plugs: Replace at specified intervals.Install new plugs of the same type as origi-nally equipped.

CHASSIS AND BODYMAINTENANCE:Brake lines and cables: Visually inspect forproper installation. Check for chafing,cracks, deterioration, and signs of leaking.Replace any deteriorated or damagedparts immediately.

Brake pads and rotors: Check for wear,deterioration and fluid leaks. Replace anydeteriorated or damaged parts immedi-ately.

Exhaust system: Visually inspect the ex-haust pipes, muffler and hangers for leaks,cracks, deterioration, and damage. Tightenconnections or replace parts as necessary.

In-cabin microfilter: Replace at specifiedintervals. When driving for prolonged peri-ods in dusty conditions, replace the filtermore frequently.

Propeller shaft(s): Check for damage,looseness, and grease leakage. (AWD)

Steering gear and linkage, axle and sus-pension parts, drive shaft boots: Checkfor damage, looseness, and leakage of oilor grease. Under severe driving conditions,inspect more frequently.

Tire rotation: Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km) according to the in-structions under “Explanation of generalmaintenance items” in this section. Whenrotating tires, check for damage and un-even wear. Replace if necessary.

Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil,transfer case oil: Visually inspect for signsof leakage at specified intervals.

If towing a trailer, using a camper or car-topcarrier, or driving on rough or muddy roads:

∙ Replace the fluid/oil every 20,000 miles(32,000 km) or 24 months.


∙ Replace the CVT fluid every 60,000 miles(96,000 km) or request the dealer to in-spect the fluid deterioration data usinga CONSULT. If the deterioration data ismore than 210000, replace the CVT fluid.

Off-Road Maintenance Check the follow-ing items frequently whenever you driveoff-road through deep sand, mud or water:

∙ Brake pads and rotors

∙ Differential, transmission and transfercase oil

∙ Steering linkage

∙ Propeller shaft(s) and front drive shafts

∙ Engine air filter

To help ensure smooth, safe and economi-cal driving, NISSAN provides two mainte-nance schedules that may be used, de-pending upon the conditions in which youusually drive. These schedules containboth distance and time intervals, up to120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months. Formost people, the odometer reading will in-dicate when service is needed. However, ifyou drive very little, your vehicle should beserviced at the regular time intervalsshown in the schedule.

After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months, continue maintenance at thesame mileage/time intervals.

ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMSFOR SEVERE OPERATINGCONDITIONSAdditional maintenance items for severeoperating conditions should be per-formed on vehicles that are driven underespecially demanding conditions. Addi-tional maintenance items should be per-formed if you primarily operate your vehicleunder the following conditions:

∙ Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles(8 km).

∙ Repeated short trips of less than10 miles (16 km) with outside tempera-tures remaining below freezing.

∙ Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.

∙ Extensive idling and/or low speed driv-ing for long distances, such as police,taxi or door-to-door delivery use.

∙ Driving in dusty conditions.

∙ Driving on rough, muddy or salt spreadroads.

∙ Towing a trailer, using a camper or usinga car-top carrier.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES


The following tables show the standardmaintenance schedule. Depending uponweather and atmospheric conditions,varying road surfaces, individual drivinghabits and vehicle usage, additional or

more frequent maintenance may be re-quired. After 120,000 miles(192,000 km)/96 months, continuemaintenance at the same mileage/timeinterval.

STANDARD MAINTENANCEAbbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONPerform at number of miles, kilometers or

months, whichever comes first.

Miles x 1,000(km x 1,000)

Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL7.5(12)6

15(24)12

22.5(36)18

30(48)24

37.5(60)30

45(72)36

52.5(84)42

60(96)48

67.5(108)

54

75(120)60

82.5(132)66

90(144)

72

97.5(156)78

105(168)84

112.5(180)

90

120(192)96

Air cleaner filter NOTE (1) R R R RBrake fluid� R R R RBrake lines and cables I I I I I I I IBrake pads and rotors� I I I I I I I ICVT fluid NOTE (2) I I I I I I I IDrive belt NOTE (3) I* I* I* I* I*Engine coolant* NOTE (4)(5)Engine oil & oil filter� R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R REVAP vapor lines I* I* I* I*Exhaust system� I I I IFuel filter NOTE (6)Fuel lines I* I* I* I*In-cabin microfilter R R R R R R R RIntake & exhaust valve clearance* NOTE (7)NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery I R R R RPropeller shaft & drive shaft boots (AWD models)� I I I I I I I ISpark plugs NOTE (8) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)Steering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts� I I I ITire rotation NOTE (9)Transfer fluid & differential gear oil NOTE (10) I I I I I I I I

STANDARD MAINTENANCE


NOTE:

Maintenance items with “�” should be performed more frequently according to the “Maintenance under severe driving condi-tions”.(1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.(2) If using a car-top carrier or driving on rough or muddy roads, inspect CVT fluid deterioration every 60,000 miles (96,000 km)then change CVT fluid if necessary. And if the inspection is not performed, change (not just inspect) CVT fluid every 60,000 miles(96,000 km). It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.(3) After 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months. Replace the drive belts iffound damaged.(4) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After first replacement, replace every 75,000 miles(120,000 km) or 60 months.(5) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with proper mixture ratio of 50% antifreeze and 50%demineralized or distilled water. Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non-distilled water may reduce the life expectancyof the factory-fill coolant.(6) Periodic maintenance is not required.(7) Periodic maintenance is not required. However, if valve noise increased, inspect valve clearance.(8) Replace spark plug when the plug gap exceeds 0.055 in (1.4 mm) even if within specified replacement mileage.(9) For additional information on tire rotation, refer to “General maintenance” in the section.(10) If towing a trailer, using a camper or a car-top, or driving on rough or muddy roads, change (not just inspect) oil at every 20,000(32,000 km) or 24 months.

* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not performsuch maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items andintervals are required.


The maintenance intervals shown on thepreceding pages are for normal operatingconditions. If the vehicle is mainly operatedunder severe driving conditions as shownbelow, more frequent maintenance mustbe performed on the following items asshown in the table.

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS∙ Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles

(8 km).

∙ Repeated short trips of less than10 miles (16 km) with outside tempera-tures remaining below freezing.

∙ Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.

∙ Extensive idling and/or low speed driv-ing for long distance, such as police, taxior door-to-door delivery use.

∙ Driving in dusty conditions.

∙ Driving on rough, muddy or salt spreadroads.

∙ Towing a trailer, using a camper or usinga car-top carrier.

Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary.

Maintenance item Maintenance operation Maintenance intervalBrake fluid Replace Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12 monthsBrake pads & rotors Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 monthsEngine oil & oil filter Replace Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 monthsExhaust system Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 monthsPropeller shaft & drive shaft boots (AWD models) Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 monthsSteering gear & linkage, axle & suspension parts Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 months

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVEREOPERATING CONDITIONS


7,500 Miles (12,000 km) or 6MonthsDealer Name:Date:Mileage:DealerStamp:









MAINTENANCE LOG









Miles ( km) orMonths

Dealer Name:Date:Mileage:DealerStamp:




MEMO


10 Technical and consumer information

Recommended fluids/lubricants andcapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Fuel recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3Engine oil and oil filterrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6Air conditioner system refrigerant andoil recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

When traveling or registering in anothercountry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Vehicle identification number(chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . 10-11Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . 10-11Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Air conditioner specification label. . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Installing front license plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13

Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Securing the load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Maximum load limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Towing load/specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Flat towing for all–wheel drive vehicle(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Flat towing for front wheel drive vehicle(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26

Uniform tire quality grading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Emission control system warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

Event Data Recorders (EDR). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Additional Data Recording (on vehiclesequipped with optional ProPILOTAssist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31

Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the proceduredescribed in the “Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid typeCapacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Fuel 55 L 14-1/2 gal 12-1/8 gal • For additional information, refer to “Fuel recommendation” inthis section.

Engine oil*1Drain and refill*1: For additionalinformation, refer to “Engineoil” in the “Do-it-yourself ”section of this manual.

With oil filterchange 4.6 L 4-7/8 qt 4 qt

• Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20 SN” (or equivalent) isrecommended.• If the above motor oil (or engine oil) is not available, a synthetic0W-20 GF-5 SN motor oil (or engine oil) may be used. Damagecaused by the use of motor oil (or engine oil) other than as rec-ommended is not covered under NISSAN’s New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. For additional information, refer to “Engine oil and oilfilter recommendations” in this section.

Without oil filterchange 4.3 L 4-1/2 qt 3-3/4 qt

Engine coolantwith reservoir 8.1 L 2-1/8 gal 1-3/4 gal • Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)

or equivalent

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — —

• Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3• NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (orequivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids.Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT FluidNS-3 may damage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluidsother than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN’s NewVehicle Limited Warranty.

Differential gear oil — — — • Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 orequivalent conventional (non-synthetic) oilTransfer oil — — —

Brake fluid — — —• Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalentDOT 3*2: Available in mainland USA through a NISSAN dealer.

Multi-purpose grease — — — • NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Soap base)

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

10-2 Technical and consumer information

Fluid typeCapacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — —• HFC-134a (R-134a)• For additional information, refer to “Air conditioner system re-frigerant and oil recommendations” in this section.

Air conditioning system oil — — —• NISSAN A/C System Oil Type ND-OIL8 or exact equivalents• For additional information, refer to “Air conditioner system re-frigerant and oil recommendations” in this section.

Windshield-washer fluid 5 L 1-3/8 gal 1-1/8 gal • Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & An-tifreeze or equivalent

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONUse unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

CAUTION∙ Only vehicles with the E-85 filler door

label can operate on E-85. Fuel systemor other damage can occur if E-85 isused in vehicles that are not designedto run on E-85.

∙ Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectthe warranty coverage.

∙ Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

∙ Do not use a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol in your vehicle. Yourvehicle is not designed to run on a fuelcontaining more than 15% ethanol.Using a fuel containing more than 15%ethanol in a vehicle not specificallydesigned for a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol can adversely affectthe emission control devices and sys-tems of the vehicle. Damage causedby such fuel is not covered by theNISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

∙ Do not use fuel that contains the oc-tane booster methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Usingfuel containing MMT may adverselyaffect vehicle performance and ve-hicle emissions. Not all fuel dispens-ers are labeled to indicate MMT con-tent, so you may have to consult yourgasoline retailer for more details.Note that Federal and California lawsprohibit the use of MMT in reformu-lated gasoline.

∙ U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percentagefor that region.

Technical and consumer information 10-3

Gasoline specificationsNISSAN recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC)specifications where it is available. Many ofthe automobile manufacturers developedthis specification to improve emission con-trol system and vehicle performance. Askyour service station manager if the gaso-line meets the WWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producing re-formulated gasolines. These gasolines arespecially designed to reduce vehicle emis-sions. NISSAN supports efforts towardscleaner air and suggests that you use re-formulated gasoline when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain-ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MethylTert-butyl Ether (MTBE) and methanol withor without advertising their presence.NISSAN does not recommend the use offuels of which the oxygenate content andthe fuel compatibility for your NISSAN can-not be readily determined. If in doubt, askyour service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline,please take the following precautions asthe usage of such fuels may cause vehicleperformance problems and/or fuel systemdamage.

∙ The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

∙ If an oxygenate-blend other thanmethanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 15% oxygenate.

∙ If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitableamount of appropriate cosolventsand corrosion inhibitors. If not prop-erly formulated with appropriate co-solvents and corrosion inhibitors,such methanol blends may cause fuelsystem damage and/or vehicle per-formance problems. At this time, suf-ficient data is not available to ensurethat all methanol blends are suitablefor use in NISSAN vehicles.

If any driveability problems such as enginestalling and difficult hot-starting are expe-rienced after using oxygenate-blend fuels,

immediately change to a non-oxygenatefuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during re-fueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

E–15 fuelE-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15%fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline.E-15 can only be used in vehicles designedto run on E-15 fuel. U.S. government regula-tions require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified with small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percent-age for that region.

E–85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85%fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline.E-85 can only be used in a Flexible FuelVehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 in your ve-hicle. U.S. government regulations requirefuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation or theappropriate percentage for that region.


Fuel containing MMTMMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boosting ad-ditive. NISSAN does not recommend theuse of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel mayadversely affect vehicle performance, in-cluding the emissions control system. Notethat while some fuel pumps label MMTcontent, not all do, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer for more de-tails.

Aftermarket fuel additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use ofany aftermarket fuel additives (for ex-ample, fuel injector cleaner, octanebooster, intake valve deposit removers,etc.) which are sold commercially. Many ofthese additives intended for gum, varnishor deposit removal may contain active sol-vents or similar ingredients that can beharmful to the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended cancause persistent, heavy “spark knock.”(“Spark knock” is a metallic rappingnoise.) If severe, this can lead to enginedamage. If you detect a persistent heavyspark knock even when using gasolineof the stated octane rating, or if you hearsteady spark knock while holding asteady speed on level roads, it is recom-mended that you have a NISSAN dealercorrect the condition. Failure to correctthe condition is misuse of the vehicle, forwhich NISSAN is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing may result inspark knock, after-run and/or overheating,which may cause excessive fuel consump-tion or engine damage. If any of the abovesymptoms are encountered, have your ve-hicle checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nota cause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.


ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATIONSSelecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade,quality and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance.For additional information, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities”in this section. NISSAN recommends theuse of an energy conserving oil in order toimprove fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet theAmerican Petroleum Institute (API) certifi-

cation or International Lubricant Standard-ization and Approval Committee (ILSAC)certification and SAE viscosity standard.These oils have the API certification markon the front of the container. Oils which donot have the specified quality label shouldnot be used as they could cause enginedamage.

Oil additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter orhas been previously used should not beused.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thicknesschanges with temperature. Because ofthis, it is important to select the engine oilviscosity based on the temperatures atwhich the vehicle will be operated beforethe next oil change. Choosing an oil viscos-ity other than that recommended couldcause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with ahigh-quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter orits equivalent for the reason described in“Change intervals.”

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals foryour engine are based on the use of thespecified quality oils and filters. Using en-gine oil and filters that are not of the speci-fied quality, or exceeding recommended oiland filter change intervals could reduceengine life. Damage to the engine causedby improper maintenance or use of incor-

LTI2051


rect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity isnot covered by the NISSAN New VehicleLimited Warranty.

Your engine was filled with a high-qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not haveto change the oil before the first recom-mended change interval. Oil and filterchange intervals depend upon how youuse your vehicle.

Operation under the following conditionsmay require more frequent oil and filterchanges:

∙ repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures

∙ driving in dusty conditions

∙ extensive idling

∙ towing a trailer

∙ stop and go commuting

For additional information, refer to the“Maintenance and schedules” section ofthis manual.

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND OILRECOMMENDATIONSThe air conditioner system in yourNISSAN vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) andNISSAN A/C system oil Type ND-OIL8 orthe exact equivalents.

CAUTIONThe use of any other refrigerant or oilwill cause severe damage to the air con-ditioning system and will require the re-placement of all air conditioner systemcomponents.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant doesnot affect the earth’s atmosphere, certaingovernment regulations require the recov-ery and recycling of any refrigerant duringautomotive air conditioner system service.A NISSAN dealer has the trained techni-cians and equipment needed to recoverand recycle your air conditioner system re-frigerant.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer when servicing your air conditionersystem.


ENGINE

Model QR25DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHCCylinder arrangement 4-cylinderBore x Stroke in (mm) 3.504 x 3.937 (89.0 x 100.0)Displacement cu in (cm3) 151.82 (2,488)Firing order 1-3-4-2

Idle speed

No adjustment is necessary.CVT (in N position)Ignition timing (degree B.T.D.C. at idle speed)CO % at idle

Spark plug FXE20HE-11CSpark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chainThis spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

SPECIFICATIONS


WHEELS AND TIRESWheel type Offset in (mm) Size

Steel 1.38 (35) 17 x 7JAluminum 1.38 (35) 17 x 7JAluminum 1.38 (35) 18 x 7JAluminum 1.57 (40) 19 x 7JT-type (Steel spare) 1.18 (30) 16 x 4TT-type (Steel spare) 1.18 (30) 17 x 4T

Tires Size225/65R17225/60R18225/55R19

Spare tiresTemporary spare T145/90D16Temporary spare T155/90D17

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTSOverall length in (mm) 184.5 (4,686)Overall width in (mm) 72.4 (1,840)Overall height

with All-wheel drive in (mm) 68.5 (1,741)with front wheel drive in (mm) 68.0 (1,726)

Front and Rear Track in (mm) 62.8 (1,595)Wheelbase in (mm) 106.5 (2,706)Gross vehicle weight rating lbs. (kg) Refer to the “F.M.V.S.S./C.M.

V.S.S. certification label” onthe center pillar betweenthe driver’s side front and

rear doors.

Gross axle weight ratingFront lbs. (kg)Rear lbs. (kg)


When planning to drive your NISSAN ve-hicle in another country, you should firstfind out if the fuel available is suitable foryour vehicle's engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is toolow may cause engine damage. All gaso-line vehicles must be operated with un-leaded gasoline. Therefore, avoid takingyour vehicle to areas where appropriatefuel is not available.

When transferring the registration ofyour vehicle to another country, state,province or district, it may be necessaryto modify the vehicle to meet local lawsand regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standardsvary according to the country, state, prov-ince or district; therefore, vehicle specifica-tions may differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, trans-portation and registration are the re-sponsibility of the user. NISSAN is not re-sponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATEThe VIN plate is attached as shown. Thisnumber is the identification for your vehicleand is used in the vehicle registration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)The vehicle identification number is lo-cated as shown.

LTI2050 LTI2270

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERINGIN ANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATIONLABELThe Federal/Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standard (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certifi-cation label is affixed as shown. This labelcontains valuable vehicle information, suchas: (GVWR), (GAWR), month and year ofmanufacture, (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABELThe emission control information label isattached to the underside of the hood asshown.

WTI0096 WTI0099 LTI2072


TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABELThe cold tire pressure is shown on the Tireand Loading Information label. The label islocated as shown.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABELThe air conditioner specification label is af-fixed to the underside of the hood asshown.

NOTE:

This procedure shows the installation ofone style of front license plate bracket.The procedures for installing otherstyles of front license plate brackets isthe same as shown below.

To mount the front license plate, attach thelicense plate bracket to the bumper fasciaat the location marks (small dimples) usingthe two provided screws �A .

LTI2251 LTI2271 LTI2352

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


WARNING∙ It is extremely dangerous to

ride in a cargo area inside a ve-hicle. In a collision, people ridingin these areas are more likely tobe seriously injured or killed.

∙ Do not allow people to ride inany area of your vehicle that isnot equipped with seats andseat belts.

∙ Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMSIt is important to familiarize yourselfwith the following terms beforeloading your vehicle:

∙ Curb Weight (actual weight ofyour vehicle) - vehicle weight in-cluding: standard and optionalequipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly.This weight does not includepassengers and cargo.

∙ GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weightof passengers and cargo.

∙ GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other op-tional equipment. This informa-tion is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

∙ GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limitspecified for the front or rear axle.This information is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

∙ GCWR (Gross Combined Weightrating) - The maximum totalweight rating of the vehicle, pas-sengers, cargo, and trailer.

∙ Vehicle Capacity Weight, Loadlimit, Total load capacity - maxi-mum total weight limit specifiedof the load (passengers andcargo) for the vehicle. This is themaximum combined weight ofoccupants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If the ve-hicle is used to tow a trailer, thetrailer tongue weight must be in-cluded as part of the cargo load.This information is located on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

∙ Cargo capacity - permissibleweight of cargo, the subtractedweight of occupants from theload limit.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITYBefore driving a loaded vehicle, con-firm that you do not exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)or the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) for your vehicle. Both theGVWR and GAWR are located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.For additional information, refer to“Measurement of weights” in thissection.Do not exceed the load limit of yourvehicle shown as “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo” onthe Tire and Loading Information la-bel. Do not exceed the number ofoccupants shown as “Seating Ca-pacity” on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label.To get “the combined weight of oc-cupants and cargo”, add the weightof all occupants, then add the totalluggage weight. Examples areshown in the following illustration.

ExampleLTI2320


Steps for determining correctload limit

1. Locate the statement “The com-bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXlbs. or XXX kg” on your vehicle’sTire and Loading Information la-bel.

2. Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengersthat will be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weightof the driver and passengersfrom XXX lbs. or XXX kg.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For ex-ample, if the XXX amount equals1,400 lbs. and there will be five150 lbs. passengers in your ve-hicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capac-ity is 650 lbs. (1,400-750 (5 X 150) =650 lbs.) or (640-340 (5 X 70) =300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weightof luggage and cargo beingloaded on the vehicle. Thatweight may not safely exceedthe available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated instep 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to deter-mine how this reduces the avail-able cargo and luggage load ca-pacity of your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, con-firm that you do not exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)or the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) for your vehicle. For addi-tional information, refer to “Measure-ment of weights” in this section.Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. For additional informa-tion, refer to the “Tire and LoadingInformation label” in this section.

SECURING THE LOADThere are luggage hooks (if so equipped)located in the cargo area as shown. Thehooks can be used to secure cargo withropes or other types of straps.

When securing items using luggagehooks located on the side finisher do notapply a load over more than 6.5 lbs. (29 N)to a single hook.

The luggage hooks that are located onthe floor should have loads less than110 lbs. (490 N) to a single hook.

Cargo area luggage hooksLIC2629


WARNING∙ Properly secure all cargo with ropes or

straps to help prevent it from slidingor shifting. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

∙ The child restraint top tether strapmay be damaged by contact withitems in the cargo area. Secure anyitems in the cargo area. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed in acollision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

∙ Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximum frontand rear GAWRs. If you do, parts ofyour vehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can change the wayyour vehicle handles. This could resultin loss of control and cause personalinjury.

LOADING TIPS∙ The GVW must not exceed GVWR

or GAWR as specified on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

∙ Do not load the front and rearaxle to the GAWR. Doing so willexceed the GVWR.

WARNING∙ Properly secure all cargo with

ropes or straps to help preventit from sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

∙ Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts of yourvehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can change theway your vehicle handles. Thiscould result in loss of controland cause personal injury.

∙ Overloading not only canshorten the life of your vehicleand the tire, but can also causeunsafe vehicle handling andlonger braking distances. Thismay cause a premature tire fail-ure which could result in a seri-ous accident and personal in-jury. Failures caused byoverloading are not covered bythe vehicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSSecure loose items to preventweight shifts that could affect thebalance of your vehicle. When the ve-hicle is loaded, drive to a scale andweigh the front and the rear wheelsseparately to determine axle loads.Individual axle loads should not ex-ceed either of the GAWR. The total ofthe axle loads should not exceed theGVWR. These ratings are given onthe vehicle certification label. Ifweight ratings are exceeded, moveor remove items to bring all weightsbelow the ratings.


WARNINGOverloading or improper loading of atrailer and its cargo can adversely affectvehicle handling, braking and perfor-mance and may lead to accidents.

CAUTION∙ Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy

load for the first 500 miles (805 km).Your engine, axle or other parts couldbe damaged.

∙ For the first 500 miles (805 km) thatyou tow a trailer, do not drive over50 mph (80 km/h) and do not makestarts at full throttle. This helps theengine and other parts of your vehiclewear in at the heavier loads.

NOTE:

Tow hitches are available as an acces-sory for this vehicle. If a tow hitch is in-stalled, the liftgate electronic controlunit (ECU) needs to be replaced with anECU programmed with towing logic forthe Motion-Activated Liftgate to func-tion properly.

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo.Remember that towing a trailer places ad-ditional loads on your vehicle’s engine,drive train, steering, braking and other sys-tems.

A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is avail-able on the website atwww.nissanusa.com. This guide includesinformation on trailer towing capability andthe special equipment required for propertowing.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITSMaximum trailer loadsNever allow the total trailer load to exceedthe value specified in the “TowingLoad/Specification” chart found in this sec-tion. The total trailer load equals trailerweight plus its cargo weight.

The maximum Gross Combined WeightRating (GCWR) should not exceed the valuespecified in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart.

The Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)equals the combined weight of the towingvehicle (including passengers and cargo)plus the total trailer load. Towing loadsgreater than these or using improper tow-ing equipment could adversely affect ve-hicle handling, braking and performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer isnot only related to the maximum trailerloads, but also the places you plan to tow.Tow weights appropriate for level highwaydriving may have to be reduced for lowtraction situations (for example, on slipperyboat ramps).

LTI2105

TOWING A TRAILER


Temperature conditions can also affecttowing. For example, towing a heavy trailerin high outside temperatures on gradedroads can affect engine performance andcause overheating. The engine protectionmode, which helps reduce the chance ofengine damage, could activate and auto-matically decrease engine power. Vehiclespeed may decrease under high load. Planyour trip carefully to account for trailer andvehicle load, weather and road conditions.

WARNINGOverheating can result in reduced en-gine power and vehicle speed. The re-duced speed may be lower than othertraffic, which could increase the chanceof a collision. Be especially careful whendriving. If the vehicle cannot maintain asafe driving speed, pull to the side of theroad in a safe area. Allow the engine tocool and return to normal operation. Foradditional information, refer to “If yourvehicle overheats” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

CAUTIONVehicle damage resulting from im-proper towing procedures is not cov-ered by NISSAN warranties.

Tongue loadWhen using a weight carrying or a weightdistributing hitch, keep the tongue load be-tween 10 - 15% of the total trailer load or usethe trailer tongue load specified by thetrailer manufacturer. The tongue loadmust be within the maximum tongue loadlimits shown in the following “TowingLoad/Specification” chart. If the tongueload becomes excessive, rearrange cargoto allow for proper tongue load.

WTI0160


Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight(GVW)/maximum Gross AxleWeight (GAW)The GVW of the towing vehicle must notexceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label. The GVW equals thecombined weight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongueload and any other optional equipment. Inaddition, front or rear GAW must not ex-ceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label.

Towing capacities are calculated assum-ing a base vehicle with driver and any op-tions required to achieve the rating. Addi-tional passengers, cargo and/or optionalequipment, such as the trailer hitch, willadd weight to the vehicle and reduce yourvehicle’s maximum towing capacity andtrailer tongue load.

The vehicle and trailer need to be weighedto confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR,Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross CombinedWeight Rating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.

All vehicle and trailer weights can be mea-sured using platform type scales com-monly found at truck stops, highway weighstations, building supply centers or salvageyards.

To determine the available payload capac-ity for tongue/king pin load, use the follow-ing procedure.

1. Locate the GVWR on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with allof the passengers and cargo that arenormally in the vehicle when towing atrailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight fromthe GVWR. The remaining amount isthe available maximum tongue/kingpin load.

To determine the available towing capacity,use the following procedure.

1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the"Towing Load/Specification" chartfound in this section.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weightfrom the GCWR. The remaining amountis the available maximum towing ca-pacity.

To determine the Gross Trailer Weight,weigh your trailer on a scale with all equip-ment and cargo, that are normally in thetrailer when it is towed. Make sure theGross trailer weight is not more than theGross Trailer Weight Rating shown on thetrailer and is not more than the calculatedavailable maximum towing capacity.

Also weigh the front and rear axles on thescale to make sure the Front Gross AxleWeight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are notmore than Front Gross Axle Weight andRear Gross Axle Weight on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The

LTI2106


cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need tobe moved or removed to meet the speci-fied ratings.

Example:

∙ Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighedon a scale - including passengers, cargoand hitch - 6,350 lbs. (2,880 kg).

∙ Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)from F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel - 7,250 lbs. (3,289 kg).

∙ Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)from “Towing Load/Specification" chart- 15,100 lbs. (6,849 kg).

∙ Maximum Trailer towing capacity from“Towing Load/Specification" chart -9,100 lbs. (4,128 kg).

7,250 lbs. (3,289 kg) GVWR– 6,350 lbs. (2,880 kg) GVW

= 900 lbs. (409 kg) Available for tongueweight

15,100 lbs. (6,849 kg) GCWR– 6,350 lbs. (2,880 kg) GVW

= 9,123 lbs. (4,138 kg) Capacity available fortowing

900 lbs. (409 kg) Available tongueweight

/ 8,750 lbs. (3,969 kg) Available capacity

= 10 % tongue weight

The available towing capacity may be lessthan the maximum towing capacity due tothe passenger and cargo load in the ve-hicle.

Remember to keep trailer tongue weightbetween 10 - 15% of the trailer weight orwithin the trailer tongue load specificationrecommended by the trailer manufacturer.If the tongue load becomes excessive, re-arrange the cargo to obtain the propertongue load. Do not exceed the maximumtongue weight specification shown in the

“Towing Load/Specification” chart even ifthe calculated available tongue weight isgreater than 15%. If the calculated tongueweight is less than 10%, reduce the totaltrailer weight to match the availabletongue weight.

Always verify that available capacities arewithin the required ratings.

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION

WARNINGThe towing capacities provided in thismanual are for general reference only.The safe towing capacity of your vehicleis affected by dealer and factory in-stalled options and passenger andcargo loads. You must weigh the vehicleand trailer as described in this manualto determine the actual vehicle towingcapacity. Do not exceed the publishedmaximum towing capacity or the GCWRor the GVWR shown on theFMVSS/CMVSS label. Doing so can re-sult in an accident causing serious per-sonal injury or property damage.


TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHARTU.S. and Canada

Maximum Towing Capacity*1 1,102 lbs.(500 kg)

Maximum Tongue Load 110 lbs.(50 kg)

Maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating 5,291 lbs.(2,400 kg)

*1: The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options re-quired to achieve the rating. Additional passengers, cargo and/or optional equipment will add weight tothe vehicle and reduce your vehicle’s maximum towing capacity.

TOWING SAFETYTrailer hitchYour vehicle may be equipped with an op-tional trailer tow package. The trailer towpackage includes a receiver-type framemounted hitch. This hitch is rated for themaximum towing capacity of this vehiclewhen the proper towing equipment isused. Choose a proper ball mount andhitch ball that is rated for the trailer to betowed. Genuine NISSAN ball mounts andhitch balls are available from a NISSANdealer.

If your vehicle is not equipped with the op-tional trailer tow package, check the tow-ing capacity of your bumper hitch orreceiver-type frame mounted hitch.Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle andtrailer. A Genuine NISSAN trailer hitch isavailable from a NISSAN dealer. Make surethe trailer hitch is securely attached to thevehicle to help avoid personal injury orproperty damage due to sway caused bycrosswinds, rough road surfaces or pass-ing trucks.


WARNINGTrailer hitch components have specificweight ratings. Your vehicle may be ca-pable of towing a trailer heavier thanthe weight rating of the hitch compo-nents. Never exceed the weight ratingof the hitch components. Doing so cancause serious personal injury or prop-erty damage.

Hitch ballChoose a hitch ball of the proper size andweight rating for your trailer:

∙ The required hitch ball size is stampedon most trailer couplers. Most hitchballs also have the size printed on thetop of the ball.

∙ Choose the proper class hitch ballbased on the trailer weight.

∙ The diameter of the threaded shank ofthe hitch ball must be matched to theball mount hole diameter. The hitch ballshank should be no more than 1/16”smaller than the hole in the ball mount.

∙ The threaded shank of the hitch ballmust be long enough to be properlysecured to the ball mount. There shouldbe at least 2 threads showing beyondthe lock washer and nut.

Ball mountThe hitch ball is attached to the ball mountand the ball mount is inserted into thehitch receiver. Choose a proper class ballmount based on the trailer weight. Addi-tionally, the ball mount should be chosen tokeep the trailer tongue level with theground.

Weight carrying hitchesA weight carrying or “dead weight” ballmount is one that is designed to carry thewhole amount of tongue weight and grossweight directly on the ball mount and onthe receiver.

Weight distribution hitchThis type of hitch is also called a “load-leveling” or “equalizing” hitch. A set of barsattach to the ball mount and to the trailerto distribute the tongue weight (hitchweight) of your trailer. Many vehicles can’tcarry the full tongue weight of a giventrailer, and need some of the tongue

weight transferred through the frame andpushing down on the front wheels. Thisgives stability to the tow vehicle.

A weight-distributing hitch system (ClassIV) is recommended if you plan to tow trail-ers with a maximum weight over 5,000 lbs.(2,268 kg). Check with the trailer and towingequipment manufacturers to determine ifthey recommend the use of a weight-distributing hitch system.

NOTE:

A weight-distributing hitch system mayaffect the operation of trailer surgebrakes. If you are considering use of aweight-distributing hitch system with asurge brake-equipped trailer, check withthe surge brake, hitch or trailer manufac-turer to determine if and how this can bedone.

Follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer for installing and using theweight-distributing hitch system.

General set-up instructions are as follows:

1. Park unloaded vehicle on a level sur-face. With the ignition on and the doorsclosed, allow the vehicle to stand forseveral minutes so that it can level.


2. Measure the height of a reference pointon the front and rear bumpers at thecenter of the vehicle.

3. Attach the trailer to the vehicle and ad-just the hitch equalizers so that thefront bumper height is within 0 -.5 inches (0 – 13 mm) of the referenceheight measured in step 2. The rearbumper should be no higher than thereference height measured in step 2.

WARNINGProperly adjust the weight distributinghitch so the rear of the bumper is nohigher than the measured referenceheight when the trailer is attached. Ifthe rear bumper is higher than the mea-sured reference height when loaded,the vehicle may handle unpredictablywhich could cause a loss of vehicle con-trol and cause serious personal injury orproperty damage.

Sway control deviceSudden maneuvers, wind gusts, and buf-feting caused by other vehicles can affecttrailer handling. Sway control devices maybe used to help control these affects. If youchoose to use one, contact a reputabletrailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway

control device will work with the vehicle,hitch, trailer and the trailer’s brake system.Follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer for installing and using thesway control device.

Class I hitchClass I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to towtrailers of a maximum weight of 2,000 lbs.(907 kg).

Tire pressures∙ When towing a trailer, inflate the

vehicle tires to the recom-mended cold tire pressure indi-cated on the Tire and Loading In-formation label.

∙ Trailer tire condition, size, load rat-ing and proper inflation pressureshould be in accordance with thetrailer and tire manufacturer’sspecifications.

Safety chainsAlways use suitable safety chains betweenyour vehicle and the trailer. The safetychains should be crossed and should be

attached to the hitch, not to the vehiclebumper or axle. The safety chains can beattached to the bumper if the hitch ball ismounted to the bumper. Be sure to leaveenough slack in the chains to permit turn-ing corners.

Trailer lights

CAUTIONWhen splicing into the vehicle electricalsystem, a commercially availablepower-type module/converter must beused to provide power for all trailerlighting. This unit uses the vehicle bat-tery as a direct power source for alltrailer lights while using the vehicle taillight, stop light and turn signal circuitsas a signal source. Themodule/converter must draw no morethat 15 milliamps from the stop and taillamp circuits. Using amodule/converter that exceeds thesepower requirements may damage thevehicle’s electrical system. It is recom-mended that you visit a reputabletrailer retailer to obtain the properequipment and to have it installed.


Trailer lights should comply with federaland/or local regulations. For assistance inhooking up trailer lights, contact a NISSANdealer or reputable trailer retailer. Vehiclesequipped with the optional trailer towpackage are equipped with a 7-pin trailerharness connector. If your trailer isequipped with a flat 4-pin connector, anadapter will be needed to connect thetrailer lights to the vehicle. Adapters areavailable at auto parts stores and hitch re-tailers.

Pre-towing tips∙ Be certain your vehicle maintains a level

position when a loaded and/or un-loaded trailer is hitched. Do not drive thevehicle if it has an abnormal nose-up ornose-down condition; check for im-proper tongue load, overload, worn sus-pension or other possible causes of ei-ther condition.

∙ Always secure items in the trailer to pre-vent load shift while driving.

∙ Keep the cargo load as low as possiblein the trailer to keep the trailer center ofgravity low.

∙ Load the trailer so approximately 60%of the trailer load is in the front half and40% is in the back half. Also make surethe load is balanced side to side.

∙ Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure,vehicle tire pressure, trailer light opera-tion, and trailer wheel lug nuts everytime you attach a trailer to the vehicle.

∙ Be certain your rearview mirrors con-form to all federal, state or local regula-tions. If not, install any mirrors requiredfor towing before driving the vehicle.

∙ Determine the overall height of the ve-hicle and trailer so the required clear-ance is known.

Trailer towing tipsIn order to gain skill and an understandingof the vehicle’s behavior, you should prac-tice turning, stopping and backing up in anarea which is free from traffic. Steering sta-bility and braking performance will besomewhat different than under normaldriving conditions.

∙ Always secure items in the trailer to pre-vent load shift while driving.

∙ Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pinor lock to prevent the coupler from in-advertently becoming unlatched.

∙ Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration orstops.

∙ Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

∙ Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

∙ When backing up, hold the bottom ofthe steering wheel with one hand. Moveyour hand in the direction in which youwant the trailer to go. Make small cor-rections and back up slowly. If possible,have someone guide you when you arebacking up.

Always block the wheels on both vehicleand trailer when parking. Parking on aslope is not recommended; however, if youmust do so:

CAUTIONIf you move the shift lever to the P (Park)position before blocking the wheelsand applying the parking brake, trans-mission damage could occur.


1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Have someone place blocks on thedownhill side of the vehicle and trailerwheels.

3. After the wheel blocks are in place,slowly release the brake pedal until theblocks absorb the vehicle load.


5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).

6. Turn off the engine.

To drive away:

1. Start the vehicle.


3. Shift the transmission into gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailerare clear from the blocks.


7. Have someone retrieve and store theblocks.

∙ While going downhill, the weight of thetrailer pushing on the tow vehicle maydecrease overall stability. Therefore, tomaintain adequate control, reduce yourspeed and shift to a lower gear. Avoidlong or repeated use of the brakeswhen descending a hill, as this reducestheir effectiveness and could causeoverheating. Shifting to a lower gear in-stead provides “engine braking” and re-duces the need to brake as frequently.

∙ If the engine coolant temperature risesto a high temperature, refer to “If yourvehicle overheats” in the “In case ofemergency” section of this owner’smanual.

∙ Trailer towing requires more fuel thannormal circumstances.

∙ Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle’sfirst 500 miles (805 km).

∙ For the first 500 miles (805 km) that youdo tow, do not drive over 50 mph(80 km/h).

∙ Have your vehicle serviced more oftenthan at intervals specified. For addi-tional information, refer to "Mainte-nance schedules" in the "Maintenanceand schedules" section of this manual.

∙ When making a turn, your trailer wheelswill be closer to the inside of the turnthan your vehicle wheels. To compen-sate for this, make a larger than normalturning radius during the turn.

∙ Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect vehicle/trailer handling,possibly causing vehicle sway. Whenbeing passed by larger vehicles, be pre-pared for possible changes in cross-winds that could affect vehicle han-dling.

Do the following if the trailer begins tosway:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedalto allow the vehicle to coast and steeras straight ahead as the road condi-tions allow. This combination will helpstabilize the vehicle

– Do not correct trailer sway by steer-ing or applying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gently ap-ply the brakes and pull to the side of theroad in a safe area.

3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it isbalanced as described in this section.


∙ Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requiresconsiderably more distance than nor-mal passing. Remember, the length ofthe trailer must also pass the other ve-hicle before you can safely changelanes.

∙ Downshift the transmission to a lowergear for engine braking when drivingdown steep or long hills. This will helpslow the vehicle without applying thebrakes.

∙ Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could causethe brakes to overheat, resulting in re-duced braking efficiency.

∙ Increase your following distance to al-low for greater stopping distanceswhile towing a trailer. Anticipate stopsand brake gradually.

∙ NISSAN recommends that the cruisecontrol not be used while towing atrailer.

∙ Some states or provinces have specificregulations and speed limits for ve-hicles that are towing trailers. Obey thelocal speed limits.

∙ Check your hitch, trailer wiring harnessconnections, and trailer wheel lug nutsafter 50 miles (80 km) of travel and atevery break.

∙ When launching a boat, don’t allow thewater level to go over the exhaust tailpipe or rear bumper.

∙ Make sure you disconnect the trailerlights before backing the trailer into thewater or the trailer lights may burn out.

When towing a trailer, final drive gear oilshould be replaced and transmissionoil/fluid should be changed more fre-quently. For additional information, referto the “Do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

FLAT TOWING FOR ALL–WHEELDRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped)Towing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes used whentowing a vehicle behind a recreational ve-hicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION∙ Failure to follow these guidelines can

result in severe transmission damage.

∙ Never flat tow your All-Wheel Drive(AWD) vehicle.

∙ DO NOT tow your All-Wheel Drive(AWD) vehicle with any wheels on theground. Doing so may cause seriousand expensive damage to thepowertrain.

∙ For emergency towing procedures re-fer to “Towing recommended byNISSAN” in the “In case of emergency”section of this manual.

FLAT TOWING FOR FRONT WHEELDRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped)Towing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes used whentowing a vehicle behind a recreational ve-hicle, such as a motor home.


CAUTION∙ Failure to follow these guidelines can

result in severe transmission damage.

∙ Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-ways tow forward, never backward.

∙ Never tow your front wheel drive ve-hicle with the front tires on the ground.Doing so may cause serious and expen-sive damage to the powertrain.

∙ DO NOT tow your front wheel drive con-tinuously variable transmission vehiclewith all four wheels on the ground (flattowing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE internaltransmission parts due to lack of trans-mission lubrication.

∙ For emergency towing procedures re-fer to “Towing recommended byNISSAN” in the “In case of emergency”section of this manual.

Continuously VariableTransmissionTo tow a vehicle equipped with a continu-ously variable transmission, an appropriatevehicle dolly MUST be placed under thetowed vehicle’s drive wheels. Always followthe dolly manufacturer’s recommenda-tions when using their product.

DOT (Department of Transportation) Qual-ity Grades: All passenger car tires mustconform to federal safety requirements inaddition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where appli-cable on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA TemperatureA

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative rat-ing based on the wear rate of the tire whentested under controlled conditions on aspecified government test course. For ex-ample, a tire graded 150 would wear oneand one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions of their use,however, and may depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to low-est, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades repre-sent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-

ment as measured under controlledconditions on specified government testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor traction perfor-mance.

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does not include ac-celeration, cornering, hydroplaning, orpeak traction characteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

The temperature grades are A (the high-est), B, and C, representing the tire’s resis-tance to the generation of heat, and itsability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained high tem-perature can cause the material of the tireto degenerate and reduce tire life, and ex-cessive temperature can lead to suddentire failure. The grade C corresponds to alevel of performance which all passengercar tires must meet under the Federal Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. GradesB and A represent higher levels of perfor-mance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by law.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING


WARNINGThe temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properly in-flated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combi-nation, can cause heat build-up andpossible tire failure.

Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the fol-lowing emission warranties:

For USA

1. Emission Defects Warranty

2. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found withother vehicle warranties in your WarrantyInformation Booklet which comes withyour NISSAN vehicle. If you did not receive aWarranty Information Booklet, or it is lost,you may obtain a replacement by writingto:

∙ Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found withother vehicle warranties in your WarrantyInformation Booklet which comes withyour NISSAN vehicle. If you did not receive aWarranty Information Booklet, or it is lost,you may obtain a replacement by writingto:

∙ Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY


For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin-istration (NHTSA) in addition to noti-fying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a re-call and remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you,your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);go to http://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400Seventh Street, SW., Washington, D.C.20590. You can also obtain other in-formation about motor vehicle safetyfrom http://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify NISSAN by contact-ing our Consumer Affairs Depart-ment, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform Trans-port Canada in addition to notifyingNISSAN.If Transport Canada receives com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defectexists in a group of vehicles, it mayrequest that NISSAN conduct a recallcampaign. However, TransportCanada cannot become involved inindividual problems between you,your dealer, or NISSAN.You may contact Transport Canada’sDefect Investigations and Recalls Divi-sion toll free at 1-800-333-0510. Youmay also report safety defects onlineat: https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/

fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng (English speak-ers) or https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra (French speakers)Additional information concerningmotor vehicle safety may be obtainedfrom Transport Canada’s Road SafetyInformation Centre at 1-800-333-0371or online at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety(English speakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere (French speakers).To notify NISSAN of any safety con-cerns please contact our ConsumerInformation Centre toll free at 1-800-387-0122.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS


WARNINGA vehicle equipped with All -Wheel Drive(AWD) should never be tested using atwo wheel dynamometer (such as thedynamometers used by some states foremissions testing), or similar equip-ment. Make sure you inform the test fa-cility personnel that your vehicle isequipped with AWD before it is placedon a dynamometer. Using the wrongtest equipment may result in drivetraindamage or unexpected vehicle move-ment which could result in serious ve-hicle damage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some statesand Canadian Provinces, your vehicle maybe required to be in what is called the“ready condition” for anInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of theemission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the ready condition canbe obtained by ordinary usage of the ve-hicle.

If a powertrain system component is re-paired or the battery is disconnected, thevehicle may be reset to a “not ready” condi-tion. Before taking the I/M test, check thevehicle’s inspection/maintenance testreadiness condition. Place the ignitionswitch in the ON position without startingthe engine. If the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) comes on steady for 20 secondsand then blinks for 10 seconds , the I/M testcondition is “not ready”. If the MIL does notblink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condi-tion is “ready”. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer to set the “ready con-dition” or to prepare the vehicle for testing.

This vehicle is equipped with an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purpose of anEDR is to record, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an air bagdeployment or hitting a road obstacle, datathat will assist in understanding how a ve-hicle’s systems performed. The EDR is de-signed to record data related to vehicle dy-namics and safety systems for a shortperiod of time, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designed to re-cord such data as:

∙ How various systems in your vehiclewere operating;

∙ Whether or not the driver and passen-ger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

∙ How far (if at all) the driver was depress-ing the accelerator and/or brake pedal;and,

∙ How fast the vehicle was traveling.

∙ Sounds are not recorded.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)


These data can help provide a better un-derstanding of the circumstances in whichcrashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR dataare recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normal drivingconditions and no personal data (e.g.name, gender, age and crash location) arerecorded. However, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, could combine the EDRdata with the type of personally identifyingdata routinely acquired during a crash in-vestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer and NISSANdealer, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equipment, canread the information if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only beaccessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

ADDITIONAL DATA RECORDING (onvehicles equipped with optionalProPILOT Assist)If your vehicle is equipped with the optionalProPILOT Assist, it will also be equippedwith supplemental data recording functionintended to assist in understanding howProPILOT Assist performs in certain non-trivial crash or near-crash scenarios. Spe-cifically, supplemental recording is de-signed to capture the following:

∙ Driver operational status of the accel-erator, brakes, steering, etc.

∙ Detection status of a vehicle ahead andlane markers

∙ Vehicle information including distanceto vehicle ahead and lateral position

∙ Information on the operation of theProPILOT Assist and other crash avoid-ance features

∙ ProPILOT Assist malfunction diagnosisinformation

∙ External images from the multi-sensingfront camera (Available only when theSRS air bag or IEB system is activated)

The ProPILOT Assist does not record con-versations, sounds or images of the insideof the vehicle.

To read this supplemental data, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the recording unit is needed. Thissupplemental data will only be accessedwith the consent of the vehicle owner orlessee or as otherwise required or permit-ted by law. If downloaded, NISSAN and thirdparties entrusted by NISSAN may use thedata recorded for the purpose of improv-ing NISSAN’s vehicle safety performance.

NISSAN and third parties entrusted byNISSAN will not disclose/provide the re-corded data to a third party except:

- With the consent of the vehicle owner orwith the consent of the lessee

- In response to an official request from lawenforcement, court order, governmentalagency, or other legally enforceable re-quest

- For research purposes after the data ismodified such that it is no longer tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner (anony-mized)


Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. AGenuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. This manual is the same oneused by the factory-trained techniciansworking at NISSAN dealerships. GenuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals can also be pur-chased.

For USA

For current pricing and availability of Genu-ine NISSAN Service Manuals, contact:

www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of Genu-ine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada

To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual, for thismodel year and prior, please contact thenearest NISSAN dealer. For the phone num-ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in yourarea, call the NISSAN Information Center at1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN rep-resentative will assist you.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION


11 Index2nd row bench seat adjustment . . . . . .1-6

A

Active Ride Control (ARC) . . . . . . . . .5-160Air bag (See supplemental restraintsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-46Air bag system

Front (See supplemental front impactair bag system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-54

Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . .1-65Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . .1-66, 2-17Air bag warning light,supplemental . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-66, 2-17Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . .8-18Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation . . . .4-32, 4-38Air conditioner specification label . .10-12Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7Air conditioner system refrigerantrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7Heater and air conditionercontrols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29, 4-38Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . .4-41

Air flow charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33Alarm system(See vehicle security system) . . . . . . .2-42All-Wheel Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-148, 6-15All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch . . .5-149Anchor point locations . . . . . . . . . . .1-29

Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-42Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-167Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . . . .2-12Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . .5-154Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49Automatic

Automatic drive positioner . . . .3-41, 3-43Automatic power window switch . . .2-72

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . . .3-38Automatic brake hold . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7Automatic drive positioner . . . . . .3-41, 3-43Automatic Emergency Braking(AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12, 2-16, 5-124Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) withPedestrian Detection . . . . . . . . . . . .5-132AWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-148, 6-15

B

Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-167, 8-13Charge warning light. . . . . . . . . . .2-13

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25Key fob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . .8-25, 8-27

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . .5-19Belt (See drive belt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . . . . . . . . . .5-46Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-42

BrakeAnti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . .5-154Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . .8-30Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-153Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Brake wear indicators . . . . . .2-20, 8-22Parking brake operation . . . . . . . .5-28Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . .8-22

Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-155Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-153Break-in schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-146Brightness control

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . . .2-12Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-30

C

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Cargo cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68Cargo light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-78Cargo(See vehicle loading information). . . . .10-13Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . .4-42Chassis control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-158Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Check tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36

Child restraints . . . . . . . .1-21, 1-22, 1-24, 1-26LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) System. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-26Precautions on childrestraints. . . . . . . . . .1-24, 1-31, 1-37, 1-42Top tether strap anchor pointlocations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-29

Child restraint with top tether strap . . . .1-28Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-7Chimes, audible reminders . . . . . . . . .2-20Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . .7-2, 7-4C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . .10-11Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-167Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64Console light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-76Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14, 5-21

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . .5-14, 5-21

ControlsHeater and air conditionercontrols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29, 4-38

CoolantCapacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . .8-5Checking engine coolant level . . . . . .8-5Engine coolant temperature gauge . .2-6

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-65Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65

D

Defroster switchRear window and outside mirrordefroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47

Dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . .10-9Dimmer switch for instrument panel . . .2-53Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Drive belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Drive positioner, Automatic . . . . . .3-41, 3-43Driving

Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . .5-167Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . .5-14, 5-21Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 5-11

Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21Dynamic driver assistance switch(for vehicles without ProPILOT Assist) . . .2-57

E

E-call (SOS) Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60ECO mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34Economy - fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-148Emergency engine shutoff . . . . . . . . . .5-17Emission control information label . . . .10-11Emission control system warranty . . . .10-28Engine

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-19Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . .8-5Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7

Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . .8-7Checking engine coolant level . . . . . .8-5Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine compartment checklocations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3Engine coolant temperature gauge . .2-6Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . .8-4Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Engine oil viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . .10-11Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . .2-6Event Data recorders. . . . . . . . .10-30, 10-31Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide). . . . . . .5-4Explanation of maintenance items . . . . .9-2Explanation of scheduled maintenanceitems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . .2-62Eyeglass case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65

F

Flashers(See hazard warning flasher switch) . . . .6-2Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Floor mat positioning aid . . . . . . . . . . .7-6Fluid

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10

11-2

Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . .8-11

F.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . . .10-11Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54Front air bag system(See supplemental restraint system) . . .1-54Front-door pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-4Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Fuel

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-148Fuel-filler door and cap. . . . . . . . . .3-34Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Fuel octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . .10-3Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . .2-36

Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . .5-147Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23Fusible links. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . .2-78, 2-79, 2-81, 2-82Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34Gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge . .2-6Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64

H

Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . . . .6-2Headlight and turn signal switch. . . . . .2-48Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . .2-48Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55Heated steering wheel switch . . . . . . .2-56Heater

Heater and air conditionercontrols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-29, 4-38Heater operation . . . . . . . . . .4-30, 4-39

Hill start assist system. . . . . . . . . . . .5-161HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . .2-78, 2-79, 2-81, 2-82Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25Hook

Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55

I

Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . .5-15

Immobilizer system . . . . . . .2-44, 5-15, 5-18Important vehicle information label. . . .10-11In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . .5-148

IndicatorNISSAN Intelligent Key® battery dischargeindicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Indicator lights and audible reminders(See warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12, 2-17Information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21Inside automatic anti-glare mirror. . . . .3-38Instrument brightness control . . . . . . .2-53Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-6, 2-2Instrument panel dimmer switch . . . . .2-53Intelligent Around View Monitor . . . . . . .4-11Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)(for vehicles without ProPILOT Assist) . . .5-67Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)(for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist) . . . .5-103Intelligent Engine Brake (I-EB) . . . . . . .5-159Intelligent Key system

Key operating range. . . . . . . . . . . .3-12Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13Mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Remote keyless entry operation . . . .3-16Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . .3-20Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20

Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . . . . .5-40Intelligent Trace Control (I-TC) . . . . . . .5-158Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75, 2-77ISOFIX child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-26

J

Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11, 8-16

11-3

K

Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2Key fob battery replacement . . . . . . . .8-25Keyless entry

With Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . .3-16Without Intelligent Key system(See remote keyless entrysystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2, 3-8, 3-9

KeysNISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . .3-3, 3-10NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4

L

LabelTire and Loading Information label . .10-12

LabelsAir conditioner specification label . . .10-12C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . .10-11Emission control information label . .10-11Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . .10-11F.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . .10-11Tire and Loading Information label . .10-12Vehicle identification number (VIN) . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Warning labels (for SRS). . . . . . . . . .1-65

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . .5-35LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-26LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52

License plateInstalling the license plate . . . . . . .10-12

Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26Liftgate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31Light

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-66, 2-17Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . . .8-30Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . .2-12Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-30Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Console light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-76Exterior and Interior lights . . . . . . . .8-30Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-29Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54Headlight and turn signal switch. . . .2-48Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . .2-48Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75, 2-77Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-14Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36Passenger air bag and status light . . .1-57Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-77Security indicator light . . . . . . . . . .2-19Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . .2-76Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12, 2-17

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-76

LockChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . .3-7Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Liftgate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31Power door locks. . . . . . . . . . . .3-6, 3-7

Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . .2-36, 3-35

Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . . .2-15, 2-36Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . .2-14Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68Luggage rack (see roof rack) . . . . . . . .2-70Luggage(See vehicle loading information) . . . . .10-13

M

MaintenanceGeneral maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3Maintenance precautions. . . . . . . . .8-2Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-21Under the hood and vehicle . . . . . . .9-4

Maintenance log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . .9-2Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7Maintenance under severe operationconditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10Malfunction indicator light . . . . . . . . . .2-19Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-3Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-76Memory Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41, 3-43Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-53Mirror

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror. . .3-38Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38

11-4

Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-73, 7-5Moving Object Detection (MOD) . . . . . .4-23

N

NissanConnect® Owner's Manual . . . . . .4-2NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . .3-3, 3-10NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery dischargeindicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44, 5-15, 5-18

O

Octane rating (See fuel octane rating). . .10-5Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Oil

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . .8-7Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Engine oil viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6

Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40Overhead sunglasses holder . . . . . . . .2-65Overheat

If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . .6-13Owner's manual order form . . . . . . . .10-32Owner's manual/service manual orderinformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-32

P

ParkingParking brake operation . . . . . . . . .5-28Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . .5-152

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . .2-13, 2-18, 5-28Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-77Power

Power door locks. . . . . . . . . . . .3-6, 3-7Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-72Power steering system . . . . . . . . .5-152Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-72

Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-152Precautions

Maintenance precautions. . . . . . . . .8-2On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9Precautions on boosterseats . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24, 1-31, 1-37, 1-42Precautions on childrestraints. . . . . . . . . .1-24, 1-31, 1-37, 1-42Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-12Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-46Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 5-11

ProPILOT Assist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-91Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . .4-42

Readiness for inspection maintenance (I/M)test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-30Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . . . . .5-141Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA). . . . . . . .5-57Rear Door Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41, 2-59Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72Rear Sonar System (RSS) . . . . . . . . . .5-162Rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38RearView Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3

Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47Rear window wiper and washerswitches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46Recommended Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Recorders

Event Data . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-30, 10-31Refrigerant recommendation . . . . . . . .10-7Registering a vehicle in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Remote Engine Start . . . . . . . . . .3-22, 5-21Remote keyless entry system . . .3-2, 3-8, 3-9Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . .10-29Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-70

S

SafetyChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . .3-7Child seat belts . . . . . .1-24, 1-31, 1-37, 1-42Reporting safety defects (US only) . .10-29

11-5

Seat adjustmentFront manual seat adjustment . . . . . .1-3Front power seat adjustment . . . . . .1-4Second row bench seats . . . . . . . . .1-6

Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63Seat belt

Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21Infants and small children . . . . . . . .1-22Injured Person. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-12Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-15Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-21Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-12, 7-7Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . .1-19Three-point type with retractor . . . . .1-15

Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . .1-15, 2-17Seats

2nd row bench seat adjustment . . . . .1-6Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6Automatic drive positioner . . . .3-41, 3-43Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . .1-3

Security indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19Security system (NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), engine start . . . . . .2-44, 5-15, 5-18Security systems

Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . .2-42Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22Service manual order form. . . . . . . . .10-32Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . .4-41Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . .1-19

SonarRear system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-162

Spark plug replacement . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . .2-4SPORT mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-34Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . . .2-76SRS warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-65Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . .9-8, 9-8Starting

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-19Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11, 8-16Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 5-11Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19Starting the engine (models with NISSANIntelligent Key® system) . . . . . . . . . . .5-20Steering

Power steering system . . . . . . . . .5-152Steering Assist switch(for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist) . . . . .2-57Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36Stop light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-30Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63Sunglasses case. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-73, 7-5Sunroof (see Moonroof) . . . . . . . . . . .2-73Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37Supplemental air bag warning labels . . .1-65Supplemental air bag warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-66, 2-17

Supplemental front impact air bagsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-54Supplemental restraint system

Information and warning labels . . . .1-65Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-46

Supplemental restraint system(Supplemental air bag system) . . . . . . .1-46Switch

Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49Automatic power window switch . . .2-72Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . .6-2Headlight and turn signal switch. . . .2-48Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . .2-48Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-53Power door lock switch . . . . . . . .3-6, 3-7Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47Rear window wiper and washerswitches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53

T

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Temperature gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge . .2-6Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),engine start . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44, 5-15, 5-18Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5Tire

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Spare tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5, 8-43

11-6

Tire and Loading Information label . .10-12Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-39Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-40Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-38Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . .10-27Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9

Tire pressureLow tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-14

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . .5-5Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . .1-28Towing

4-wheel drive models . . . . . . . . . . .6-16Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-26Towing load/specification . . . . . . .10-20Tow truck towing . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-14Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-17

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-17Transceiver

HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . .2-78, 2-79, 2-81, 2-82

TransmissionContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . .5-14, 5-21

Travel (See registering a vehicle in anothercountry). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53

U

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . .10-27

USB/iPod® Charging Ports . . . . . . . . .4-42

V

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37Variable voltage control system . . . . . .8-17Vehicle dimensions and weights . . . . . .10-9Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-155Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)(Chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle immobilizer system . .2-44, 5-15, 5-18Vehicle Information Display . . . . . . . . .2-21Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . .10-13Vehicle recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-16, 6-17Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . .2-42Vehicle security system (NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System), enginestart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44, 5-15, 5-18Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28Visors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37

W

WarningAir bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-66, 2-17Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . . .2-12Battery charge warning light . . . . . .2-13

Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . .6-2Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . .2-36, 3-35Low fuel warning light . . . . . . .2-15, 2-36Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-14Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36Passenger air bag and status light . . .1-57Seat belt warning light . . . . . . .1-15, 2-17Supplemental air bag warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-66, 2-17TPMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . .2-42Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12, 2-17Warning labels (for SRS). . . . . . . . . .1-65

Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12, 2-17

Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . .2-12, 2-17Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12, 2-17Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12, 2-17

Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12, 2-17Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washerswitches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46

Weights (See dimensions and weights) . .10-9Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9When traveling or registering in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71

Locking passengers' windows . . . . .2-71Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-72

11-7

Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-71Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-72

Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . .8-20Wiper

Rear window wiper and washerswitches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-46Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . .2-45

11-8

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

CAUTION∙ Only vehicles with the E-85 filler door

label can operate on E-85. Fuel systemor other damage can occur if E-85 isused in vehicles that are not designedto run on E-85.

∙ Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectthe warranty coverage.

∙ Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

∙ Do not use a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol in your vehicle. Yourvehicle is not designed to run on a fuelcontaining more than 15% ethanol.Using a fuel containing more than 15%ethanol in a vehicle not specificallydesigned for a fuel containing morethan 15% ethanol can adversely affectthe emission control devices and sys-tems of the vehicle. Damage causedby such fuel is not covered by theNISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

∙ Do not use fuel that contains the oc-tane booster methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Usingfuel containing MMT may adverselyaffect vehicle performance and ve-hicle emissions. Not all fuel dispens-ers are labeled to indicate MMT con-tent, so you may have to consult yourgasoline retailer for more details.Note that Federal and California lawsprohibit the use of MMT in reformu-lated gasoline.

∙ U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percentagefor that region.

For additional information, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities”in the “Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:For additional information, refer to “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities”in the “Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

COLD TIRE PRESSURE:For additional information, refer to “Tire andLoading Information label” in the “Technicaland consumer information” section of thismanual.

The label is typically located on the driverside center pillar or on the driver’s door. Foradditional information, refer to “Wheels andtires” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of thismanual.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLEBREAK-IN PROCEDURE:During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the break-in procedurerecommendations for the future reliabilityand economy of your new vehicle. For ad-ditional information, refer to “Break-inschedule” in the “Starting and driving” sec-tion of this manual. Failure to follow theserecommendations may result in vehicledamage or shortened engine life.

T32-D

Printing : October 2019Publication No.:

Printed in the U.S.A.OM20EA 0T32U1

2020 nissan rogue | owner's manual and maintenance ... › ... › 2020 ›...

Documents